diff --git a/pack/acp/start/vimwiki/.github/issue_template.md b/pack/acp/start/vimwiki/.github/issue_template.md deleted file mode 100644 index d8cc987..0000000 --- a/pack/acp/start/vimwiki/.github/issue_template.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,7 +0,0 @@ -Prior to submitting a new issue make sure to complete these steps: - -- [ ] Checkout the `dev` branch and confirm the issue is present there as well. - The `dev` branch contains fixes that may not have been merged to `master` yet. -- [ ] Post the syntax you are using (default/mediawiki/markdown) **and** your vimwiki settings from your `.vimrc` -- [ ] Provide a detailed description of the problem including **steps to reproduce the issue**. -- [ ] Include the output of `:VimwikiShowVersion`. diff --git a/pack/acp/start/vimwiki/.github/pull_request_template.md b/pack/acp/start/vimwiki/.github/pull_request_template.md deleted file mode 100644 index 9b797b8..0000000 --- a/pack/acp/start/vimwiki/.github/pull_request_template.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,9 +0,0 @@ -Steps for submitting a pull request: - -- [ ] **ALL** pull requests should be made against the `dev` branch! -- [ ] Take a look at [CONTRIBUTING.MD](https://github.com/vimwiki/vimwiki/blob/dev/CONTRIBUTING.md) -- [ ] Reference any related issues. -- [ ] Provide a description of the proposed changes. -- [ ] PRs must pass Vint tests and add new Vader tests as applicable. -- [ ] Make sure to update the documentation in `doc/vimwiki.txt` if applicable, - including the Changelog and Contributors sections. diff --git a/pack/acp/start/vimwiki/.gitignore b/pack/acp/start/vimwiki/.gitignore deleted file mode 100644 index 3929660..0000000 --- a/pack/acp/start/vimwiki/.gitignore +++ /dev/null @@ -1,24 +0,0 @@ -# Local stuff -# This section is devoted to this project -############################## -doc/tags -.tags - -# Vim stuff -############################## -*.s[a-w][a-z] -*.un~ -Session.vim -.netrwhist -*~ - -# OS generated files -############################## -.DS_Store -.DS_Store? -._* -.Spotlight-V100 -.Trashes -ehthumbs.db -Thumbs.db -vimtest diff --git a/pack/acp/start/vimwiki/.travis.yml b/pack/acp/start/vimwiki/.travis.yml deleted file mode 100644 index cc519c7..0000000 --- a/pack/acp/start/vimwiki/.travis.yml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,27 +0,0 @@ -# No language: we download vim and compile it oursselves -language: generic - -cache: - # Enable cache folder - bundler: true - directories: - - $HOME/docker_images - -before_cache: - # Save tagged docker images. Info at https://github.com/travis-ci/travis-ci/issues/5358#issuecomment-248915326 - - > - mkdir -p $HOME/docker_images && docker images -a --filter='dangling=false' --format '{{.Repository}}:{{.Tag}} {{.ID}}' - | xargs -n 2 -t sh -c 'test -e $HOME/docker_images/$1.tar.gz || docker save $0 | gzip -2 > $HOME/docker_images/$1.tar.gz' - -before_install: - # Install docker - - n_image=$(ls -1 $HOME/docker_images/*.tar.gz | wc -l) - - if (( $n_image )); then ls $HOME/docker_images/*.tar.gz | xargs -I {file} sh -c "zcat {file} | docker load"; - else docker build --tag vimwiki .; - fi - -script: - # Run All tests - - pushd test - - bash run_tests.sh - - popd diff --git a/pack/acp/start/vimwiki/CONTRIBUTING.md b/pack/acp/start/vimwiki/CONTRIBUTING.md deleted file mode 100644 index 8d3e53b..0000000 --- a/pack/acp/start/vimwiki/CONTRIBUTING.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,72 +0,0 @@ -# Contributing to Vimwiki - -# Filing a bug - -Before filing a bug or starting to write a patch, check the latest development version from -https://github.com/vimwiki/vimwiki/tree/dev to see if your problem is already fixed. - -Issues can be filed at https://github.com/vimwiki/vimwiki/issues/ . - -# Creating a pull request - -If you want to provide a pull request on GitHub, please start from the `dev` branch, not from the -`master` branch. (Caution, GitHub shows `master` as the default branch from which to start a PR.) - -Make sure to update `doc/vimwiki.txt` with the following information: - -1. Update the changelog to include information on the new feature the PR introduces or the bug it - is fixing. -2. Add a help section to describe any new features or options. -3. If you are a first time contributor add your name to the list of contributors. - -**Testing:** Vimwiki uses [vader](https://github.com/junegunn/vader.vim) for unit tests and -[vint](https://github.com/Kuniwak/vint) for linting. Any new PRs must add new tests and pass all -linter checks. See the [test README](test/README.md) for more info. - -- In addition to the included tests, there are more example wikis that can be used for testing - [here](https://github.com/vimwiki/testwikis). - -# More info and advice for (aspiring) core developers - -- Before implementing a non-trivial feature, think twice what it means for the user. We should - always try to keep backward compatibility. If you are not sure, discuss it on GitHub. -- Also, when thinking about adding a new feature, it should be something which fits into the - overall design of Vimwiki and which a significant portion of the users may like. Keep in mind - that everybody has their own way to use Vimwiki. -- Keep the coding style consistent. -- Test your changes. Keep in mind that Vim has a ton of options and the users tons of different - setups. Take a little time to think about under which circumstances your changes could break. - -## Git branching model - -- There are two branches with eternal lifetime: - 1. `dev`: This is where the main development happens. Tasks which are done in one or only a few - commits go here directly. Always try to keep this branch in a working state, that is, if the - task you work on requires multiple commits, make sure intermediate commits don't make - Vimwiki unusable (or at least push these commits at one go). - 2. `master`: This branch is for released states only. Whenever a reasonable set of changes has - piled up in the `dev` branch, a [release is done](#preparing-a-release). After a release, - `dev` has been merged into `master` and `master` got exactly one additional commit in which - the version number in `plugin/vimwiki.vim` is updated. Apart from these commits and the - merge commit from `dev`, nothing happens on `master`. Never should `master` merge into - `dev`. When the users ask, we should recommend this branch for them to use. -- Larger changes which require multiple commits are done in feature branches. They are based on - `dev` and merge into `dev` when the work is done. - -## Preparing a release - -1. `git checkout dev` -2. Update the changelog in the doc, nicely grouped, with a new version number and release date. -3. Update the list of contributors. -4. Update the version number at the top of the doc file. -5. If necessary, update the Readme and the home page. -6. `git checkout master && git merge dev` -7. Update the version number at the top of plugin/vimwiki.vim. -8. Set a tag with the version number in Git: `git tag vX.Y` -9. `git push --tags` -10. In GitHub, go to _Releases_ -> _Draft a new release_ -> choose the tag, convert the changelog - from the doc to markdown and post it there. Make plans to build an automatic converter and - immediately forget this plan. -11. Tell the world. - - diff --git a/pack/acp/start/vimwiki/DesignNotes.md b/pack/acp/start/vimwiki/DesignNotes.md deleted file mode 100644 index 5e7f957..0000000 --- a/pack/acp/start/vimwiki/DesignNotes.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,186 +0,0 @@ -# Design Notes - -This file is meant to document design decisions and algorithms inside vimwiki -which are too large for code comments, and not necessarily interesting to -users. Please create a new section to document each behavior. - -## Formatting tables - -In vimwiki, formatting tables occurs dynamically, when navigating between cells -and adding new rows in a table in the Insert mode, or statically, when pressing -`gqq` or `gqw` (which are mappings for commands `VimwikiTableAlignQ` and -`VimwikiTableAlignW` respectively) in the Normal mode. It also triggers when -leaving Insert mode, provided variable `g:vimwiki_table_auto_fmt` is set. In -this section, the original and the newer optimized algorithms of table -formatting will be described and compared. - -### The older table formatting algorithm and why this is not optimal - -Let's consider a simple example. Open a new file, say _tmp.wiki_, and create a -new table with command `VimwikiTable`. This should create a blank table. - -``` -| | | | | | -|---|---|---|---|---| -| | | | | | -``` - -Let's put the cursor in the first header column of the table, enter the Insert -mode and type a name, say _Col1_. Then press _Tab_: the cursor will move to the -second column of the header and the table will get aligned (in the context of -the table formatting story, words _aligned_ and _formatted_ are considered as -synonyms). Now the table looks as in the following snippet. - -``` -| Col1 | | | | | -|------|---|---|---|---| -| | | | | | -``` - -Then, when moving cursor to the first data row (i.e. to the third line of the -table below the separator line) and typing anything here and there while -navigating using _Tab_ or _Enter_ (pressing this creates a new row below the -current row), the table shall keep formatting. Below is a result of such a -random edit. - -``` -| Col1 | | | | | -|------|-------|---|-------|----------| -| | Data1 | | Data2 | | -| | | | | New data | -``` - -The lowest row gets aligned when leaving the Insert mode. Let's copy _Data1_ -(using `viwy` or another keystroke) and paste it (using `p`) in the second data -row of the first column. Now the table looks mis-aligned (as we did not enter -the Insert mode). - -``` -| Col1 | | | | | -|------|-------|---|-------|----------| -| | Data1 | | Data2 | | -| Data1 | | | | New data | -``` - -This is not a big problem though, because we can put the cursor at _any_ place -in the table and press `gqq`: the table will get aligned. - -``` -| Col1 | | | | | -|-------|-------|---|-------|----------| -| | Data1 | | Data2 | | -| Data1 | | | | New data | -``` - -Now let's make real problems! Move the cursor to the lowest row and copy it -with `yy`. Then 500-fold paste it with `500p`. Now the table very long. Move -the cursor to the lowest row (by pressing `G`), enter the Insert mode, and try -a new random editing session by typing anything in cells with _Tab_ and _Enter_ -navigation interleaves. The editing got painfully slow, did not? - -The reason of the slowing down is the older table formatting algorithm. Every -time _Tab_ or _Enter_ get pressed down, all rows in the table get visited to -calculate a new alignment. Moreover, by design it may happen even more than -once per one press! - -```vim -function! s:kbd_create_new_row(cols, goto_first) - let cmd = "\o".s:create_empty_row(a:cols) - let cmd .= "\:call vimwiki#tbl#format(line('.'))\" - let cmd .= "\0" - if a:goto_first - let cmd .= ":call search('\\(".s:rxSep()."\\)\\zs', 'c', line('.'))\" - else - let cmd .= (col('.')-1)."l" - let cmd .= ":call search('\\(".s:rxSep()."\\)\\zs', 'bc', line('.'))\" - endif - let cmd .= "a" - - return cmd -endfunction -``` - -Function `s:kbd_create_new_row()` is called when _Tab_ or _Enter_ get pressed. -Formatting of the whole table happens in function `vimwiki#tbl#format()`. But -remember that leaving the Insert mode triggers re-formatting of a table when -variable `g:vimwiki_table_auto_fmt` is set. This means that formatting of the -whole table is called on all those multiple interleaves between the Insert and -the Normal mode in `s:kbd_create_new_row` (notice `\`, `o`, etc.). - -### The newer table formating algorithm - -The newer algorithm was introduced to struggle against performance issues when -formatting large tables. - -Let's take the table from the previous example in an intermediate state. - -``` -| Col1 | | | | | -|------|-------|---|-------|----------| -| | Data1 | | Data2 | | -| Data1 | | | | New data | -``` - -Then move the cursor to the first data row, copy it with `yy`, go down to the -mis-aligned line, and press `5p`. Now we have a slightly bigger mis-aligned -table. - -``` -| Col1 | | | | | -|------|-------|---|-------|----------| -| | Data1 | | Data2 | | -| Data1 | | | | New data | -| | Data1 | | Data2 | | -| | Data1 | | Data2 | | -| | Data1 | | Data2 | | -| | Data1 | | Data2 | | -| | Data1 | | Data2 | | -``` - -Go down to the lowest, the 7th, data row and press `gq1`. Nothing happened. -Let's go to the second or the third data row and press `gq1` once again. Now -the table gets aligned. Let's undo formatting with `u`, go to the fourth row, -and press `gq1`. Now the table should look like in the following snippet. - -``` -| Col1 | | | | | -|------|-------|---|-------|----------| -| | Data1 | | Data2 | | -| Data1 | | | | New data | -| | Data1 | | Data2 | | -| | Data1 | | Data2 | | -| | Data1 | | Data2 | | -| | Data1 | | Data2 | | -| | Data1 | | Data2 | | -``` - -What a peculiar command! Does using it make any sense? Not much, honestly. -Except it shows how the newer optimized table formatting algorithm works in the -Insert mode. - -Indeed, the newer table formatting algorithm introduces a _viewport_ on a table. -Now, when pressing _Tab_ or _Enter_ in the Insert mode, only a small part of -rows are checked for possible formatting: two rows above the current line and -the current line itself (the latter gets preliminary shrunk with function -`s:fmt_row()`). If all three lines in the viewport are of the same length, then -nothing happens (case 1 in the example). If the second or the shrunk current -line is longer then the topmost line in the viewport, then the algorithm falls -back to the older formatting algorithm and the whole table gets aligned -(case 2). If the topmost line in the viewport is longer than the second -and the shrunk current line, then the two lowest lines get aligned according to -the topmost line (case 3). - -Performance of the newer formatting algorithm should not depend on the height -of the table. The newer algorithm should also be consistent with respect to -user editing experience. Indeed, as soon as a table should normally be edited -row by row from the top to the bottom, dynamic formatting should be both fast -(watching only three rows in a table, re-formatting only when the shrunk -current row gets longer than any of the two rows above) and eager (a table -should look formatted on every press on _Tab_ and _Enter_). However, the newer -algorithm differs from the older algorithm when starting editing a mis-aligned -table in an area where mis-aligned rows do not get into the viewport: in this -case the newer algorithm will format the table partly (in the rows of the -viewport) until one of the being edited cells grows in length to a value big -enough to trigger the older algorithm and the whole table gets aligned. When -partial formatting is not desirable, the whole table can be formatted by -pressing `gqq` in the Normal mode. diff --git a/pack/acp/start/vimwiki/Dockerfile b/pack/acp/start/vimwiki/Dockerfile deleted file mode 100644 index b6ffdd0..0000000 --- a/pack/acp/start/vimwiki/Dockerfile +++ /dev/null @@ -1,23 +0,0 @@ -FROM testbed/vim:17 - -# add packages -RUN apk --no-cache add bash=~5.0 -RUN apk --no-cache add git=~2.22 -RUN apk --no-cache add python3=~3.7 - -# get vint for linting -RUN pip3 install vim-vint==0.3.21 - -# get vader for unit tests -RUN git clone -n https://github.com/junegunn/vader.vim /vader -WORKDIR /vader -RUN git checkout de8a976f1eae2c2b680604205c3e8b5c8882493c - -# build vim and neovim versions we want to test -# TODO uncomment nvim tag -WORKDIR / -RUN install_vim -tag v7.3.429 -name vim_7.3.429 -build \ - -tag v7.4.1099 -name vim_7.4.1099 -build \ - -tag v7.4.1546 -name vim_7.4.1546 -build \ - -tag v8.0.0027 -name vim_8.0.0027 -build \ - -tag v8.1.0519 -name vim_8.1.0519 -build \ diff --git a/pack/acp/start/vimwiki/LICENSE.md b/pack/acp/start/vimwiki/LICENSE.md deleted file mode 100644 index cdf8546..0000000 --- a/pack/acp/start/vimwiki/LICENSE.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,22 +0,0 @@ -MIT License - -Copyright (c) 2008-2010 Maxim Kim - 2013-2017 Daniel Schemala - -Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy -of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal -in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights -to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell -copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is -furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: - -The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all -copies or substantial portions of the Software. - -THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR -IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, -FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE -AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER -LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, -OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE -SOFTWARE. diff --git a/pack/acp/start/vimwiki/README-cn.md b/pack/acp/start/vimwiki/README-cn.md deleted file mode 100644 index 5d1a064..0000000 --- a/pack/acp/start/vimwiki/README-cn.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,161 +0,0 @@ -VimWiki —— Vim 个人 Wiki 插件 -============================================================================== - -[English](README.md) - -![screenshot1](doc/screenshot_1.png) -![screenshot2](doc/screenshot_2.png) * - -介绍 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -Vimwiki 是 Vim 中的个人 Wiki —— 一组链接起来的、有独特语法高亮的文本文件。 - -通过 Vimwiki，你可以: - - * 组织笔记和想法 - * 管理待办事项 - * 编写文档 - * 坚持写日记 - * 将这一切导出成 HTML 网页 - -马上开始！按下 `ww`（通常是 `\ww`）进入作为目录页的 wiki 文件，这个文件默认存放在 `~/vimwiki/index.wiki`。 - -在该文件中输入以下示例： - - = 我的个人知识库 = - * 任务列表 -- _昨天_ 就该完成的事！！！ - * Gutenberg 计划 -- 好书给我力量。 - * 草稿 -- 临时记录一些东西。 - -把光标移到 `任务` 二字上，按 Enter（回车）创建链接。按下后，`任务`二字会变成 `[[任务]]` —— 这是一个 Vimwiki 链接。再次按 Enter 即可进入这个链接（打开新的 wiki 文件）。编辑这个新文件，保存，然后按 Backspace（退格）就能回到目录页。 - -如果 Vimwiki 链接长度不止一个单词（指的是英文单词），只需在 Visual 模式选择这段文本后按 Enter 即可。用上面的 `Gutenberg 计划` 试试吧。最终结果是这样： - - = 我的个人知识库 = - * [[任务列表]] -- _昨天_ 就该完成的事！！！ - * [[Gutenberg 计划]] -- 好书给我力量。 - * 草稿 -- 临时记录一些东西。 - - -基本标记 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - - = 一级标题 = - == 二级标题 == - === 三级标题 === - - - *bold* -- 粗体文本 - _italic_ -- 斜体文本 - （应用于句中的汉字文本时，必须在标记前后加空格，例如：一段 *中文* 文本） - - [[wiki link]] -- wiki 链接 - [[wiki link|description]] -- 带有描述文本的 wiki 链接 - - -列表： - - * bullet list item 1（无编号列表） - - bullet list item 2 - - bullet list item 3 - * bullet list item 4 - * bullet list item 5 - * bullet list item 6 - * bullet list item 7 - - bullet list item 8 - - bullet list item 9 - - 1. numbered list item 1（有编号列表） - 2. numbered list item 2 - a) numbered list item 3 - b) numbered list item 4 - - -更多格式说明，请阅 `:h vimwiki-syntax` - - -键位绑定 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -normal 模式: - - * `ww` -- 打开默认的 wiki 目录文件 - * `wt` -- 在新标签（Tab）中打开 wiki 目录文件 - * `ws` -- 在多个 wiki 中选择并打开该 wiki 的目录文件 - * `wd` -- 删除当前 wiki 文件 - * `wr` -- 重命名当前 wiki 文件 - * `` -- 创建或打开 wiki 链接 - * `` -- 先上下分屏再打开 wiki 链接（若非链接则先创建） - * `` -- 先左右分屏再打开 wiki 链接（若非链接则先创建） - * `` -- 返回之前浏览的 wiki 文件 - * `` -- 跳到本文件中下一个 wiki 链接 - * `` -- 跳到本文件中上一个 wiki 链接 - -更多快捷键说明，请阅 `:h vimwiki-mappings` - - -命令 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - - * `:Vimwiki2HTML` -- 将当前 wiki 文件转换成 HTML 网页 - * `:VimwikiAll2HTML` -- 把所有 wiki 文件转换成 HTML 网页 - * `:help vimwiki-commands` -- 显示全部命令 - - -安装 -============================================================================== - -准备工作 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -确保在 `vimrc` 中加入了以下设置： - - set nocompatible - filetype plugin on - syntax on - -没有这些设置，Vimwiki 将无法正常工作。 - -通过 [Vim packages](http://vimhelp.appspot.com/repeat.txt.html#packages) 安装（Vim 7.4.1528 后） ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - - git clone https://github.com/vimwiki/vimwiki.git ~/.vim/pack/plugins/start/vimwiki - -通过 [Pathogen](http://www.vim.org/scripts/script.php?script_id=2332) 安装 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - - cd ~/.vim - mkdir bundle - cd bundle - git clone https://github.com/vimwiki/vimwiki.git - -通过 [Vim-Plug](https://github.com/junegunn/vim-plug) 安装 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -在 `vimrc` 中加入以下插件设置： - - Plug 'vimwiki/vimwiki' - -然后运行 `:PlugInstall`。 - -通过 [Vundle](https://github.com/VundleVim/Vundle.vim) 安装 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -在 `vimrc` 中加入 `Plugin 'vimwiki/vimwiki'`，然后执行： - - vim +PluginInstall +qall - -或者下载 [zip 压缩包](https://github.com/vimwiki/vimwiki/archive/master.zip)然后解压到 `~/.vim/bundle/` 目录下。 - -安装后，启动 Vim 并执行 `:Helptags` 以及 `:help vimwiki`，检查安装是否成功。 - - -获取帮助 -============================================================================== - -遇到问题？在 Freenode 的 IRC 频道 `#vimwiki`（[网页聊天](https://webchat.freenode.net/?channels=#vimwiki)）提问，或者发送问题到[邮件列表](https://groups.google.com/forum/#!forum/vimwiki)上吧。 - - ----- -\* 前面截图中用的是 [solarized 配色方案](https://github.com/altercation/vim-colors-solarized)以及 [lightline](https://github.com/itchyny/lightline.vim) 插件。 diff --git a/pack/acp/start/vimwiki/README.md b/pack/acp/start/vimwiki/README.md deleted file mode 100644 index d53526c..0000000 --- a/pack/acp/start/vimwiki/README.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,283 +0,0 @@ -![VimWiki: A Personal Wiki For Vim](doc/splash.png) - -[中文](README-cn.md) - -- [Intro](#intro) -- [Screenshots](#screenshots) -- [Installation](#installation) - - [Prerequisites](#prerequisites) - - [VIM Packages](#installation-using-vim-packages-since-vim-741528) - - [Pathogen](#installation-using-pathogen) - - [Vim-Plug](#installation-using-vim-plug) - - [Vundle](#installation-using-vundle) -- [Basic Markup](#basic-markup) - - [Lists](#lists) -- [Key Bindings](#key-bindings) -- [Commands](#commands) -- [Changing Wiki Syntax](#changing-wiki-syntax) -- [Getting Help](#getting-help) -- [Helping VimWiki](#helping-vimwiki) -- [Wiki](https://github.com/vimwiki/vimwiki/wiki) -- [License](#license) - ----- - -## Introduction - -VimWiki is a personal wiki for Vim -- a number of linked text files that have -their own syntax highlighting. See the [VimWiki Wiki](https://vimwiki.github.io/vimwikiwiki/) -for an example website built with VimWiki! - -For the latest features and fixes checkout the [dev branch](https://github.com/vimwiki/vimwiki/tree/dev). -If you are interested in contributing see [this section](#helping-vimwiki). - -With VimWiki, you can: - -- Organize notes and ideas -- Manage to-do lists -- Write documentation -- Maintain a diary -- Export everything to HTML - -To do a quick start, press `ww` (default is `\ww`) to go to your index -wiki file. By default, it is located in `~/vimwiki/index.wiki`. See `:h vimwiki_list` -for registering a different path/wiki. - -Feed it with the following example: - -```text -= My knowledge base = - * Tasks -- things to be done _yesterday_!!! - * Project Gutenberg -- good books are power. - * Scratchpad -- various temporary stuff. -``` - -Place your cursor on `Tasks` and press Enter to create a link. Once pressed, -`Tasks` will become `[[Tasks]]` -- a VimWiki link. Press Enter again to -open it. Edit the file, save it, and then press Backspace to jump back to your -index. - -A VimWiki link can be constructed from more than one word. Just visually -select the words to be linked and press Enter. Try it, with `Project Gutenberg`. -The result should look something like: - -```text -= My knowledge base = - * [[Tasks]] -- things to be done _yesterday_!!! - * [[Project Gutenberg]] -- good books are power. - * Scratchpad -- various temporary stuff. -``` - -## Screenshots - -![Lists View](doc/lists.png) -![Entries View](doc/entries.png) -![Todos View](doc/todos.png) -![Wiki View](doc/wiki.png) - -## Installation - -VimWiki has been tested on **Vim >= 7.3**. It will likely work on older -versions but will not be officially supported. - -### Prerequisites - -Make sure you have these settings in your vimrc file: - -```vim -set nocompatible -filetype plugin on -syntax on -``` - -Without them, VimWiki will not work properly. - -#### Installation using [Vim packages](http://vimhelp.appspot.com/repeat.txt.html#packages) (since Vim 7.4.1528) - -```sh - -git clone https://github.com/vimwiki/vimwiki.git ~/.vim/pack/plugins/start/vimwiki - -# to generate documentation i.e. ':h vimwiki' -vim -c 'helptags ~/.vim/pack/plugins/start/vimwiki/doc' -c quit - -``` - -Notes: - -- See `:h helptags` for issues with installing the documentation. -- For general information on vim packages see `:h packages`. - -#### Installation using [Pathogen](https://github.com/tpope/vim-pathogen) - -```sh - -cd ~/.vim -mkdir bundle -cd bundle -git clone https://github.com/vimwiki/vimwiki.git - -``` - -#### Installation using [Vim-Plug](https://github.com/junegunn/vim-plug) - -Add the following to the plugin-configuration in your vimrc: - -```vim - -Plug 'vimwiki/vimwiki' - -``` - -Then run `:PlugInstall`. - -#### Installation using [Vundle](https://github.com/VundleVim/Vundle.vim) - -Add `Plugin 'vimwiki/vimwiki'` to your vimrc file and run: - -```sh - -vim +PluginInstall +qall - -``` - -#### Manual Install - -Download the [zip archive](https://github.com/vimwiki/vimwiki/archive/master.zip) -and extract it in `~/.vim/bundle/` - -Then launch Vim, run `:Helptags` and then `:help vimwiki` to verify it was -installed. - -## Basic Markup - -```text -= Header1 = -== Header2 == -=== Header3 === - - -*bold* -- bold text -_italic_ -- italic text - -[[wiki link]] -- wiki link -[[wiki link|description]] -- wiki link with description -``` - -### Lists - -```text -* bullet list item 1 - - bullet list item 2 - - bullet list item 3 - * bullet list item 4 - * bullet list item 5 -* bullet list item 6 -* bullet list item 7 - - bullet list item 8 - - bullet list item 9 - -1. numbered list item 1 -2. numbered list item 2 - a) numbered list item 3 - b) numbered list item 4 -``` - -For other syntax elements, see `:h vimwiki-syntax` - -## Key bindings - -### Normal mode - -**Note:** your terminal may prevent capturing some of the default bindings -listed below. See `:h vimwiki-local-mappings` for suggestions for alternative -bindings if you encounter a problem. - -#### Basic key bindings - -- `ww` -- Open default wiki index file. -- `wt` -- Open default wiki index file in a new tab. -- `ws` -- Select and open wiki index file. -- `wd` -- Delete wiki file you are in. -- `wr` -- Rename wiki file you are in. -- `` -- Follow/Create wiki link. -- `` -- Split and follow/create wiki link. -- `` -- Vertical split and follow/create wiki link. -- `` -- Go back to parent(previous) wiki link. -- `` -- Find next wiki link. -- `` -- Find previous wiki link. - -#### Advanced key bindings - -Refer to the complete documentation at `:h vimwiki-mappings` to see many -more bindings. - -## Commands - -- `:Vimwiki2HTML` -- Convert current wiki link to HTML. -- `:VimwikiAll2HTML` -- Convert all your wiki links to HTML. -- `:help vimwiki-commands` -- List all commands. -- `:help vimwiki` -- General vimwiki help docs. - -## Changing Wiki Syntax - -VimWiki currently ships with 3 syntaxes: VimWiki (default), Markdown -(markdown), and MediaWiki (media). - -**NOTE:** Only the default syntax ships with a built-in HTML converter. For -Markdown or MediaWiki see `:h vimwiki-option-custom_wiki2html`. Some examples -and 3rd party tools are available [here](https://vimwiki.github.io/vimwikiwiki/Related%20Tools.html#Related%20Tools-External%20Tools). - -If you would prefer to use either Markdown or MediaWiki syntaxes, set the -following option in your `.vimrc`: - -```vim - -let g:vimwiki_list = [{'path': '~/vimwiki/', - \ 'syntax': 'markdown', 'ext': '.md'}] - -``` - -## Getting help - -[GitHub issues](https://github.com/vimwiki/vimwiki/issues) are the primary -method for raising bug reports or feature requests. - -Additional resources include the IRC channel [#vimwiki](https://webchat.freenode.net/?channels=#vimwiki) on Freenode -([webchat](https://webchat.freenode.net/?channels=#vimwiki), also synced to Matrix/Riot: `#freenode_#vimwiki:matrix.org` and [Telegram](https://t.me/joinchat/JqBaKBfWs04qNVrp5oWcMg)) -or post to the [mailing list](https://groups.google.com/forum/#!forum/vimwiki). - -## Helping VimWiki - -VimWiki has a lot of users but only very few recurring developers or people -helping the community. Your help is therefore appreciated. Everyone can help! -See [#625](https://github.com/vimwiki/vimwiki/issues/625) for information on how you can help. - -Also, take a look at [CONTRIBUTING.md](https://github.com/vimwiki/vimwiki/blob/master/CONTRIBUTING.md). - ----- - -## License - -MIT License - -Copyright (c) 2008-2010 Maxim Kim - 2013-2017 Daniel Schemala - -Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy -of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal -in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights -to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell -copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is -furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: - -The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all -copies or substantial portions of the Software. - -THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR -IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, -FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE -AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER -LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, -OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE -SOFTWARE. diff --git a/pack/acp/start/vimwiki/autoload/vimwiki/base.vim b/pack/acp/start/vimwiki/autoload/vimwiki/base.vim deleted file mode 100644 index 4a13da8..0000000 --- a/pack/acp/start/vimwiki/autoload/vimwiki/base.vim +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2395 +0,0 @@ -" vim:tabstop=2:shiftwidth=2:expandtab:textwidth=99 -" Vimwiki autoload plugin file -" Desc: Basic functionality -" Home: https://github.com/vimwiki/vimwiki/ - -if exists('g:loaded_vimwiki_auto') || &compatible - finish -endif -let g:loaded_vimwiki_auto = 1 - - -let g:vimwiki_max_scan_for_caption = 5 - - -function! s:safesubstitute(text, search, replace, mode) abort - " Substitute regexp but do not interpret replace - let escaped = escape(a:replace, '\&') - return substitute(a:text, a:search, escaped, a:mode) -endfunction - - -function! s:vimwiki_get_known_syntaxes() abort - " Getting all syntaxes that different wikis could have - let syntaxes = {} - let syntaxes['default'] = 1 - for wiki_nr in range(vimwiki#vars#number_of_wikis()) - let wiki_syntax = vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('syntax', wiki_nr) - let syntaxes[wiki_syntax] = 1 - endfor - " also consider the syntaxes from g:vimwiki_ext2syntax - for syn in values(vimwiki#vars#get_global('ext2syntax')) - let syntaxes[syn] = 1 - endfor - return keys(syntaxes) -endfunction - - -function! vimwiki#base#file_pattern(files) abort - " Get search regex from glob() - " string. Aim to support *all* special characters, forcing the user to choose - " names that are compatible with any external restrictions that they - " encounter (e.g. filesystem, wiki conventions, other syntaxes, ...). - " See: https://github.com/vimwiki-backup/vimwiki/issues/316 - " Change / to [/\\] to allow "Windows paths" - return '\V\%('.join(a:files, '\|').'\)\m' -endfunction - - -"FIXME TODO slow and faulty -function! vimwiki#base#subdir(path, filename) abort - let path = a:path - " ensure that we are not fooled by a symbolic link - "FIXME if we are not "fooled", we end up in a completely different wiki? - if a:filename !~# '^scp:' - let filename = resolve(a:filename) - else - let filename = a:filename - endif - let idx = 0 - "FIXME this can terminate in the middle of a path component! - while path[idx] ==? filename[idx] - let idx = idx + 1 - endwhile - - let p = split(strpart(filename, idx), '[/\\]') - let res = join(p[:-2], '/') - if len(res) > 0 - let res = res.'/' - endif - return res -endfunction - - -function! vimwiki#base#current_subdir() abort - return vimwiki#base#subdir(vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('path'), expand('%:p')) -endfunction - - -function! vimwiki#base#invsubdir(subdir) abort - return substitute(a:subdir, '[^/\.]\+/', '../', 'g') -endfunction - - -" Returns: the number of the wiki a file belongs to or -1 if it doesn't belong -" to any registered wiki. -" The path can be the full path or just the directory of the file -function! vimwiki#base#find_wiki(path) abort - let bestmatch = -1 - let bestlen = 0 - let path = vimwiki#path#path_norm(vimwiki#path#chomp_slash(a:path)) - for idx in range(vimwiki#vars#number_of_wikis()) - let idx_path = expand(vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('path', idx)) - let idx_path = vimwiki#path#path_norm(vimwiki#path#chomp_slash(idx_path)) - let common_pfx = vimwiki#path#path_common_pfx(idx_path, path) - if vimwiki#path#is_equal(common_pfx, idx_path) - if len(common_pfx) > bestlen - let bestlen = len(common_pfx) - let bestmatch = idx - endif - endif - endfor - - return bestmatch -endfunction - - -" helper: check if a link is a well formed wiki link -function! s:is_wiki_link(link_infos) abort - return a:link_infos.scheme =~# '\mwiki\d\+' || a:link_infos.scheme ==# 'diary' -endfunction - - -" THE central function of Vimwiki. Extract infos about the target from a link. -" If the second parameter is present, which should be an absolute file path, it -" is assumed that the link appears in that file. Without it, the current file -" is used. -function! vimwiki#base#resolve_link(link_text, ...) abort - if a:0 - let source_wiki = vimwiki#base#find_wiki(a:1) - let source_file = a:1 - else - let source_wiki = vimwiki#vars#get_bufferlocal('wiki_nr') - let source_file = vimwiki#path#current_wiki_file() - endif - - " get rid of '\' in escaped characters in []() style markdown links - " other style links don't allow '\' - let link_text = substitute(a:link_text, '\(\\\)\(\W\)\@=', '', 'g') - - let link_infos = { - \ 'index': -1, - \ 'scheme': '', - \ 'filename': '', - \ 'anchor': '', - \ } - - if link_text ==? '' - return link_infos - endif - - let scheme = matchstr(link_text, '^\zs'.vimwiki#vars#get_global('rxSchemes').'\ze:') - if scheme ==? '' - " interwiki link scheme is default - let link_infos.scheme = 'wiki'.source_wiki - else - let link_infos.scheme = scheme - - if link_infos.scheme !~# '\mwiki\d\+\|diary\|local\|file' - let link_infos.filename = link_text " unknown scheme, may be a weblink - return link_infos - endif - - let link_text = matchstr(link_text, '^'.vimwiki#vars#get_global('rxSchemes').':\zs.*\ze') - endif - - let is_wiki_link = s:is_wiki_link(link_infos) - - " extract anchor - if is_wiki_link - let split_lnk = split(link_text, '#', 1) - let link_text = split_lnk[0] - if len(split_lnk) > 1 && split_lnk[-1] !=? '' - let link_infos.anchor = join(split_lnk[1:], '#') - endif - if link_text ==? '' " because the link was of the form '#anchor' - let expected_ext = vimwiki#u#escape(vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('ext')).'$' - if source_file =~# expected_ext - " Source file has expected extension. Remove it, it will be added later on - let ext_len = strlen(vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('ext')) - let link_text = fnamemodify(source_file, ':p:t')[:-ext_len-1] - endif - - endif - endif - - " check if absolute or relative path - if is_wiki_link && link_text[0] ==# '/' - if link_text !=# '/' - let link_text = link_text[1:] - endif - let is_relative = 0 - elseif !is_wiki_link && vimwiki#path#is_absolute(link_text) - let is_relative = 0 - else - let is_relative = 1 - let root_dir = fnamemodify(source_file, ':p:h') . '/' - endif - - - " extract the other items depending on the scheme - if link_infos.scheme =~# '\mwiki\d\+' - - " interwiki link named wiki 'wn.name:link' format - let wnmatch = matchlist(link_text, '\m^wn\.\([a-zA-Z0-9\-_ ]\+\):\(.*\)') - if len(wnmatch) >= 2 && wnmatch[1] !=? '' && wnmatch[2] !=? '' - let wname = wnmatch[1] - for idx in range(vimwiki#vars#number_of_wikis()) - if vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('name', idx) ==# wname - " name matches! - let link_infos.index = idx - let link_text = wnmatch[2] - break - endif - endfor - if link_text !=# wnmatch[2] - " error: invalid wiki name - let link_infos.index = -2 - let link_infos.filename = '' - " use scheme field to return invalid wiki name - let link_infos.scheme = wname - return link_infos - endif - else - " interwiki link numbered wiki format - let link_infos.index = eval(matchstr(link_infos.scheme, '\D\+\zs\d\+\ze')) - if link_infos.index < 0 || link_infos.index >= vimwiki#vars#number_of_wikis() - let link_infos.index = -1 - let link_infos.filename = '' - return link_infos - endif - endif - - if !is_relative || link_infos.index != source_wiki - let root_dir = vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('path', link_infos.index) - endif - - let link_infos.filename = root_dir . link_text - - if vimwiki#path#is_link_to_dir(link_text) - if vimwiki#vars#get_global('dir_link') !=? '' - let link_infos.filename .= vimwiki#vars#get_global('dir_link') . - \ vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('ext', link_infos.index) - endif - else - let ext = fnamemodify(link_text, ':e') - if ext ==? '' " append ext iff one not already present - let link_infos.filename .= vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('ext', link_infos.index) - endif - endif - - elseif link_infos.scheme ==# 'diary' - let link_infos.index = source_wiki - - let link_infos.filename = - \ vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('path', link_infos.index) . - \ vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('diary_rel_path', link_infos.index) . - \ link_text . - \ vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('ext', link_infos.index) - elseif (link_infos.scheme ==# 'file' || link_infos.scheme ==# 'local') && is_relative - let link_infos.filename = simplify(root_dir . link_text) - else " absolute file link - " collapse repeated leading "/"'s within a link - let link_text = substitute(link_text, '\m^/\+', '/', '') - " expand ~/ - let link_text = fnamemodify(link_text, ':p') - let link_infos.filename = simplify(link_text) - endif - - let link_infos.filename = vimwiki#path#normalize(link_infos.filename) - return link_infos -endfunction - - -function! vimwiki#base#system_open_link(url) abort - " handlers - function! s:win32_handler(url) abort - "Disable shellslash for cmd and command.com, but enable for all other shells - "See Issue #560 - if (&shell =~? 'cmd') || (&shell =~? 'command.com') - - if exists('+shellslash') - let old_ssl = &shellslash - set noshellslash - let url = shellescape(a:url, 1) - let &shellslash = old_ssl - else - let url = shellescape(a:url, 1) - endif - execute 'silent ! start "Title" /B ' . url - - else - - if exists('+shellslash') - let old_ssl = &shellslash - set shellslash - let url = shellescape(a:url, 1) - let &shellslash = old_ssl - else - let url = shellescape(a:url, 1) - endif - execute 'silent ! start ' . url - - endif - endfunction - function! s:macunix_handler(url) abort - call system('open ' . shellescape(a:url).' &') - endfunction - function! s:linux_handler(url) abort - call system('xdg-open ' . shellescape(a:url).' &') - endfunction - try - if vimwiki#u#is_windows() - call s:win32_handler(a:url) - return - elseif vimwiki#u#is_macos() - call s:macunix_handler(a:url) - return - else - call s:linux_handler(a:url) - return - endif - endtry - echomsg 'Vimwiki Error: Default Vimwiki link handler was unable to open the HTML file!' -endfunction - - -function! vimwiki#base#open_link(cmd, link, ...) abort - let link_infos = {} - if a:0 - let link_infos = vimwiki#base#resolve_link(a:link, a:1) - else - let link_infos = vimwiki#base#resolve_link(a:link) - endif - - if link_infos.filename ==? '' - if link_infos.index == -1 - echomsg 'Vimwiki Error: No registered wiki ''' . link_infos.scheme . '''.' - elseif link_infos.index == -2 - " scheme field stores wiki name for this error case - echom 'Vimwiki Error: No wiki found with name "' . link_infos.scheme . '"' - else - echomsg 'Vimwiki Error: Unable to resolve link!' - endif - return - endif - - let is_wiki_link = s:is_wiki_link(link_infos) - - let vimwiki_prev_link = [] - " update previous link for wiki pages - if is_wiki_link - if a:0 - let vimwiki_prev_link = [a:1, []] - elseif vimwiki#u#ft_is_vw() - let vimwiki_prev_link = [vimwiki#path#current_wiki_file(), getpos('.')] - endif - endif - - " open/edit - if is_wiki_link - call vimwiki#base#edit_file(a:cmd, link_infos.filename, link_infos.anchor, - \ vimwiki_prev_link, is_wiki_link) - else - call vimwiki#base#system_open_link(link_infos.filename) - endif -endfunction - - -function! vimwiki#base#get_globlinks_escaped(...) abort - let s_arg_lead = a:0 > 0 ? a:1 : '' - " only get links from the current dir - " change to the directory of the current file - let orig_pwd = getcwd() - lcd! %:h - " all path are relative to the current file's location - let globlinks = glob('**/*'.vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('ext'), 1)."\n" - " remove extensions - let globlinks = substitute(globlinks, '\'.vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('ext').'\ze\n', '', 'g') - " restore the original working directory - exe 'lcd! '.orig_pwd - " convert to a List - let lst = split(globlinks, '\n') - " Filter files whose path matches the user's argument leader - " " use smart case matching - let r_arg = substitute(s_arg_lead, '\u', '[\0\l\0]', 'g') - call filter(lst, '-1 != match(v:val, r_arg)') - " Apply fnameescape() to each item - call map(lst, 'fnameescape(v:val)') - " Return list (for customlist completion) - return lst -endfunction - - -" Optional pattern argument -function! vimwiki#base#generate_links(create, ...) abort - " Get pattern if present - " Globlal to script to be passed to closure - if a:0 - let s:pattern = a:1 - else - let s:pattern = '' - endif - - " Define link generator closure - let GeneratorLinks = copy(l:) - function! GeneratorLinks.f() abort - let lines = [] - - let links = vimwiki#base#get_wikilinks(vimwiki#vars#get_bufferlocal('wiki_nr'), 0, s:pattern) - call sort(links) - - let bullet = repeat(' ', vimwiki#lst#get_list_margin()) . vimwiki#lst#default_symbol().' ' - let l:diary_file_paths = vimwiki#diary#get_diary_files() - - for link in links - let link_infos = vimwiki#base#resolve_link(link) - if !vimwiki#base#is_diary_file(link_infos.filename, copy(l:diary_file_paths)) - if vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('syntax') ==# 'markdown' - let link_tpl = vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('Weblink1Template') - else - let link_tpl = vimwiki#vars#get_global('WikiLinkTemplate1') - endif - - let link_caption = vimwiki#base#read_caption(link_infos.filename) - if link_caption ==? '' " default to link if caption not found - let link_caption = link - endif - - let entry = s:safesubstitute(link_tpl, '__LinkUrl__', link, '') - let entry = s:safesubstitute(entry, '__LinkDescription__', link_caption, '') - call add(lines, bullet. entry) - endif - endfor - - return lines - endfunction - - let links_rx = '\%(^\s*$\)\|\%('.vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxListBullet').'\)' - - call vimwiki#base#update_listing_in_buffer( - \ GeneratorLinks, - \ vimwiki#vars#get_global('links_header'), - \ links_rx, - \ line('$')+1, - \ vimwiki#vars#get_global('links_header_level'), - \ a:create) -endfunction - - -function! vimwiki#base#goto(...) abort - let key = a:0 > 0 ? a:1 : input('Enter name: ') - let anchor = a:0 > 1 ? a:2 : '' - - " Save current file pos - let vimwiki_prev_link = [vimwiki#path#current_wiki_file(), getpos('.')] - - call vimwiki#base#edit_file(':e', - \ vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('path') . key . vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('ext'), - \ anchor, - \ vimwiki_prev_link, - \ vimwiki#u#ft_is_vw()) -endfunction - - -function! vimwiki#base#backlinks() abort - let current_filename = expand('%:p') - let locations = [] - for idx in range(vimwiki#vars#number_of_wikis()) - let syntax = vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('syntax', idx) - let wikifiles = vimwiki#base#find_files(idx, 0) - for source_file in wikifiles - let links = s:get_links(source_file, idx) - for [target_file, _, lnum, col] in links - if vimwiki#u#is_windows() - " TODO this is a temporary fix - see issue #478 - let target_file = substitute(target_file, '/', '\', 'g') - let current_filename = substitute(current_filename, '/', '\', 'g') - endif - " don't include links from the current file to itself - if vimwiki#path#is_equal(target_file, current_filename) && - \ !vimwiki#path#is_equal(target_file, source_file) - call add(locations, {'filename':source_file, 'lnum':lnum, 'col':col}) - endif - endfor - endfor - endfor - - if empty(locations) - echomsg 'Vimwiki: No other file links to this file' - else - call setloclist(0, locations, 'r') - lopen - endif -endfunction - - -" Returns: a list containing all files of the given wiki as absolute file path. -" If the given wiki number is negative, the diary of the current wiki is used -" If the second argument is not zero, only directories are found -" If third argument: pattern to search for -function! vimwiki#base#find_files(wiki_nr, directories_only, ...) abort - let wiki_nr = a:wiki_nr - if wiki_nr >= 0 - let root_directory = vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('path', wiki_nr) - else - let root_directory = vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('path') . - \ vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('diary_rel_path') - let wiki_nr = vimwiki#vars#get_bufferlocal('wiki_nr') - endif - if a:directories_only - let ext = '/' - else - let ext = vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('ext', wiki_nr) - endif - " If pattern is given, use it - " if current wiki is temporary -- was added by an arbitrary wiki file then do - " not search wiki files in subdirectories. Or it would hang the system if - " wiki file was created in $HOME or C:/ dirs. - if a:0 && a:1 !=# '' - let pattern = a:1 - elseif vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('is_temporary_wiki', wiki_nr) - let pattern = '*'.ext - else - let pattern = '**/*'.ext - endif - let files = split(globpath(root_directory, pattern), '\n') - - " filter excluded files before returning - for pattern in vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('exclude_files') - let efiles = split(globpath(root_directory, pattern), '\n') - let files = filter(files, 'index(efiles, v:val) == -1') - endfor - - return files -endfunction - - -" Returns: a list containing the links to get from the current file to all wiki -" files in the given wiki. -" If the given wiki number is negative, the diary of the current wiki is used. -" If also_absolute_links is nonzero, also return links of the form /file -" If pattern is not '', only filepaths matching pattern will be considered -function! vimwiki#base#get_wikilinks(wiki_nr, also_absolute_links, pattern) abort - let files = vimwiki#base#find_files(a:wiki_nr, 0, a:pattern) - if a:wiki_nr == vimwiki#vars#get_bufferlocal('wiki_nr') - let cwd = vimwiki#path#wikify_path(expand('%:p:h')) - elseif a:wiki_nr < 0 - let cwd = vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('path') . vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('diary_rel_path') - else - let cwd = vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('path', a:wiki_nr) - endif - let result = [] - for wikifile in files - let wikifile = fnamemodify(wikifile, ':r') " strip extension - if vimwiki#u#is_windows() - " TODO temporary fix see #478 - let wikifile = substitute(wikifile , '/', '\', 'g') - endif - let wikifile = vimwiki#path#relpath(cwd, wikifile) - call add(result, wikifile) - endfor - if a:also_absolute_links - for wikifile in files - if a:wiki_nr == vimwiki#vars#get_bufferlocal('wiki_nr') - let cwd = vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('path') - elseif a:wiki_nr < 0 - let cwd = vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('path') . vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('diary_rel_path') - endif - let wikifile = fnamemodify(wikifile, ':r') " strip extension - if vimwiki#u#is_windows() - " TODO temporary fix see #478 - let wikifile = substitute(wikifile , '/', '\', 'g') - endif - let wikifile = '/'.vimwiki#path#relpath(cwd, wikifile) - call add(result, wikifile) - endfor - endif - return result -endfunction - - -" Returns: a list containing the links to all directories from the current file -function! vimwiki#base#get_wiki_directories(wiki_nr) abort - let dirs = vimwiki#base#find_files(a:wiki_nr, 1) - if a:wiki_nr == vimwiki#vars#get_bufferlocal('wiki_nr') - let cwd = vimwiki#path#wikify_path(expand('%:p:h')) - let root_dir = vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('path') - else - let cwd = vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('path', a:wiki_nr) - endif - let result = ['./'] - for wikidir in dirs - let wikidir_relative = vimwiki#path#relpath(cwd, wikidir) - call add(result, wikidir_relative) - if a:wiki_nr == vimwiki#vars#get_bufferlocal('wiki_nr') - let wikidir_absolute = '/'.vimwiki#path#relpath(root_dir, wikidir) - call add(result, wikidir_absolute) - endif - endfor - return result -endfunction - - -function! vimwiki#base#get_anchors(filename, syntax) abort - if !filereadable(a:filename) - return [] - endif - - let rxheader = vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('header_search', a:syntax) - let rxbold = vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('bold_search', a:syntax) - let rxtag = vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('tag_search', a:syntax) - - let anchor_level = ['', '', '', '', '', '', ''] - let anchors = [] - let current_complete_anchor = '' - for line in readfile(a:filename) - - " collect headers - let h_match = matchlist(line, rxheader) - if !empty(h_match) - let header = vimwiki#u#trim(h_match[2]) - let level = len(h_match[1]) - call add(anchors, header) - let anchor_level[level-1] = header - for l in range(level, 6) - let anchor_level[l] = '' - endfor - if level == 1 - let current_complete_anchor = header - else - let current_complete_anchor = '' - for l in range(level-1) - if anchor_level[l] !=? '' - let current_complete_anchor .= anchor_level[l].'#' - endif - endfor - let current_complete_anchor .= header - call add(anchors, current_complete_anchor) - endif - endif - - " collect bold text (there can be several in one line) - let bold_count = 1 - while 1 - let bold_text = matchstr(line, rxbold, 0, bold_count) - if bold_text ==? '' - break - endif - call add(anchors, bold_text) - if current_complete_anchor !=? '' - call add(anchors, current_complete_anchor.'#'.bold_text) - endif - let bold_count += 1 - endwhile - - " collect tags text (there can be several in one line) - let tag_count = 1 - while 1 - let tag_group_text = matchstr(line, rxtag, 0, tag_count) - if tag_group_text ==? '' - break - endif - for tag_text in split(tag_group_text, ':') - call add(anchors, tag_text) - if current_complete_anchor !=? '' - call add(anchors, current_complete_anchor.'#'.tag_text) - endif - endfor - let tag_count += 1 - endwhile - - endfor - - return anchors -endfunction - - -function! s:jump_to_anchor(anchor) abort - let oldpos = getpos('.') - call cursor(1, 1) - - let anchor = vimwiki#u#escape(a:anchor) - - let segments = split(anchor, '#', 0) - - for segment in segments - - let anchor_header = s:safesubstitute( - \ vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('header_match'), - \ '__Header__', segment, '') - let anchor_bold = s:safesubstitute( - \ vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('bold_match'), - \ '__Text__', segment, '') - let anchor_tag = s:safesubstitute( - \ vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('tag_match'), - \ '__Tag__', segment, '') - - if !search(anchor_tag, 'Wc') && !search(anchor_header, 'Wc') && !search(anchor_bold, 'Wc') - call setpos('.', oldpos) - break - endif - let oldpos = getpos('.') - endfor -endfunction - - -" Params: full path to a wiki file and its wiki number -" Returns: a list of all links inside the wiki file -" Every list item has the form -" [target file, anchor, line number of the link in source file, column number] -function! s:get_links(wikifile, idx) abort - if !filereadable(a:wikifile) - return [] - endif - - let syntax = vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('syntax', a:idx) - if syntax ==# 'markdown' - let rx_link = vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxWeblink1MatchUrl', syntax) - else - let rx_link = vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('wikilink', syntax) - endif - - let links = [] - let lnum = 0 - - for line in readfile(a:wikifile) - let lnum += 1 - - let link_count = 1 - while 1 - let col = match(line, rx_link, 0, link_count)+1 - let link_text = matchstr(line, rx_link, 0, link_count) - if link_text ==? '' - break - endif - let link_count += 1 - let target = vimwiki#base#resolve_link(link_text, a:wikifile) - if target.filename !=? '' && target.scheme =~# '\mwiki\d\+\|diary\|file\|local' - call add(links, [target.filename, target.anchor, lnum, col]) - endif - endwhile - endfor - - return links -endfunction - - -function! vimwiki#base#check_links() abort - let anchors_of_files = {} - let links_of_files = {} - let errors = [] - for idx in range(vimwiki#vars#number_of_wikis()) - let syntax = vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('syntax', idx) - let wikifiles = vimwiki#base#find_files(idx, 0) - for wikifile in wikifiles - let links_of_files[wikifile] = s:get_links(wikifile, idx) - let anchors_of_files[wikifile] = vimwiki#base#get_anchors(wikifile, syntax) - endfor - endfor - - for wikifile in keys(links_of_files) - for [target_file, target_anchor, lnum, col] in links_of_files[wikifile] - if target_file ==? '' && target_anchor ==? '' - call add(errors, {'filename':wikifile, 'lnum':lnum, 'col':col, - \ 'text': 'numbered scheme refers to a non-existent wiki'}) - elseif has_key(anchors_of_files, target_file) - if target_anchor !=? '' && index(anchors_of_files[target_file], target_anchor) < 0 - call add(errors, {'filename':wikifile, 'lnum':lnum, 'col':col, - \'text': 'there is no such anchor: '.target_anchor}) - endif - else - if target_file =~? '\m/$' " maybe it's a link to a directory - if !isdirectory(target_file) - call add(errors, {'filename':wikifile, 'lnum':lnum, 'col':col, - \'text': 'there is no such directory: '.target_file}) - endif - else " maybe it's a non-wiki file - if filereadable(target_file) - let anchors_of_files[target_file] = [] - else - call add(errors, {'filename':wikifile, 'lnum':lnum, 'col':col, - \'text': 'there is no such file: '.target_file}) - endif - endif - endif - endfor - endfor - - - " Check which wiki files are reachable from at least one of the index files. - " First, all index files are marked as reachable. Then, pick a reachable file - " and mark all files to which it links as reachable, too. Repeat until the - " links of all reachable files have been checked. - - " Map every wiki file to a number. 0 means not reachable from any index file, - " 1 means reachable, but the outgoing links are not checked yet, 2 means - " reachable and done. - let reachable_wikifiles = {} - - " first, all files are considered not reachable - for wikifile in keys(links_of_files) - let reachable_wikifiles[wikifile] = 0 - endfor - - " mark every index file as reachable - for idx in range(vimwiki#vars#number_of_wikis()) - let index_file = vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('path', idx) . - \ vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('index', idx) . vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('ext', idx) - if filereadable(index_file) - let reachable_wikifiles[index_file] = 1 - endif - endfor - - while 1 - let next_unvisited_wikifile = '' - for wf in keys(reachable_wikifiles) - if reachable_wikifiles[wf] == 1 - let next_unvisited_wikifile = wf - let reachable_wikifiles[wf] = 2 - break - endif - endfor - if next_unvisited_wikifile ==? '' - break - endif - for [target_file, target_anchor, lnum, col] in links_of_files[next_unvisited_wikifile] - if has_key(reachable_wikifiles, target_file) && reachable_wikifiles[target_file] == 0 - let reachable_wikifiles[target_file] = 1 - endif - endfor - endwhile - - for wf in keys(reachable_wikifiles) - if reachable_wikifiles[wf] == 0 - call add(errors, {'text':wf.' is not reachable from the index file'}) - endif - endfor - - if empty(errors) - echomsg 'Vimwiki: All links are OK' - else - call setqflist(errors, 'r') - copen - endif -endfunction - - -function! vimwiki#base#edit_file(command, filename, anchor, ...) abort - let fname = escape(a:filename, '% *|#`') - let dir = fnamemodify(a:filename, ':p:h') - - let ok = vimwiki#path#mkdir(dir, 1) - - if !ok - echomsg ' ' - echomsg 'Vimwiki Error: Unable to edit file in non-existent directory: '.dir - return - endif - - " Check if the file we want to open is already the current file - " which happens if we jump to an achor in the current file. - " This hack is necessary because apparently Vim messes up the result of - " getpos() directly after this command. Strange. - if !(a:command ==# ':e ' && vimwiki#path#is_equal(a:filename, expand('%:p'))) - try - execute a:command fname - catch /E37:/ - echomsg 'Vimwiki: Can''t leave the current buffer, because it is modified. Hint: Take a look at' - \ ''':h g:vimwiki_autowriteall'' to see how to save automatically.' - return - catch /E325:/ - echom 'Vimwiki: Vim couldn''t open the file, probably because a swapfile already exists. See :h E325.' - return - endtry - - " If the opened file was not already loaded by Vim, an autocommand is - " triggered at this point - - " Make sure no other plugin takes ownership over the new file. Vimwiki - " rules them all! Well, except for directories, which may be opened with - " Netrw - if !vimwiki#u#ft_is_vw() && fname !~? '\m/$' - call vimwiki#u#ft_set() - endif - endif - if a:anchor !=? '' - call s:jump_to_anchor(a:anchor) - endif - - " save previous link - " a:1 -- previous vimwiki link to save - " a:2 -- should we update previous link - if a:0 && a:2 && len(a:1) > 0 - let prev_links = vimwiki#vars#get_bufferlocal('prev_links') - call insert(prev_links, a:1) - call vimwiki#vars#set_bufferlocal('prev_links', prev_links) - endif -endfunction - - -function! vimwiki#base#search_word(wikiRx, cmd) abort - let match_line = search(a:wikiRx, 's'.a:cmd) - if match_line == 0 - echomsg 'Vimwiki: Wiki link not found' - endif -endfunction - - -" Returns part of the line that matches wikiRX at cursor -function! vimwiki#base#matchstr_at_cursor(wikiRX) abort - let col = col('.') - 1 - let line = getline('.') - let ebeg = -1 - let cont = match(line, a:wikiRX, 0) - while (ebeg >= 0 || (0 <= cont) && (cont <= col)) - let contn = matchend(line, a:wikiRX, cont) - if (cont <= col) && (col < contn) - let ebeg = match(line, a:wikiRX, cont) - let elen = contn - ebeg - break - else - let cont = match(line, a:wikiRX, contn) - endif - endwh - if ebeg >= 0 - return strpart(line, ebeg, elen) - else - return '' - endif -endfunction - - -function! vimwiki#base#replacestr_at_cursor(wikiRX, sub) abort - let col = col('.') - 1 - let line = getline('.') - let ebeg = -1 - let cont = match(line, a:wikiRX, 0) - while (ebeg >= 0 || (0 <= cont) && (cont <= col)) - let contn = matchend(line, a:wikiRX, cont) - if (cont <= col) && (col < contn) - let ebeg = match(line, a:wikiRX, cont) - let elen = contn - ebeg - break - else - let cont = match(line, a:wikiRX, contn) - endif - endwh - if ebeg >= 0 - " TODO: There might be problems with Unicode chars... - let newline = strpart(line, 0, ebeg).a:sub.strpart(line, ebeg+elen) - call setline(line('.'), newline) - endif -endfunction - - -function! s:print_wiki_list() abort - " find the max name length for prettier formatting - let max_len = 0 - for idx in range(vimwiki#vars#number_of_wikis()) - let wname = vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('name', idx) - if len(wname) > max_len - let max_len = len(wname) - endif - endfor - - " print each wiki, active wiki highlighted and marked with '*' - for idx in range(vimwiki#vars#number_of_wikis()) - if idx == vimwiki#vars#get_bufferlocal('wiki_nr') - let sep = '*' - echohl PmenuSel - else - let sep = ' ' - echohl None - endif - let wname = vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('name', idx) - let wpath = vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('path', idx) - if wname ==? '' - let wname = '----' - if max_len < 4 - let max_len = 4 - endif - endif - let wname = '"' . wname . '"' - echo printf('%2d %s %-*s %s', idx+1, sep, max_len+2, wname, wpath) - endfor - echohl None -endfunction - - -" Update link: in fname.ext -" Param: fname: the source file where to change links -" Param: old: url regex of old path relative to wiki root -" Param: new: url string of new path -function! s:update_wiki_link(fname, old, new) abort - echo 'Updating links in '.a:fname - let has_updates = 0 - let dest = [] - for line in readfile(a:fname) - if !has_updates && match(line, a:old) != -1 - let has_updates = 1 - endif - " XXX: any other characters to escape!? - call add(dest, substitute(line, a:old, escape(a:new, '&'), 'g')) - endfor - " add exception handling... - if has_updates - call rename(a:fname, a:fname.'#vimwiki_upd#') - call writefile(dest, a:fname) - call delete(a:fname.'#vimwiki_upd#') - endif -endfunction - - -" Update link for all files in dir -" Param: old_url, new_url: path of the old, new url relative to ... -" Param: dir: directory of the files, relative to wiki_root -function! s:update_wiki_links(wiki_nr, dir, old_url, new_url) abort - " Get list of wiki files - let wiki_root = vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('path', a:wiki_nr) - let fsources = vimwiki#base#find_files(a:wiki_nr, 0) - - " Shorten dirname - let dir_rel_root = vimwiki#path#relpath(wiki_root, a:dir) - - " Cache relative url, because they are often the same, like `../dir1/vim-vimwiki.md` - let cache_dict = {} - - " Regex from path - function! s:compute_old_url_r(wiki_nr, dir_rel_fsource, old_url) abort - " Old url - let old_url_r = a:dir_rel_fsource . a:old_url - " Add potential ./ - let old_url_r = '\%(\.[/\\]\)\?' . old_url_r - " Compute old url regex with filename between \zs and \ze - let old_url_r = vimwiki#base#apply_template( - \ vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('WikiLinkMatchUrlTemplate', - \ vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('syntax', a:wiki_nr)), old_url_r, '', '') - - return old_url_r - endfunction - - " For each wikifile - for fsource in fsources - " Shorten fname directory - let fsource_rel_root = vimwiki#path#relpath(wiki_root, fsource) - let fsource_rel_root = fnamemodify(fsource_rel_root, ':h') - - " Compute old_url relative to fname - let dir_rel_fsource = vimwiki#path#relpath(fsource_rel_root, dir_rel_root) - " TODO get relpath coherent (and remove next 2 stuff) - " Remove the trailing ./ - if dir_rel_fsource =~# '.[/\\]$' - let dir_rel_fsource = dir_rel_fsource[:-3] - endif - " Append a / if needed - if !empty(dir_rel_fsource) && dir_rel_fsource !~# '[/\\]$' - let dir_rel_fsource .= '/' - endif - - " New url - let new_url = dir_rel_fsource . a:new_url - - " Old url - " Avoid E713 - let key = empty(dir_rel_fsource) ? 'NaF' : dir_rel_fsource - if index(keys(cache_dict), key) == -1 - let cache_dict[key] = s:compute_old_url_r( - \ a:wiki_nr, dir_rel_fsource, a:old_url) - endif - let old_url_r = cache_dict[key] - - " Update url in source file - call s:update_wiki_link(fsource, old_url_r, new_url) - endfor -endfunction - - -function! s:tail_name(fname) abort - let result = substitute(a:fname, ':', '__colon__', 'g') - let result = fnamemodify(result, ':t:r') - let result = substitute(result, '__colon__', ':', 'g') - return result -endfunction - - -function! s:get_wiki_buffers() abort - let blist = [] - let bcount = 1 - while bcount<=bufnr('$') - if bufexists(bcount) - let bname = fnamemodify(bufname(bcount), ':p') - " this may find buffers that are not part of the current wiki, but that - " doesn't hurt - if bname =~# vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('ext').'$' - let bitem = [bname, vimwiki#vars#get_bufferlocal('prev_links', bcount)] - call add(blist, bitem) - endif - endif - let bcount = bcount + 1 - endwhile - return blist -endfunction - - -function! s:open_wiki_buffer(item) abort - call vimwiki#base#edit_file(':e', a:item[0], '') - if !empty(a:item[1]) - call vimwiki#vars#set_bufferlocal('prev_links', a:item[1], a:item[0]) - endif -endfunction - - -function! vimwiki#base#nested_syntax(filetype, start, end, textSnipHl) abort -" From http://vim.wikia.com/wiki/VimTip857 - let ft=toupper(a:filetype) - let group='textGroup'.ft - if exists('b:current_syntax') - let s:current_syntax=b:current_syntax - " Remove current syntax definition, as some syntax files (e.g. cpp.vim) - " do nothing if b:current_syntax is defined. - unlet b:current_syntax - endif - - " Some syntax files set up iskeyword which might scratch vimwiki a bit. - " Let us save and restore it later. - " let b:skip_set_iskeyword = 1 - let is_keyword = &iskeyword - - " Check for the existence of syntax files in the runtime path before - " attempting to include them. - " https://vi.stackexchange.com/a/10354 - " Previously, this used a try/catch block to intercept any errors thrown - " when attempting to include files. The error(s) interferred with running - " with Vader tests (specifically, testing VimwikiSearch). - if !empty(globpath(&runtimepath, 'syntax/'.a:filetype.'.vim')) - execute 'syntax include @'.group.' syntax/'.a:filetype.'.vim' - endif - if !empty(globpath(&runtimepath, 'after/syntax/'.a:filetype.'.vim')) - execute 'syntax include @'.group.' after/syntax/'.a:filetype.'.vim' - endif - - let &iskeyword = is_keyword - - if exists('s:current_syntax') - let b:current_syntax=s:current_syntax - else - unlet b:current_syntax - endif - - " Fix issue #236: tell Vimwiki to think in maths when encountering maths - " blocks like {{$ }}$. Here, we don't want the tex highlight group, but the - " group for tex math. - if a:textSnipHl ==# 'VimwikiMath' - let group='texMathZoneGroup' - endif - - let concealpre = vimwiki#vars#get_global('conceal_pre') ? ' concealends' : '' - execute 'syntax region textSnip'.ft. - \ ' matchgroup='.a:textSnipHl. - \ ' start="'.a:start.'" end="'.a:end.'"'. - \ ' contains=@'.group.' keepend'.concealpre - - " A workaround to Issue 115: Nested Perl syntax highlighting differs from - " regular one. - " Perl syntax file has perlFunctionName which is usually has no effect due to - " 'contained' flag. Now we have 'syntax include' that makes all the groups - " included as 'contained' into specific group. - " Here perlFunctionName (with quite an angry regexp "\h\w*[^:]") clashes with - " the rest syntax rules as now it has effect being really 'contained'. - " Clear it! - if ft =~? 'perl' - syntax clear perlFunctionName - endif -endfunction - - -" creates or updates auto-generated listings in a wiki file, like TOC, diary -" links, tags list etc. -" - the listing consists of a header and a list of strings provided by a funcref -" - a:content_regex is used to determine how long a potentially existing list is -" - a:default_lnum is the line number where the new listing should be placed if -" it's not already present -" - if a:create is true, it will be created if it doesn't exist, otherwise it -" will only be updated if it already exists -function! vimwiki#base#update_listing_in_buffer(Generator, start_header, - \ content_regex, default_lnum, header_level, create) abort - " Vim behaves strangely when files change while in diff mode - if &diff || &readonly - return - endif - - " check if the listing is already there - let already_there = 0 - - let header_level = 'rxH' . a:header_level . '_Template' - let header_rx = '\m^\s*'.substitute(vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal(header_level), - \ '__Header__', a:start_header, '') .'\s*$' - - let start_lnum = 1 - while start_lnum <= line('$') - if getline(start_lnum) =~# header_rx - let already_there = 1 - break - endif - let start_lnum += 1 - endwhile - - if !already_there && !a:create - return - endif - - let winview_save = winsaveview() - let cursor_line = winview_save.lnum - let is_cursor_after_listing = 0 - - let is_fold_closed = 1 - - let lines_diff = 0 - - if already_there - let is_fold_closed = ( foldclosed(start_lnum) > -1 ) - " delete the old listing - let whitespaces_in_first_line = matchstr(getline(start_lnum), '\m^\s*') - let end_lnum = start_lnum + 1 - while end_lnum <= line('$') && getline(end_lnum) =~# a:content_regex - let end_lnum += 1 - endwhile - let is_cursor_after_listing = ( cursor_line >= end_lnum ) - " We'll be removing a range. But, apparently, if folds are enabled, Vim - " won't let you remove a range that overlaps with closed fold -- the entire - " fold gets deleted. So we temporarily disable folds, and then reenable - " them right back. - let foldenable_save = &l:foldenable - setlocal nofoldenable - silent exe 'keepjumps ' . start_lnum.','.string(end_lnum - 1).'delete _' - let &l:foldenable = foldenable_save - let lines_diff = 0 - (end_lnum - start_lnum) - else - let start_lnum = a:default_lnum - let is_cursor_after_listing = ( cursor_line > a:default_lnum ) - let whitespaces_in_first_line = '' - " append newline if not replacing first line - if start_lnum > 1 - keepjumps call append(start_lnum -1, '') - let start_lnum += 1 - endif - endif - - let start_of_listing = start_lnum - - " write new listing - let new_header = whitespaces_in_first_line - \ . s:safesubstitute(vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal(header_level), - \ '__Header__', a:start_header, '') - keepjumps call append(start_lnum - 1, new_header) - let start_lnum += 1 - let lines_diff += 1 - if vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('syntax') ==# 'markdown' - for _ in range(vimwiki#vars#get_global('markdown_header_style')) - keepjumps call append(start_lnum - 1, '') - let start_lnum += 1 - let lines_diff += 1 - endfor - endif - for string in a:Generator.f() - keepjumps call append(start_lnum - 1, string) - let start_lnum += 1 - let lines_diff += 1 - endfor - - " remove empty line if end of file, otherwise append if needed - if start_lnum == line('$') - silent exe 'keepjumps ' . start_lnum.'delete _' - elseif start_lnum < line('$') && getline(start_lnum) !~# '\m^\s*$' - keepjumps call append(start_lnum - 1, '') - let lines_diff += 1 - endif - - " Open fold, if needed - if !is_fold_closed && ( foldclosed(start_of_listing) > -1 ) - exe start_of_listing - norm! zo - endif - - if is_cursor_after_listing - let winview_save.lnum += lines_diff - endif - call winrestview(winview_save) -endfunction - -function! vimwiki#base#find_next_task() abort - let taskRegex = vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxListItemWithoutCB') - \ . '\+\(\[ \]\s\+\)\zs' - call vimwiki#base#search_word(taskRegex, '') -endfunction - -function! vimwiki#base#find_next_link() abort - call vimwiki#base#search_word(vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxAnyLink'), '') -endfunction - - -function! vimwiki#base#find_prev_link() abort - "Jump 2 times if the cursor is in the middle of a link - if synIDattr(synID(line('.'), col('.'), 0), 'name') =~# 'VimwikiLink.*' && - \ synIDattr(synID(line('.'), col('.')-1, 0), 'name') =~# 'VimwikiLink.*' - call vimwiki#base#search_word(vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxAnyLink'), 'b') - endif - call vimwiki#base#search_word(vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxAnyLink'), 'b') -endfunction - - -function! vimwiki#base#follow_link(split, ...) abort - let reuse_other_split_window = a:0 >= 1 ? a:1 : 0 - let move_cursor_to_new_window = a:0 >= 2 ? a:2 : 1 - - " Parse link at cursor and pass to VimwikiLinkHandler, or failing that, the - " default open_link handler - - " try WikiLink - let lnk = matchstr(vimwiki#base#matchstr_at_cursor(vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxWikiLink')), - \ vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxWikiLinkMatchUrl')) - " try WikiIncl - if lnk ==? '' - let lnk = matchstr(vimwiki#base#matchstr_at_cursor(vimwiki#vars#get_global('rxWikiIncl')), - \ vimwiki#vars#get_global('rxWikiInclMatchUrl')) - endif - " try Weblink - if lnk ==? '' - let lnk = matchstr(vimwiki#base#matchstr_at_cursor(vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxWeblink')), - \ vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxWeblinkMatchUrl')) - endif - - if vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('syntax') ==# 'markdown' - " markdown image ![]() - if lnk ==# '' - let lnk = matchstr(vimwiki#base#matchstr_at_cursor(vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxImage')), - \ vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxWeblinkMatchUrl')) - if lnk !=# '' - if lnk !~# '\%(\%('.vimwiki#vars#get_global('web_schemes1').'\):\%(\/\/\)\?\)\S\{-1,}' - " prepend file: scheme so link is opened by sytem handler if it isn't a web url - let lnk = 'file:'.lnk - endif - endif - endif - endif - - if lnk !=? '' " cursor is indeed on a link - let processed_by_user_defined_handler = VimwikiLinkHandler(lnk) - if processed_by_user_defined_handler - return - endif - - if a:split ==# 'hsplit' - let cmd = ':split ' - elseif a:split ==# 'vsplit' - let cmd = ':vsplit ' - elseif a:split ==# 'tab' - let cmd = ':tabnew ' - else - let cmd = ':e ' - endif - - " if we want to and can reuse a split window, jump to that window and open - " the new file there - if (a:split ==# 'hsplit' || a:split ==# 'vsplit') && reuse_other_split_window - let previous_window_nr = winnr('#') - if previous_window_nr > 0 && previous_window_nr != winnr() - execute previous_window_nr . 'wincmd w' - let cmd = ':e' - endif - endif - - - if vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('syntax') ==# 'markdown' - let processed_by_markdown_reflink = vimwiki#markdown_base#open_reflink(lnk) - if processed_by_markdown_reflink - return - endif - - " remove the extension from the filename if exists, because non-vimwiki - " markdown files usually include the extension in links - let lnk = substitute(lnk, '\'.vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('ext').'$', '', '') - endif - - let current_tab_page = tabpagenr() - - call vimwiki#base#open_link(cmd, lnk) - - if !move_cursor_to_new_window - if (a:split ==# 'hsplit' || a:split ==# 'vsplit') - execute 'wincmd p' - elseif a:split ==# 'tab' - execute 'tabnext ' . current_tab_page - endif - endif - - else " cursor is not on a link - if a:0 >= 3 - execute 'normal! '.a:3 - elseif vimwiki#vars#get_global('create_link') - call vimwiki#base#normalize_link(0) - endif - endif -endfunction - - -function! vimwiki#base#go_back_link() abort - " try pop previous link from buffer list - let prev_links = vimwiki#vars#get_bufferlocal('prev_links') - if !empty(prev_links) - let prev_link = remove(prev_links, 0) - call vimwiki#vars#set_bufferlocal('prev_links', prev_links) - else - let prev_link = [] - endif - - if !empty(prev_link) - " go back to saved wiki link - call vimwiki#base#edit_file(':e ', prev_link[0], '') - call setpos('.', prev_link[1]) - else - " maybe we came here by jumping to a tag -> pop from the tag stack - silent! pop! - endif -endfunction - - -function! vimwiki#base#goto_index(wnum, ...) abort - - " if wnum = 0 the current wiki is used - if a:wnum == 0 - let idx = vimwiki#vars#get_bufferlocal('wiki_nr') - if idx < 0 " not in a wiki - let idx = 0 - endif - else - let idx = a:wnum - 1 " convert to 0 based counting - endif - - if a:wnum > vimwiki#vars#number_of_wikis() - echomsg 'Vimwiki Error: Wiki '.a:wnum.' is not registered in your Vimwiki settings!' - return - endif - - if a:0 - if a:1 == 1 - let cmd = 'tabedit' - elseif a:1 == 2 - let cmd = 'split' - elseif a:1 == 3 - let cmd = 'vsplit' - endif - else - let cmd = 'edit' - endif - - let index_file = vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('path', idx). - \ vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('index', idx). - \ vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('ext', idx) - - call vimwiki#base#edit_file(cmd, index_file, '') -endfunction - - -function! vimwiki#base#delete_link() abort - " Delete wiki file you are in from filesystem - let val = input('Delete "'.expand('%').'" [y]es/[N]o? ') - if val !~? '^y' - return - endif - let fname = expand('%:p') - try - call delete(fname) - catch /.*/ - echomsg 'Vimwiki Error: Cannot delete "'.expand('%:t:r').'"!' - return - endtry - - call vimwiki#base#go_back_link() - execute 'bdelete! '.escape(fname, ' ') - - " reread buffer => deleted wiki link should appear as non-existent - if expand('%:p') !=? '' - execute 'e' - endif -endfunction - - -" Rename current file, update all links to it -function! vimwiki#base#rename_link() abort - " Get filename relative to wiki root - let subdir = vimwiki#vars#get_bufferlocal('subdir') - let old_fname = subdir.expand('%:t') - - " Get current path - let old_dir = expand('%:p:h') - - " there is no file (new one maybe) - if glob(expand('%:p')) ==? '' - echomsg 'Vimwiki Error: Cannot rename "'.expand('%:p'). - \'". It does not exist! (New file? Save it before renaming.)' - return - endif - - let val = input('Rename "'.expand('%:t:r').'" [y]es/[N]o? ') - if val !~? '^y' - return - endif - - let new_link = input('Enter new name: ') - - if new_link =~# '[/\\]' - echomsg 'Vimwiki Error: Cannot rename to a filename with path!' - return - endif - - if substitute(new_link, '\s', '', 'g') ==? '' - echomsg 'Vimwiki Error: Cannot rename to an empty filename!' - return - endif - - let url = matchstr(new_link, vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxWikiLinkMatchUrl')) - if url !=? '' - let new_link = url - endif - - let new_link = subdir.new_link - let wiki_nr = vimwiki#vars#get_bufferlocal('wiki_nr') - let new_fname = vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('path') . new_link . vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('ext') - - " do not rename if file with such name exists - let fname = glob(new_fname) - if fname !=? '' - echomsg 'Vimwiki Error: Cannot rename to "'.new_fname.'". File with that name exist!' - return - endif - " rename wiki link file - try - echomsg 'Vimwiki: Renaming '.vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('path').old_fname.' to '.new_fname - let res = rename(expand('%:p'), expand(new_fname)) - if res != 0 - throw 'Cannot rename!' - end - catch /.*/ - echomsg 'Vimwiki Error: Cannot rename "'.expand('%:t:r').'" to "'.new_fname.'"' - return - endtry - - let &buftype='nofile' - - let cur_buffer = [expand('%:p'), vimwiki#vars#get_bufferlocal('prev_links')] - - let blist = s:get_wiki_buffers() - - " save wiki buffers - for bitem in blist - execute ':b '.escape(bitem[0], ' ') - execute ':update' - endfor - - execute ':b '.escape(cur_buffer[0], ' ') - - " remove wiki buffers - for bitem in blist - execute 'bwipeout '.escape(bitem[0], ' ') - endfor - - let setting_more = &more - setlocal nomore - - " update links - call s:update_wiki_links(wiki_nr, old_dir, s:tail_name(old_fname), s:tail_name(new_fname)) - - " restore wiki buffers - for bitem in blist - if !vimwiki#path#is_equal(bitem[0], cur_buffer[0]) - call s:open_wiki_buffer(bitem) - endif - endfor - - call s:open_wiki_buffer([new_fname, cur_buffer[1]]) - " execute 'bwipeout '.escape(cur_buffer[0], ' ') - - echomsg 'Vimwiki: '.old_fname.' is renamed to '.new_fname - - let &more = setting_more -endfunction - - -function! vimwiki#base#ui_select() abort - call s:print_wiki_list() - let idx = input('Select Wiki by number and press (empty cancels): ') - if idx ==# '' - return - elseif idx !~# '\m[0-9]\+' - echo "\n" - echom 'Invalid wiki selection.' - return - endif - call vimwiki#base#goto_index(idx) -endfunction - - -function! vimwiki#base#TO_header(inner, including_subheaders, count) abort - let headers = s:collect_headers() - if empty(headers) - return - endif - - let current_line = line('.') - - let current_header_index = s:current_header(headers, current_line) - - if current_header_index < 0 - return - endif - - " from which to which header - if !a:including_subheaders && a:count <= 1 - let first_line = headers[current_header_index][0] - let last_line = current_header_index == len(headers)-1 ? line('$') : - \ headers[current_header_index + 1][0] - 1 - else - let first_header_index = current_header_index - for _ in range(a:count - 1) - let parent = s:get_another_header(headers, first_header_index, -1, '<') - if parent < 0 - break - else - let first_header_index = parent - endif - endfor - - let next_sibling_or_higher = s:get_another_header(headers, first_header_index, +1, '<=') - - let first_line = headers[first_header_index][0] - let last_line = - \ next_sibling_or_higher >= 0 ? headers[next_sibling_or_higher][0] - 1 : line('$') - endif - - if a:inner - let first_line += 1 - let last_line = prevnonblank(last_line) - endif - - if first_line > last_line - " this can happen e.g. when doing vih on a header with another header in the very next line - return - endif - - call cursor(first_line, 1) - normal! V - call cursor(last_line, 1) -endfunction - - -function! vimwiki#base#TO_table_cell(inner, visual) abort - if col('.') == col('$')-1 - return - endif - - if a:visual - normal! `> - let sel_end = getpos('.') - normal! `< - let sel_start = getpos('.') - - let firsttime = sel_start == sel_end - - if firsttime - if !search('|\|\(-+-\)', 'cb', line('.')) - return - endif - if getline('.')[virtcol('.')] ==# '+' - normal! l - endif - if a:inner - normal! 2l - endif - let sel_start = getpos('.') - endif - - normal! `> - call search('|\|\(-+-\)', '', line('.')) - if getline('.')[virtcol('.')] ==# '+' - normal! l - endif - if a:inner - if firsttime || abs(sel_end[2] - getpos('.')[2]) != 2 - normal! 2h - endif - endif - let sel_end = getpos('.') - - call setpos('.', sel_start) - exe "normal! \" - call setpos('.', sel_end) - - " XXX: WORKAROUND. - " if blockwise selection is ended at | character then pressing j to extend - " selection further fails. But if we shake the cursor left and right then - " it works. - normal! hl - else - if !search('|\|\(-+-\)', 'cb', line('.')) - return - endif - if a:inner - normal! 2l - endif - normal! v - call search('|\|\(-+-\)', '', line('.')) - if !a:inner && getline('.')[virtcol('.')-1] ==# '|' - normal! h - elseif a:inner - normal! 2h - endif - endif -endfunction - - -function! vimwiki#base#TO_table_col(inner, visual) abort - let t_rows = vimwiki#tbl#get_rows(line('.')) - if empty(t_rows) - return - endif - - " TODO: refactor it! - if a:visual - normal! `> - let sel_end = getpos('.') - normal! `< - let sel_start = getpos('.') - - let firsttime = sel_start == sel_end - - if firsttime - " place cursor to the top row of the table - call vimwiki#u#cursor(t_rows[0][0], virtcol('.')) - " do not accept the match at cursor position if cursor is next to column - " separator of the table separator (^ is a cursor): - " |-----^-+-------| - " | bla | bla | - " |-------+-------| - " or it will select wrong column. - if strpart(getline('.'), virtcol('.')-1) =~# '^-+' - let s_flag = 'b' - else - let s_flag = 'cb' - endif - " search the column separator backwards - if !search('|\|\(-+-\)', s_flag, line('.')) - return - endif - " -+- column separator is matched --> move cursor to the + sign - if getline('.')[virtcol('.')] ==# '+' - normal! l - endif - " inner selection --> reduce selection - if a:inner - normal! 2l - endif - let sel_start = getpos('.') - endif - - normal! `> - if !firsttime && getline('.')[virtcol('.')] ==# '|' - normal! l - elseif a:inner && getline('.')[virtcol('.')+1] =~# '[|+]' - normal! 2l - endif - " search for the next column separator - call search('|\|\(-+-\)', '', line('.')) - " Outer selection selects a column without border on the right. So we move - " our cursor left if the previous search finds | border, not -+-. - if getline('.')[virtcol('.')] !=# '+' - normal! h - endif - if a:inner - " reduce selection a bit more if inner. - normal! h - endif - " expand selection to the bottom line of the table - call vimwiki#u#cursor(t_rows[-1][0], virtcol('.')) - let sel_end = getpos('.') - - call setpos('.', sel_start) - exe "normal! \" - call setpos('.', sel_end) - - else - " place cursor to the top row of the table - call vimwiki#u#cursor(t_rows[0][0], virtcol('.')) - " do not accept the match at cursor position if cursor is next to column - " separator of the table separator (^ is a cursor): - " |-----^-+-------| - " | bla | bla | - " |-------+-------| - " or it will select wrong column. - if strpart(getline('.'), virtcol('.')-1) =~# '^-+' - let s_flag = 'b' - else - let s_flag = 'cb' - endif - " search the column separator backwards - if !search('|\|\(-+-\)', s_flag, line('.')) - return - endif - " -+- column separator is matched --> move cursor to the + sign - if getline('.')[virtcol('.')] ==# '+' - normal! l - endif - " inner selection --> reduce selection - if a:inner - normal! 2l - endif - - exe "normal! \" - - " search for the next column separator - call search('|\|\(-+-\)', '', line('.')) - " Outer selection selects a column without border on the right. So we move - " our cursor left if the previous search finds | border, not -+-. - if getline('.')[virtcol('.')] !=# '+' - normal! h - endif - " reduce selection a bit more if inner. - if a:inner - normal! h - endif - " expand selection to the bottom line of the table - call vimwiki#u#cursor(t_rows[-1][0], virtcol('.')) - endif -endfunction - - -function! vimwiki#base#AddHeaderLevel(...) abort - if a:1 > 1 - call vimwiki#base#AddHeaderLevel(a:1 - 1) - endif - let lnum = line('.') - let line = getline(lnum) - let rxHdr = vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxH') - if line =~# '^\s*$' - return - endif - - if line =~# vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxHeader') - let level = vimwiki#u#count_first_sym(line) - if level < 6 - if vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('symH') - let line = substitute(line, '\('.rxHdr.'\+\).\+\1', rxHdr.'&'.rxHdr, '') - else - let line = substitute(line, '\('.rxHdr.'\+\).\+', rxHdr.'&', '') - endif - call setline(lnum, line) - endif - else - let line = substitute(line, '^\s*', '&'.rxHdr.' ', '') - if vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('symH') - let line = substitute(line, '\s*$', ' '.rxHdr.'&', '') - endif - call setline(lnum, line) - endif -endfunction - - -function! vimwiki#base#RemoveHeaderLevel(...) abort - if a:1 > 1 - call vimwiki#base#RemoveHeaderLevel(a:1 - 1) - endif - let lnum = line('.') - let line = getline(lnum) - let rxHdr = vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxH') - if line =~# '^\s*$' - return - endif - - if line =~# vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxHeader') - let level = vimwiki#u#count_first_sym(line) - let old = repeat(rxHdr, level) - let new = repeat(rxHdr, level - 1) - - let chomp = line =~# rxHdr.'\s' - - if vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('symH') - let line = substitute(line, old, new, 'g') - else - let line = substitute(line, old, new, '') - endif - - if level == 1 && chomp - let line = substitute(line, '^\s', '', 'g') - let line = substitute(line, '\s$', '', 'g') - endif - - let line = substitute(line, '\s*$', '', '') - - call setline(lnum, line) - endif -endfunction - - - -" Returns all the headers in the current buffer as a list of the form -" [[line_number, header_level, header_text], [...], [...], ...] -function! s:collect_headers() abort - let is_inside_pre_or_math = 0 " 1: inside pre, 2: inside math, 0: outside - let headers = [] - for lnum in range(1, line('$')) - let line_content = getline(lnum) - if (is_inside_pre_or_math == 1 && line_content =~# vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxPreEnd')) || - \ (is_inside_pre_or_math == 2 && line_content =~# vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxMathEnd')) - let is_inside_pre_or_math = 0 - continue - endif - if is_inside_pre_or_math > 0 - continue - endif - if line_content =~# vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxPreStart') - let is_inside_pre_or_math = 1 - continue - endif - if line_content =~# vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxMathStart') - let is_inside_pre_or_math = 2 - continue - endif - if line_content !~# vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxHeader') - continue - endif - if vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('syntax') ==# 'markdown' - if stridx(line_content, vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxH')) > 0 - continue " markdown headers must start in the first column - endif - endif - let header_level = vimwiki#u#count_first_sym(line_content) - let header_text = - \ vimwiki#u#trim(matchstr(line_content, vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxHeader'))) - call add(headers, [lnum, header_level, header_text]) - endfor - - return headers -endfunction - - -function! s:current_header(headers, line_number) abort - if empty(a:headers) - return -1 - endif - - if a:line_number >= a:headers[-1][0] - return len(a:headers) - 1 - endif - - let current_header_index = -1 - while a:headers[current_header_index+1][0] <= a:line_number - let current_header_index += 1 - endwhile - return current_header_index -endfunction - - -function! s:get_another_header(headers, current_index, direction, operation) abort - if empty(a:headers) || a:current_index < 0 - return -1 - endif - let current_level = a:headers[a:current_index][1] - let index = a:current_index + a:direction - - while 1 - if index < 0 || index >= len(a:headers) - return -1 - endif - if eval('a:headers[index][1] ' . a:operation . ' current_level') - return index - endif - let index += a:direction - endwhile -endfunction - - -function! vimwiki#base#goto_parent_header() abort - let headers = s:collect_headers() - let current_header_index = s:current_header(headers, line('.')) - let parent_header = s:get_another_header(headers, current_header_index, -1, '<') - if parent_header >= 0 - call cursor(headers[parent_header][0], 1) - else - echo 'Vimwiki: no parent header found' - endif -endfunction - - -function! vimwiki#base#goto_next_header() abort - let headers = s:collect_headers() - let current_header_index = s:current_header(headers, line('.')) - if current_header_index >= 0 && current_header_index < len(headers) - 1 - call cursor(headers[current_header_index + 1][0], 1) - elseif current_header_index < 0 && !empty(headers) " we're above the first header - call cursor(headers[0][0], 1) - else - echo 'Vimwiki: no next header found' - endif -endfunction - - -function! vimwiki#base#goto_prev_header() abort - let headers = s:collect_headers() - let current_header_index = s:current_header(headers, line('.')) - " if the cursor already was on a header, jump to the previous one - if current_header_index >= 1 && headers[current_header_index][0] == line('.') - let current_header_index -= 1 - endif - if current_header_index >= 0 - call cursor(headers[current_header_index][0], 1) - else - echo 'Vimwiki: no previous header found' - endif -endfunction - - -function! vimwiki#base#goto_sibling(direction) abort - let headers = s:collect_headers() - let current_header_index = s:current_header(headers, line('.')) - let next_potential_sibling = - \ s:get_another_header(headers, current_header_index, a:direction, '<=') - if next_potential_sibling >= 0 && headers[next_potential_sibling][1] == - \ headers[current_header_index][1] - call cursor(headers[next_potential_sibling][0], 1) - else - echo 'Vimwiki: no sibling header found' - endif -endfunction - - -" a:create == 1: creates or updates TOC in current file -" a:create == 0: update if TOC exists -function! vimwiki#base#table_of_contents(create) abort - let headers = s:collect_headers() - let toc_header_text = vimwiki#vars#get_global('toc_header') - - if !a:create - " Do nothing if there is no TOC to update. (This is a small performance optimization -- if - " auto_toc == 1, but the current buffer has no TOC but is long, saving the buffer could - " otherwise take a few seconds for nothing.) - let toc_already_present = 0 - for entry in headers - if entry[2] ==# toc_header_text - let toc_already_present = 1 - break - endif - endfor - if !toc_already_present - return - endif - endif - - " use a dictionary function for closure like capability - " copy all local variables into dict (add a: if arguments are needed) - let GeneratorTOC = copy(l:) - function! GeneratorTOC.f() abort - let numbering = vimwiki#vars#get_global('html_header_numbering') - let headers_levels = [['', 0], ['', 0], ['', 0], ['', 0], ['', 0], ['', 0]] - let complete_header_infos = [] - for header in self.headers - let h_text = header[2] - let h_level = header[1] - " don't include the TOC's header itself - if h_text ==# self.toc_header_text - continue - endif - let headers_levels[h_level-1] = [h_text, headers_levels[h_level-1][1]+1] - for idx in range(h_level, 5) | let headers_levels[idx] = ['', 0] | endfor - - let h_complete_id = '' - if vimwiki#vars#get_global('toc_link_format') == 0 - for l in range(h_level-1) - if headers_levels[l][0] !=? '' - let h_complete_id .= headers_levels[l][0].'#' - endif - endfor - endif - let h_complete_id .= headers_levels[h_level-1][0] - - call add(complete_header_infos, [h_level, h_complete_id, h_text]) - endfor - - let lines = [] - let startindent = repeat(' ', vimwiki#lst#get_list_margin()) - let indentstring = repeat(' ', vimwiki#u#sw()) - let bullet = vimwiki#lst#default_symbol().' ' - for [lvl, link, desc] in complete_header_infos - if vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('syntax') ==# 'markdown' - let link_tpl = vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('Weblink2Template') - elseif vimwiki#vars#get_global('toc_link_format') == 0 - let link_tpl = vimwiki#vars#get_global('WikiLinkTemplate2') - else - let link_tpl = vimwiki#vars#get_global('WikiLinkTemplate1') - endif - let link = s:safesubstitute(link_tpl, '__LinkUrl__', - \ '#'.link, '') - let link = s:safesubstitute(link, '__LinkDescription__', desc, '') - call add(lines, startindent.repeat(indentstring, lvl-1).bullet.link) - endfor - - return lines - endfunction - - let links_rx = '\%(^\s*$\)\|\%('.vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxListBullet').'\)' - - call vimwiki#base#update_listing_in_buffer( - \ GeneratorTOC, - \ toc_header_text, - \ links_rx, - \ 1, - \ vimwiki#vars#get_global('toc_header_level'), - \ a:create) -endfunction - - -" Construct a regular expression matching from template (with special -" characters properly escaped), by substituting rxUrl for __LinkUrl__, rxDesc -" for __LinkDescription__, and rxStyle for __LinkStyle__. The three -" arguments rxUrl, rxDesc, and rxStyle are copied verbatim, without any -" special character escapes or substitutions. -function! vimwiki#base#apply_template(template, rxUrl, rxDesc, rxStyle) abort - let lnk = a:template - if a:rxUrl !=? '' - let lnk = s:safesubstitute(lnk, '__LinkUrl__', a:rxUrl, 'g') - endif - if a:rxDesc !=? '' - let lnk = s:safesubstitute(lnk, '__LinkDescription__', a:rxDesc, 'g') - endif - if a:rxStyle !=? '' - let lnk = s:safesubstitute(lnk, '__LinkStyle__', a:rxStyle, 'g') - endif - return lnk -endfunction - - -function! s:clean_url(url) abort - " don't use an extension as part of the description - let url = substitute(a:url, '\'.vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('ext').'$', '', '') - " remove protocol and tld - let url = substitute(url, '^\a\+\d*:', '', '') - " remove absolute path prefix - let url = substitute(url, '^//', '', '') - let url = substitute(url, '^\([^/]\+\)\.\a\{2,4}/', '\1/', '') - let url_l = split(url, '/\|=\|-\|&\|?\|\.') - " case only a '-' - if url_l == [] - return '' - endif - let url_l = filter(url_l, 'v:val !=# ""') - if url_l[0] ==# 'www' - let url_l = url_l[1:] - endif - if url_l[-1] =~# '^\(htm\|html\|php\)$' - let url_l = url_l[0:-2] - endif - " remove words with black listed codepoints - " TODO mutualize blacklist in a variable - let url_l = filter(url_l, 'v:val !~? "[!\"$%&''()*+,:;<=>?\[\]\\^`{}]"') - " remove words consisting of only hexadecimal digits - let url_l = filter(url_l, 'v:val !~? "^\\x\\{4,}$" || v:val !~? "\\d"') - return join(url_l, ' ') -endfunction - -" An optional second argument allows you to pass in a list of diary files rather -" than generating a list on each call to the function. -function! vimwiki#base#is_diary_file(filename, ...) abort - let l:diary_file_paths = a:0 > 0 ? a:1 : vimwiki#diary#get_diary_files() - let l:normalised_file_paths = - \ map(l:diary_file_paths, 'vimwiki#path#normalize(v:val)') - let l:matching_files = - \ filter(l:normalised_file_paths, 'v:val =~# a:filename') - return len(l:matching_files) > 0 " filename is a diary file if match is found -endfunction - - -function! vimwiki#base#normalize_link_helper(str, rxUrl, rxDesc, template) abort - let url = matchstr(a:str, a:rxUrl) - if vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('syntax') ==# 'markdown' && vimwiki#vars#get_global('markdown_link_ext') - " strip the extension if it exists so it doesn't get added multiple times - let url = substitute(url, '\'.vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('ext').'$', '', '') - endif - let descr = matchstr(a:str, a:rxDesc) - " Try to clean, do not work if bad link - if descr ==# '' - let descr = s:clean_url(url) - if descr ==# '' | return url | endif - endif - let lnk = s:safesubstitute(a:template, '__LinkDescription__', descr, '') - let lnk = s:safesubstitute(lnk, '__LinkUrl__', url, '') - return lnk -endfunction - - -function! vimwiki#base#normalize_imagelink_helper(str, rxUrl, rxDesc, rxStyle, template) abort - let lnk = vimwiki#base#normalize_link_helper(a:str, a:rxUrl, a:rxDesc, a:template) - let style = matchstr(a:str, a:rxStyle) - let lnk = s:safesubstitute(lnk, '__LinkStyle__', style, '') - return lnk -endfunction - -function! vimwiki#base#normalize_link_in_diary(lnk) abort - let sc = vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('links_space_char') - let link = a:lnk . vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('ext') - let link_wiki = substitute(vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('path') . '/' . link, '\s', sc, 'g') - let link_diary = substitute(vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('path') . '/' - \ . vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('diary_rel_path') . '/' . link, '\s', sc, 'g') - let link_exists_in_diary = filereadable(link_diary) - let link_exists_in_wiki = filereadable(link_wiki) - let link_is_date = a:lnk =~# '\d\d\d\d-\d\d-\d\d' - - if link_is_date - let str = a:lnk - let rxUrl = vimwiki#vars#get_global('rxWord') - let rxDesc = '\d\d\d\d-\d\d-\d\d' - let template = vimwiki#vars#get_global('WikiLinkTemplate1') - elseif link_exists_in_wiki - let depth = len(split(vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('diary_rel_path'), '/')) - let str = repeat('../', depth) . a:lnk - let rxUrl = '.*' - let rxDesc = '[^/]*$' - let template = vimwiki#vars#get_global('WikiLinkTemplate2') - else - let str = a:lnk - let rxUrl = '.*' - let rxDesc = '' - let template = vimwiki#vars#get_global('WikiLinkTemplate1') - endif - - if vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('syntax') ==? 'markdown' - let template = vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('Weblink1Template') - endif - - return vimwiki#base#normalize_link_helper(str, rxUrl, rxDesc, template) -endfunction - - -function! s:normalize_link_syntax_n() abort - - " try WikiLink - let lnk = vimwiki#base#matchstr_at_cursor(vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxWikiLink')) - if !empty(lnk) - let sub = vimwiki#base#normalize_link_helper(lnk, - \ vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxWikiLinkMatchUrl'), - \ vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxWikiLinkMatchDescr'), - \ vimwiki#vars#get_global('WikiLinkTemplate2')) - call vimwiki#base#replacestr_at_cursor(vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxWikiLink'), sub) - return - endif - - " try WikiIncl - let lnk = vimwiki#base#matchstr_at_cursor(vimwiki#vars#get_global('rxWikiIncl')) - if !empty(lnk) - " NO-OP !! - return - endif - - " try Weblink - let lnk = vimwiki#base#matchstr_at_cursor(vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxWeblink')) - if !empty(lnk) - let sub = vimwiki#base#normalize_link_helper(lnk, - \ lnk, '', vimwiki#vars#get_global('WikiLinkTemplate2')) - call vimwiki#base#replacestr_at_cursor(vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxWeblink'), sub) - return - endif - - " try Word (any characters except separators) - " rxWord is less permissive than rxWikiLinkUrl which is used in - " normalize_link_syntax_v - let lnk = vimwiki#base#matchstr_at_cursor(vimwiki#vars#get_global('rxWord')) - if !empty(lnk) - if vimwiki#base#is_diary_file(expand('%:p')) - let sub = vimwiki#base#normalize_link_in_diary(lnk) - else - let sub = s:safesubstitute( - \ vimwiki#vars#get_global('WikiLinkTemplate1'), '__LinkUrl__', lnk, '') - endif - call vimwiki#base#replacestr_at_cursor('\V'.lnk, sub) - return - endif - -endfunction - - -function! s:normalize_link_syntax_v() abort - let sel_save = &selection - let &selection = 'old' - let default_register_save = @" - let registertype_save = getregtype('"') - - try - " Save selected text to register " - normal! gv""y - - " Set substitution - if vimwiki#base#is_diary_file(expand('%:p')) - let sub = vimwiki#base#normalize_link_in_diary(@") - else - let sub = s:safesubstitute(vimwiki#vars#get_global('WikiLinkTemplate1'), - \ '__LinkUrl__', @", '') - endif - - " Put substitution in register " and change text - let sc = vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('links_space_char') - call setreg('"', substitute(substitute(sub, '\n', '', ''), '\s', sc, 'g'), visualmode()) - normal! `>""pgvd - finally - call setreg('"', default_register_save, registertype_save) - let &selection = sel_save - endtry -endfunction - - -function! vimwiki#base#normalize_link(is_visual_mode) abort - if exists('*vimwiki#'.vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('syntax').'_base#normalize_link') - " Syntax-specific links - call vimwiki#{vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('syntax')}_base#normalize_link(a:is_visual_mode) - else - if !a:is_visual_mode - call s:normalize_link_syntax_n() - elseif line("'<") == line("'>") - " action undefined for multi-line visual mode selections - call s:normalize_link_syntax_v() - endif - endif -endfunction - - -function! vimwiki#base#detect_nested_syntax() abort - let last_word = '\v.*<(\w+)\s*$' - let lines = map(filter(getline(1, '$'), 'v:val =~# "\\%({{{\\|`\\{3,\}\\|\\~\\{3,\}\\)" && v:val =~# last_word'), - \ 'substitute(v:val, last_word, "\\=submatch(1)", "")') - let dict = {} - for elem in lines - let dict[elem] = elem - endfor - return dict -endfunction - - -function! vimwiki#base#complete_links_escaped(ArgLead, CmdLine, CursorPos) abort abort - return vimwiki#base#get_globlinks_escaped(a:ArgLead) -endfunction - - -function! vimwiki#base#read_caption(file) abort - let rx_header = vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxHeader') - - if filereadable(a:file) - for line in readfile(a:file, '', g:vimwiki_max_scan_for_caption) - if line =~# rx_header - return vimwiki#u#trim(matchstr(line, rx_header)) - endif - endfor - endif - - return '' -endfunction - - -" For commands VimwikiSearch and VWS -function! vimwiki#base#search(search_pattern) abort - if empty(a:search_pattern) - echomsg 'Vimwiki Error: No search pattern given.' - return - endif - - let pattern = a:search_pattern - - " If the pattern does not start with a '/', then we'll assume that a - " literal search is intended and enclose and escape it: - if match(pattern, '^/') == -1 - let pattern = '/'.escape(pattern, '\').'/' - endif - - let path = fnameescape(vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('path')) - let ext = vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('ext') - let cmd = 'lvimgrep '.pattern.' '.path.'**/*'.ext - - " Catch E480 error from lvimgrep if there's no match and present - " a friendlier error message. - try - execute cmd - catch - echomsg 'VimwikiSearch: No match found.' - endtry -endfunction - -function! vimwiki#base#deprecate(old, new) abort - echohl WarningMsg - echo a:old 'is deprecated and will be removed in future versions, use' a:new 'instead.' - echohl None -endfunction - -" ------------------------------------------------------------------------- -" Load syntax-specific Wiki functionality -for s:syn in s:vimwiki_get_known_syntaxes() - execute 'runtime! autoload/vimwiki/'.s:syn.'_base.vim' -endfor -" ------------------------------------------------------------------------- - diff --git a/pack/acp/start/vimwiki/autoload/vimwiki/customwiki2html.sh b/pack/acp/start/vimwiki/autoload/vimwiki/customwiki2html.sh deleted file mode 100755 index 4818d02..0000000 --- a/pack/acp/start/vimwiki/autoload/vimwiki/customwiki2html.sh +++ /dev/null @@ -1,62 +0,0 @@ -#!/bin/bash - -# -# This script converts markdown into html, to be used with vimwiki's -# "customwiki2html" option. Experiment with the two proposed methods by -# commenting / uncommenting the relevant lines below. -# -# NEW! An alternative converter was developed by Jason6Anderson, and can -# be located at https://github.com/vimwiki-backup/vimwiki/issues/384 -# -# -# To use this script, you must have the Discount converter installed. -# -# http://www.pell.portland.or.us/~orc/Code/discount/ -# -# To verify your installation, check that the commands markdown and mkd2text, -# are on your path. -# -# Also verify that this file is executable. -# -# Then, in your .vimrc file, set: -# -# g:vimwiki_customwiki2html=$HOME.'/.vim/autoload/vimwiki/customwiki2html.sh' -# -# On your next restart, Vimwiki will run this script instead of using the -# internal wiki2html converter. -# - -MARKDOWN=markdown -MKD2HTML=mkd2html - - -FORCE="$1" -SYNTAX="$2" -EXTENSION="$3" -OUTPUTDIR="$4" -INPUT="$5" -CSSFILE="$6" - -FORCEFLAG= - -[ $FORCE -eq 0 ] || { FORCEFLAG="-f"; }; -[ $SYNTAX = "markdown" ] || { echo "Error: Unsupported syntax"; exit -2; }; - -OUTPUT="$OUTPUTDIR"/$(basename "$INPUT" .$EXTENSION).html - -# # Method 1: -# # markdown [-d] [-T] [-V] [-b url-base] [-C prefix] [-F bitmap] [-f flags] [-o file] [-s text] [-t text] [textfile] -# -# URLBASE=http://example.com -# $MARKDOWN -T -b $URLBASE -o $OUTPUT $INPUT - - -# Method 2: -# mkd2html [-css file] [-header string] [-footer string] [file] - -$MKD2HTML -css "$CSSFILE" "$INPUT" -OUTPUTTMP=$(dirname "$INPUT")/$(basename "$INPUT" ."$EXTENSION").html -mv -f "$OUTPUTTMP" "$OUTPUT" - - - diff --git a/pack/acp/start/vimwiki/autoload/vimwiki/default.tpl b/pack/acp/start/vimwiki/autoload/vimwiki/default.tpl deleted file mode 100644 index 35371d5..0000000 --- a/pack/acp/start/vimwiki/autoload/vimwiki/default.tpl +++ /dev/null @@ -1,12 +0,0 @@ - - - - -%title% - - - - -%content% - - diff --git a/pack/acp/start/vimwiki/autoload/vimwiki/diary.vim b/pack/acp/start/vimwiki/autoload/vimwiki/diary.vim deleted file mode 100644 index 46d14ce..0000000 --- a/pack/acp/start/vimwiki/autoload/vimwiki/diary.vim +++ /dev/null @@ -1,436 +0,0 @@ -" vim:tabstop=2:shiftwidth=2:expandtab:textwidth=99 -" Vimwiki autoload plugin file -" Description: Handle diary notes -" Home: https://github.com/vimwiki/vimwiki/ - - -if exists('g:loaded_vimwiki_diary_auto') || &compatible - finish -endif -let g:loaded_vimwiki_diary_auto = 1 - - -function! s:prefix_zero(num) abort - if a:num < 10 - return '0'.a:num - endif - return a:num -endfunction - - -function! s:diary_path(...) abort - let idx = a:0 == 0 ? vimwiki#vars#get_bufferlocal('wiki_nr') : a:1 - return vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('path', idx).vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('diary_rel_path', idx) -endfunction - - -function! s:diary_index(...) abort - let idx = a:0 == 0 ? vimwiki#vars#get_bufferlocal('wiki_nr') : a:1 - return s:diary_path(idx).vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('diary_index', idx). - \ vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('ext', idx) -endfunction - - -function! vimwiki#diary#diary_date_link(...) abort - if a:0 - return strftime('%Y-%m-%d', a:1) - else - return strftime('%Y-%m-%d') - endif -endfunction - - -function! s:get_position_links(link) abort - let idx = -1 - let links = [] - if a:link =~# '^\d\{4}-\d\d-\d\d' - let links = map(vimwiki#diary#get_diary_files(), 'fnamemodify(v:val, ":t:r")') - " include 'today' into links - if index(links, vimwiki#diary#diary_date_link()) == -1 - call add(links, vimwiki#diary#diary_date_link()) - endif - call sort(links) - let idx = index(links, a:link) - endif - return [idx, links] -endfunction - - -function! s:get_month_name(month) abort - return vimwiki#vars#get_global('diary_months')[str2nr(a:month)] -endfunction - -function! s:get_first_header(fl) abort - " Get the first header in the file within the first s:vimwiki_max_scan_for_caption lines. - let header_rx = vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxHeader') - - for line in readfile(a:fl, '', g:vimwiki_max_scan_for_caption) - if line =~# header_rx - return vimwiki#u#trim(matchstr(line, header_rx)) - endif - endfor - return '' -endfunction - -function! s:get_all_headers(fl, maxlevel) abort - " Get a list of all headers in a file up to a given level. - " Returns a list whose elements are pairs [level, title] - let headers_rx = {} - for i in range(1, a:maxlevel) - let headers_rx[i] = vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxH'.i.'_Text') - endfor - - let headers = [] - for line in readfile(a:fl, '') - for [i, header_rx] in items(headers_rx) - if line =~# header_rx - call add(headers, [i, vimwiki#u#trim(matchstr(line, header_rx))]) - break - endif - endfor - endfor - return headers -endfunction - -function! s:count_headers_level_less_equal(headers, maxlevel) abort - " Count headers with level <= maxlevel in a list of [level, title] pairs. - let l:count = 0 - for [header_level, _] in a:headers - if header_level <= a:maxlevel - let l:count += 1 - endif - endfor - return l:count -endfunction - -function! s:get_min_header_level(headers) abort - " The minimum level of any header in a list of [level, title] pairs. - if len(a:headers) == 0 - return 0 - endif - let minlevel = a:headers[0][0] - for [level, _] in a:headers - let minlevel = min([minlevel, level]) - endfor - return minlevel -endfunction - - -function! s:read_captions(files) abort - let result = {} - let caption_level = vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('diary_caption_level') - - for fl in a:files - " remove paths and extensions - let fl_captions = {} - - " Default; no captions from the file. - let fl_captions['top'] = '' - let fl_captions['rest'] = [] - - if caption_level >= 0 && filereadable(fl) - if caption_level == 0 - " Take first header of any level as the top caption. - let fl_captions['top'] = s:get_first_header(fl) - else - let headers = s:get_all_headers(fl, caption_level) - if len(headers) > 0 - " If first header is the only one at its level or less, then make it the top caption. - let [first_level, first_header] = headers[0] - if s:count_headers_level_less_equal(headers, first_level) == 1 - let fl_captions['top'] = first_header - call remove(headers, 0) - endif - - let min_header_level = s:get_min_header_level(headers) - for [level, header] in headers - call add(fl_captions['rest'], [level - min_header_level, header]) - endfor - endif - endif - endif - - let fl_key = substitute(fnamemodify(fl, ':t'), vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('ext').'$', '', '') - let result[fl_key] = fl_captions - endfor - return result -endfunction - - -function! vimwiki#diary#get_diary_files() abort - let rx = '^\d\{4}-\d\d-\d\d' - let s_files = glob(vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('path'). - \ vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('diary_rel_path').'*'.vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('ext')) - let files = split(s_files, '\n') - call filter(files, 'fnamemodify(v:val, ":t") =~# "'.escape(rx, '\').'"') - - " remove backup files (.wiki~) - call filter(files, 'v:val !~# ''.*\~$''') - - return files -endfunction - - -function! s:group_links(links) abort - let result = {} - let p_year = 0 - let p_month = 0 - for fl in sort(keys(a:links)) - let year = strpart(fl, 0, 4) - let month = strpart(fl, 5, 2) - if p_year != year - let result[year] = {} - let p_month = 0 - endif - if p_month != month - let result[year][month] = {} - endif - let result[year][month][fl] = a:links[fl] - let p_year = year - let p_month = month - endfor - return result -endfunction - - -function! s:sort(lst) abort - if vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('diary_sort') ==? 'desc' - return reverse(sort(a:lst)) - else - return sort(a:lst) - endif -endfunction - -" The given wiki number a:wnum is 1 for the first wiki, 2 for the second and so on. This is in -" contrast to most other places, where counting starts with 0. When a:wnum is 0, the current wiki -" is used. -function! vimwiki#diary#make_note(wnum, ...) abort - if a:wnum == 0 - let wiki_nr = vimwiki#vars#get_bufferlocal('wiki_nr') - if wiki_nr < 0 " this happens when e.g. VimwikiMakeDiaryNote was called outside a wiki buffer - let wiki_nr = 0 - endif - else - let wiki_nr = a:wnum - 1 - endif - - if wiki_nr >= vimwiki#vars#number_of_wikis() - echomsg 'Vimwiki Error: Wiki '.wiki_nr.' is not registered in g:vimwiki_list!' - return - endif - - call vimwiki#path#mkdir(vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('path', wiki_nr). - \ vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('diary_rel_path', wiki_nr)) - - let cmd = 'edit' - if a:0 - if a:1 == 1 - let cmd = 'tabedit' - elseif a:1 == 2 - let cmd = 'split' - elseif a:1 == 3 - let cmd = 'vsplit' - endif - endif - if a:0>1 - let link = 'diary:'.a:2 - else - let link = 'diary:'.vimwiki#diary#diary_date_link() - endif - - call vimwiki#base#open_link(cmd, link, s:diary_index(wiki_nr)) -endfunction - -function! vimwiki#diary#goto_diary_index(wnum) abort - - " if wnum = 0 the current wiki is used - if a:wnum == 0 - let idx = vimwiki#vars#get_bufferlocal('wiki_nr') - if idx < 0 " not in a wiki - let idx = 0 - endif - else - let idx = a:wnum - 1 " convert to 0 based counting - endif - - if a:wnum > vimwiki#vars#number_of_wikis() - echomsg 'Vimwiki Error: Wiki '.a:wnum.' is not registered in g:vimwiki_list!' - return - endif - - call vimwiki#base#edit_file('e', s:diary_index(idx), '') - - if vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('auto_diary_index') - call vimwiki#diary#generate_diary_section() - write! " save changes - endif -endfunction - - -function! vimwiki#diary#goto_next_day() abort - let link = '' - let [idx, links] = s:get_position_links(expand('%:t:r')) - - if idx == (len(links) - 1) - return - endif - - if idx != -1 && idx < len(links) - 1 - let link = 'diary:'.links[idx+1] - else - " goto today - let link = 'diary:'.vimwiki#diary#diary_date_link() - endif - - if len(link) - call vimwiki#base#open_link(':e ', link) - endif -endfunction - - -function! vimwiki#diary#goto_prev_day() abort - let link = '' - let [idx, links] = s:get_position_links(expand('%:t:r')) - - if idx == 0 - return - endif - - if idx > 0 - let link = 'diary:'.links[idx-1] - else - " goto today - let link = 'diary:'.vimwiki#diary#diary_date_link() - endif - - if len(link) - call vimwiki#base#open_link(':e ', link) - endif -endfunction - - -function! vimwiki#diary#generate_diary_section() abort - - let GeneratorDiary = copy(l:) - function! GeneratorDiary.f() abort - let lines = [] - - let links_with_captions = s:read_captions(vimwiki#diary#get_diary_files()) - let g_files = s:group_links(links_with_captions) - let g_keys = s:sort(keys(g_files)) - - for year in g_keys - if len(lines) > 0 - call add(lines, '') - endif - - call add(lines, substitute(vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxH2_Template'), '__Header__', year , '')) - - for month in s:sort(keys(g_files[year])) - call add(lines, '') - call add(lines, substitute(vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxH3_Template'), - \ '__Header__', s:get_month_name(month), '')) - - if vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('syntax') ==# 'markdown' - for _ in range(vimwiki#vars#get_global('markdown_header_style')) - call add(lines, '') - endfor - endif - - for [fl, captions] in s:sort(items(g_files[year][month])) - let topcap = captions['top'] - let link_tpl = vimwiki#vars#get_global('WikiLinkTemplate2') - - if vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('syntax') ==# 'markdown' - let link_tpl = vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('Weblink1Template') - - if empty(topcap) " When using markdown syntax, we should ensure we always have a link description. - let topcap = fl - endif - endif - - if empty(topcap) - let top_link_tpl = vimwiki#vars#get_global('WikiLinkTemplate1') - else - let top_link_tpl = link_tpl - endif - - let bullet = vimwiki#lst#default_symbol().' ' - let entry = substitute(top_link_tpl, '__LinkUrl__', fl, '') - let entry = substitute(entry, '__LinkDescription__', topcap, '') - " If single H1 then that will be used as the description for the link to the file - " if multple H1 then the filename will be used as the description for the link to the - " file and multiple H1 headers will be indented by shiftwidth - call add(lines, repeat(' ', vimwiki#lst#get_list_margin()).bullet.entry) - - let startindent = repeat(' ', vimwiki#lst#get_list_margin()) - let indentstring = repeat(' ', vimwiki#u#sw()) - - for [depth, subcap] in captions['rest'] - if empty(subcap) - continue - endif - let entry = substitute(link_tpl, '__LinkUrl__', fl.'#'.subcap, '') - let entry = substitute(entry, '__LinkDescription__', subcap, '') - " if single H1 then depth H2=0, H3=1, H4=2, H5=3, H6=4 - " if multiple H1 then depth H1= 0, H2=1, H3=2, H4=3, H5=4, H6=5 - " indent subsequent headers levels by shiftwidth - call add(lines, startindent.repeat(indentstring, depth+1).bullet.entry) - endfor - endfor - - endfor - endfor - - return lines - endfunction - - let current_file = vimwiki#path#path_norm(expand('%:p')) - let diary_file = vimwiki#path#path_norm(s:diary_index()) - if vimwiki#path#is_equal(current_file, diary_file) - let content_rx = '^\%('.vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxHeader').'\)\|'. - \ '\%(^\s*$\)\|\%('.vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxListBullet').'\)' - - call vimwiki#base#update_listing_in_buffer( - \ GeneratorDiary, - \ vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('diary_header'), - \ content_rx, - \ 1, - \ 1, - \ 1) - else - echomsg 'Vimwiki Error: You can generate diary links only in a diary index page!' - endif -endfunction - - -" Callback function for Calendar.vim -function! vimwiki#diary#calendar_action(day, month, year, week, dir) abort - let day = s:prefix_zero(a:day) - let month = s:prefix_zero(a:month) - - let link = a:year.'-'.month.'-'.day - if winnr('#') == 0 - if a:dir ==? 'V' - vsplit - else - split - endif - else - wincmd p - if !&hidden && &modified - new - endif - endif - - call vimwiki#diary#make_note(0, 0, link) -endfunction - - -function! vimwiki#diary#calendar_sign(day, month, year) abort - let day = s:prefix_zero(a:day) - let month = s:prefix_zero(a:month) - let sfile = vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('path').vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('diary_rel_path'). - \ a:year.'-'.month.'-'.day.vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('ext') - return filereadable(expand(sfile)) -endfunction diff --git a/pack/acp/start/vimwiki/autoload/vimwiki/html.vim b/pack/acp/start/vimwiki/autoload/vimwiki/html.vim deleted file mode 100644 index 0da3d81..0000000 --- a/pack/acp/start/vimwiki/autoload/vimwiki/html.vim +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1744 +0,0 @@ -" vim:tabstop=2:shiftwidth=2:expandtab:textwidth=99 -" Vimwiki autoload plugin file -" Description: HTML export -" Home: https://github.com/vimwiki/vimwiki/ - - -if exists('g:loaded_vimwiki_html_auto') || &compatible - finish -endif -let g:loaded_vimwiki_html_auto = 1 - - -function! s:root_path(subdir) abort - return repeat('../', len(split(a:subdir, '[/\\]'))) -endfunction - - -function! s:syntax_supported() abort - return vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('syntax') ==? 'default' -endfunction - - -function! s:remove_blank_lines(lines) abort - while !empty(a:lines) && a:lines[-1] =~# '^\s*$' - call remove(a:lines, -1) - endwhile -endfunction - - -function! s:is_web_link(lnk) abort - if a:lnk =~# '^\%(https://\|http://\|www.\|ftp://\|file://\|mailto:\)' - return 1 - endif - return 0 -endfunction - - -function! s:is_img_link(lnk) abort - if tolower(a:lnk) =~# '\.\%(png\|jpg\|gif\|jpeg\)$' - return 1 - endif - return 0 -endfunction - - -function! s:has_abs_path(fname) abort - if a:fname =~# '\(^.:\)\|\(^/\)' - return 1 - endif - return 0 -endfunction - - -function! s:find_autoload_file(name) abort - for path in split(&runtimepath, ',') - let fname = path.'/autoload/vimwiki/'.a:name - if glob(fname) !=? '' - return fname - endif - endfor - return '' -endfunction - - -function! s:default_CSS_full_name(path) abort - let path = expand(a:path) - let css_full_name = path . vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('css_name') - return css_full_name -endfunction - - -function! s:create_default_CSS(path) abort - let css_full_name = s:default_CSS_full_name(a:path) - if glob(css_full_name) ==? '' - call vimwiki#path#mkdir(fnamemodify(css_full_name, ':p:h')) - let default_css = s:find_autoload_file('style.css') - if default_css !=? '' - let lines = readfile(default_css) - call writefile(lines, css_full_name) - return 1 - endif - endif - return 0 -endfunction - - -function! s:template_full_name(name) abort - if a:name ==? '' - let name = vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('template_default') - else - let name = a:name - endif - - let fname = expand(vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('template_path'). - \ name . vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('template_ext')) - - if filereadable(fname) - return fname - else - return '' - endif -endfunction - - -function! s:get_html_template(template) abort - " TODO: refactor it!!! - let lines=[] - - if a:template !=? '' - let template_name = s:template_full_name(a:template) - try - let lines = readfile(template_name) - return lines - catch /E484/ - echomsg 'Vimwiki: HTML template '.template_name. ' does not exist!' - endtry - endif - - let default_tpl = s:template_full_name('') - - if default_tpl ==? '' - let default_tpl = s:find_autoload_file('default.tpl') - endif - - let lines = readfile(default_tpl) - return lines -endfunction - - -function! s:safe_html_preformatted(line) abort - let line = substitute(a:line,'<','\<', 'g') - let line = substitute(line,'>','\>', 'g') - return line -endfunction - - -function! s:escape_html_attribute(string) abort - return substitute(a:string, '"', '\"', 'g') -endfunction - - -function! s:safe_html_line(line) abort - " escape & < > when producing HTML text - " s:lt_pattern, s:gt_pattern depend on g:vimwiki_valid_html_tags - " and are set in vimwiki#html#Wiki2HTML() - let line = substitute(a:line, '&', '\&', 'g') - let line = substitute(line,s:lt_pattern,'\<', 'g') - let line = substitute(line,s:gt_pattern,'\>', 'g') - - return line -endfunction - - -function! s:delete_html_files(path) abort - let htmlfiles = split(glob(a:path.'**/*.html'), '\n') - for fname in htmlfiles - " ignore user html files, e.g. search.html,404.html - if stridx(vimwiki#vars#get_global('user_htmls'), fnamemodify(fname, ':t')) >= 0 - continue - endif - - " delete if there is no corresponding wiki file - let subdir = vimwiki#base#subdir(vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('path_html'), fname) - let wikifile = vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('path').subdir. - \fnamemodify(fname, ':t:r').vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('ext') - if filereadable(wikifile) - continue - endif - - try - call delete(fname) - catch - echomsg 'Vimwiki Error: Cannot delete '.fname - endtry - endfor -endfunction - - -function! s:mid(value, cnt) abort - return strpart(a:value, a:cnt, len(a:value) - 2 * a:cnt) -endfunction - - -function! s:subst_func(line, regexp, func, ...) abort - " Substitute text found by regexp with result of - " func(matched) function. - - let pos = 0 - let lines = split(a:line, a:regexp, 1) - let res_line = '' - for line in lines - let res_line = res_line.line - let matched = matchstr(a:line, a:regexp, pos) - if matched !=? '' - if a:0 - let res_line = res_line.{a:func}(matched, a:1) - else - let res_line = res_line.{a:func}(matched) - endif - endif - let pos = matchend(a:line, a:regexp, pos) - endfor - return res_line -endfunction - - -function! s:process_date(placeholders, default_date) abort - if !empty(a:placeholders) - for [placeholder, row, idx] in a:placeholders - let [type, param] = placeholder - if type ==# 'date' && !empty(param) - return param - endif - endfor - endif - return a:default_date -endfunction - - -function! s:process_title(placeholders, default_title) abort - if !empty(a:placeholders) - for [placeholder, row, idx] in a:placeholders - let [type, param] = placeholder - if type ==# 'title' && !empty(param) - return param - endif - endfor - endif - return a:default_title -endfunction - - -function! s:is_html_uptodate(wikifile) abort - let tpl_time = -1 - - let tpl_file = s:template_full_name('') - if tpl_file !=? '' - let tpl_time = getftime(tpl_file) - endif - - let wikifile = fnamemodify(a:wikifile, ':p') - - if vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('html_filename_parameterization') - let parameterized_wikiname = s:parameterized_wikiname(wikifile) - let htmlfile = expand(vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('path_html') . - \ vimwiki#vars#get_bufferlocal('subdir') . parameterized_wikiname) - else - let htmlfile = expand(vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('path_html') . - \ vimwiki#vars#get_bufferlocal('subdir') . fnamemodify(wikifile, ':t:r').'.html') - endif - - if getftime(wikifile) <= getftime(htmlfile) && tpl_time <= getftime(htmlfile) - return 1 - endif - return 0 -endfunction - -function! s:parameterized_wikiname(wikifile) abort - let initial = fnamemodify(a:wikifile, ':t:r') - let lower_sanitized = tolower(initial) - let substituted = substitute(lower_sanitized, '[^a-z0-9_-]\+','-', 'g') - let substituted = substitute(substituted, '\-\+','-', 'g') - let substituted = substitute(substituted, '^-', '', 'g') - let substituted = substitute(substituted, '-$', '', 'g') - return substitute(substituted, '\-\+','-', 'g') . '.html' -endfunction - -function! s:html_insert_contents(html_lines, content) abort - let lines = [] - for line in a:html_lines - if line =~# '%content%' - let parts = split(line, '%content%', 1) - if empty(parts) - call extend(lines, a:content) - else - for idx in range(len(parts)) - call add(lines, parts[idx]) - if idx < len(parts) - 1 - call extend(lines, a:content) - endif - endfor - endif - else - call add(lines, line) - endif - endfor - return lines -endfunction - - -function! s:tag_eqin(value) abort - " mathJAX wants \( \) for inline maths - return '\('.s:mid(a:value, 1).'\)' -endfunction - - -function! s:tag_em(value) abort - return ''.s:mid(a:value, 1).'' -endfunction - - -function! s:tag_strong(value, header_ids) abort - let text = s:mid(a:value, 1) - let id = s:escape_html_attribute(text) - let complete_id = '' - for l in range(6) - if a:header_ids[l][0] !=? '' - let complete_id .= a:header_ids[l][0].'-' - endif - endfor - if a:header_ids[5][0] ==? '' - let complete_id = complete_id[:-2] - endif - let complete_id .= '-'.id - return ''.text.'' -endfunction - - -function! s:tag_tags(value, header_ids) abort - let complete_id = '' - for level in range(6) - if a:header_ids[level][0] !=? '' - let complete_id .= a:header_ids[level][0].'-' - endif - endfor - if a:header_ids[5][0] ==? '' - let complete_id = complete_id[:-2] - endif - let complete_id = s:escape_html_attribute(complete_id) - - let result = [] - for tag in split(a:value, ':') - let id = s:escape_html_attribute(tag) - call add(result, ''.tag.'') - endfor - return join(result) -endfunction - - -function! s:tag_todo(value) abort - return ''.a:value.'' -endfunction - - -function! s:tag_strike(value) abort - return ''.s:mid(a:value, 2).'' -endfunction - - -function! s:tag_super(value) abort - return ''.s:mid(a:value, 1).'' -endfunction - - -function! s:tag_sub(value) abort - return ''.s:mid(a:value, 2).'' -endfunction - - -function! s:tag_code(value) abort - let l:retstr = ' 0.5) - \ ? 'black' : 'white' - - let l:retstr .= - \ " style='background-color:" . l:str . - \ ';color:' . l:fg_color . ";'" - endif - - let l:retstr .= '>'.s:safe_html_preformatted(l:str).'' - return l:retstr -endfunction - - -" match n-th ARG within {{URL[|ARG1|ARG2|...]}} -" *c,d,e),... -function! s:incl_match_arg(nn_index) abort - let rx = vimwiki#vars#get_global('rxWikiInclPrefix'). vimwiki#vars#get_global('rxWikiInclUrl') - let rx = rx . repeat(vimwiki#vars#get_global('rxWikiInclSeparator') . - \ vimwiki#vars#get_global('rxWikiInclArg'), a:nn_index-1) - if a:nn_index > 0 - let rx = rx. vimwiki#vars#get_global('rxWikiInclSeparator'). '\zs' . - \ vimwiki#vars#get_global('rxWikiInclArg') . '\ze' - endif - let rx = rx . vimwiki#vars#get_global('rxWikiInclArgs') . - \ vimwiki#vars#get_global('rxWikiInclSuffix') - return rx -endfunction - - -function! s:linkify_link(src, descr) abort - let src_str = ' href="'.s:escape_html_attribute(a:src).'"' - let descr = vimwiki#u#trim(a:descr) - let descr = (descr ==? '' ? a:src : descr) - let descr_str = (descr =~# vimwiki#vars#get_global('rxWikiIncl') - \ ? s:tag_wikiincl(descr) - \ : descr) - return ''.descr_str.'' -endfunction - - -function! s:linkify_image(src, descr, verbatim_str) abort - let src_str = ' src="'.a:src.'"' - let descr_str = (a:descr !=? '' ? ' alt="'.a:descr.'"' : '') - let verbatim_str = (a:verbatim_str !=? '' ? ' '.a:verbatim_str : '') - return '' -endfunction - - -function! s:tag_weblink(value) abort - " Weblink Template -> descr - let str = a:value - let url = matchstr(str, vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxWeblinkMatchUrl')) - let descr = matchstr(str, vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxWeblinkMatchDescr')) - let line = s:linkify_link(url, descr) - return line -endfunction - - -function! s:tag_wikiincl(value) abort - " {{imgurl|arg1|arg2}} -> ??? - " {{imgurl}} -> - " {{imgurl|descr|style="A"}} -> descr - " {{imgurl|descr|class="B"}} -> descr - let str = a:value - " custom transclusions - let line = VimwikiWikiIncludeHandler(str) - " otherwise, assume image transclusion - if line ==? '' - let url_0 = matchstr(str, vimwiki#vars#get_global('rxWikiInclMatchUrl')) - let descr = matchstr(str, s:incl_match_arg(1)) - let verbatim_str = matchstr(str, s:incl_match_arg(2)) - - let link_infos = vimwiki#base#resolve_link(url_0) - - if link_infos.scheme =~# '\mlocal\|wiki\d\+\|diary' - let url = vimwiki#path#relpath(fnamemodify(s:current_html_file, ':h'), link_infos.filename) - " strip the .html extension when we have wiki links, so that the user can - " simply write {{image.png}} to include an image from the wiki directory - if link_infos.scheme =~# '\mwiki\d\+\|diary' - let url = fnamemodify(url, ':r') - endif - else - let url = link_infos.filename - endif - - let url = escape(url, '#') - let line = s:linkify_image(url, descr, verbatim_str) - endif - return line -endfunction - - -function! s:tag_wikilink(value) abort - " [[url]] -> url - " [[url|descr]] -> descr - " [[url|{{...}}]] -> ... - " [[fileurl.ext|descr]] -> descr - " [[dirurl/|descr]] -> descr - " [[url#a1#a2]] -> url#a1#a2 - " [[#a1#a2]] -> #a1#a2 - let str = a:value - let url = matchstr(str, vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxWikiLinkMatchUrl')) - let descr = matchstr(str, vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxWikiLinkMatchDescr')) - let descr = vimwiki#u#trim(descr) - let descr = (descr !=? '' ? descr : url) - - let line = VimwikiLinkConverter(url, s:current_wiki_file, s:current_html_file) - if line ==? '' - let link_infos = vimwiki#base#resolve_link(url, s:current_wiki_file) - - if link_infos.scheme ==# 'file' - " external file links are always absolute - let html_link = link_infos.filename - elseif link_infos.scheme ==# 'local' - let html_link = vimwiki#path#relpath(fnamemodify(s:current_html_file, ':h'), - \ link_infos.filename) - elseif link_infos.scheme =~# '\mwiki\d\+\|diary' - " wiki links are always relative to the current file - let html_link = vimwiki#path#relpath( - \ fnamemodify(s:current_wiki_file, ':h'), - \ fnamemodify(link_infos.filename, ':r')) - if html_link !~? '\m/$' - let html_link .= '.html' - endif - else " other schemes, like http, are left untouched - let html_link = link_infos.filename - endif - - if link_infos.anchor !=? '' - let anchor = substitute(link_infos.anchor, '#', '-', 'g') - let html_link .= '#'.anchor - endif - let line = html_link - endif - - let line = s:linkify_link(line, descr) - return line -endfunction - - -function! s:tag_remove_internal_link(value) abort - let value = s:mid(a:value, 2) - - let line = '' - if value =~# '|' - let link_parts = split(value, '|', 1) - else - let link_parts = split(value, '][', 1) - endif - - if len(link_parts) > 1 - if len(link_parts) < 3 - let style = '' - else - let style = link_parts[2] - endif - let line = link_parts[1] - else - let line = value - endif - return line -endfunction - - -function! s:tag_remove_external_link(value) abort - let value = s:mid(a:value, 1) - - let line = '' - if s:is_web_link(value) - let lnkElements = split(value) - let head = lnkElements[0] - let rest = join(lnkElements[1:]) - if rest ==? '' - let rest = head - endif - let line = rest - elseif s:is_img_link(value) - let line = '' - else - " [alskfj sfsf] shouldn't be a link. So return it as it was -- - " enclosed in [...] - let line = '['.value.']' - endif - return line -endfunction - - -function! s:make_tag(line, regexp, func, ...) abort - " Make tags for a given matched regexp. - " Exclude preformatted text and href links. - " FIXME - let patt_splitter = '\(`[^`]\+`\)\|'. - \ '\('.vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxPreStart').'.\+'. - \ vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxPreEnd').'\)\|'. - \ '\(\)\|'. - \ '\(\)\|'. - \ '\(\)\|'. - \ '\('.vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxEqIn').'\)' - - "FIXME FIXME !!! these can easily occur on the same line! - "XXX {{{ }}} ??? obsolete - if '`[^`]\+`' ==# a:regexp || '{{{.\+}}}' ==# a:regexp || - \ vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxEqIn') ==# a:regexp - let res_line = s:subst_func(a:line, a:regexp, a:func) - else - let pos = 0 - " split line with patt_splitter to have parts of line before and after - " href links, preformatted text - " ie: - " hello world `is just a` simple type of prg. - " result: - " ['hello world ', ' simple ', 'type of', ' prg'] - let lines = split(a:line, patt_splitter, 1) - let res_line = '' - for line in lines - if a:0 - let res_line = res_line.s:subst_func(line, a:regexp, a:func, a:1) - else - let res_line = res_line.s:subst_func(line, a:regexp, a:func) - endif - let res_line = res_line.matchstr(a:line, patt_splitter, pos) - let pos = matchend(a:line, patt_splitter, pos) - endfor - endif - return res_line -endfunction - - -function! s:process_tags_remove_links(line) abort - let line = a:line - let line = s:make_tag(line, '\[\[.\{-}\]\]', 's:tag_remove_internal_link') - let line = s:make_tag(line, '\[.\{-}\]', 's:tag_remove_external_link') - return line -endfunction - - -function! s:process_tags_typefaces(line, header_ids) abort - let line = a:line - let line = s:make_tag(line, vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxItalic'), 's:tag_em') - let line = s:make_tag(line, vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxBold'), 's:tag_strong', a:header_ids) - let line = s:make_tag(line, vimwiki#vars#get_global('rxTodo'), 's:tag_todo') - let line = s:make_tag(line, vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxDelText'), 's:tag_strike') - let line = s:make_tag(line, vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxSuperScript'), 's:tag_super') - let line = s:make_tag(line, vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxSubScript'), 's:tag_sub') - let line = s:make_tag(line, vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxCode'), 's:tag_code') - let line = s:make_tag(line, vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxEqIn'), 's:tag_eqin') - let line = s:make_tag(line, vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxTags'), 's:tag_tags', a:header_ids) - return line -endfunction - - -function! s:process_tags_links(line) abort - let line = a:line - let line = s:make_tag(line, vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxWikiLink'), 's:tag_wikilink') - let line = s:make_tag(line, vimwiki#vars#get_global('rxWikiIncl'), 's:tag_wikiincl') - let line = s:make_tag(line, vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxWeblink'), 's:tag_weblink') - return line -endfunction - - -function! s:process_inline_tags(line, header_ids) abort - let line = s:process_tags_links(a:line) - let line = s:process_tags_typefaces(line, a:header_ids) - return line -endfunction - - -function! s:close_tag_pre(pre, ldest) abort - if a:pre[0] - call insert(a:ldest, '') - return 0 - endif - return a:pre -endfunction - - -function! s:close_tag_math(math, ldest) abort - if a:math[0] - call insert(a:ldest, "\\\]") - return 0 - endif - return a:math -endfunction - - -function! s:close_tag_quote(quote, ldest) abort - if a:quote - call insert(a:ldest, '') - return 0 - endif - return a:quote -endfunction - - -function! s:close_tag_para(para, ldest) abort - if a:para - call insert(a:ldest, '

') - return 0 - endif - return a:para -endfunction - - -function! s:close_tag_table(table, ldest, header_ids) abort - " The first element of table list is a string which tells us if table should be centered. - " The rest elements are rows which are lists of columns: - " ['center', - " [ CELL1, CELL2, CELL3 ], - " [ CELL1, CELL2, CELL3 ], - " [ CELL1, CELL2, CELL3 ], - " ] - " And CELLx is: { 'body': 'col_x', 'rowspan': r, 'colspan': c } - - function! s:sum_rowspan(table) abort - let table = a:table - - " Get max cells - let max_cells = 0 - for row in table[1:] - let n_cells = len(row) - if n_cells > max_cells - let max_cells = n_cells - end - endfor - - " Sum rowspan - for cell_idx in range(max_cells) - let rows = 1 - - for row_idx in range(len(table)-1, 1, -1) - if cell_idx >= len(table[row_idx]) - let rows = 1 - continue - endif - - if table[row_idx][cell_idx].rowspan == 0 - let rows += 1 - else " table[row_idx][cell_idx].rowspan == 1 - let table[row_idx][cell_idx].rowspan = rows - let rows = 1 - endif - endfor - endfor - endfunction - - function! s:sum_colspan(table) abort - for row in a:table[1:] - let cols = 1 - - for cell_idx in range(len(row)-1, 0, -1) - if row[cell_idx].colspan == 0 - let cols += 1 - else "row[cell_idx].colspan == 1 - let row[cell_idx].colspan = cols - let cols = 1 - endif - endfor - endfor - endfunction - - function! s:close_tag_row(row, header, ldest, header_ids) abort - call add(a:ldest, '') - - " Set tag element of columns - if a:header - let tag_name = 'th' - else - let tag_name = 'td' - end - - " Close tag of columns - for cell in a:row - if cell.rowspan == 0 || cell.colspan == 0 - continue - endif - - if cell.rowspan > 1 - let rowspan_attr = ' rowspan="' . cell.rowspan . '"' - else "cell.rowspan == 1 - let rowspan_attr = '' - endif - if cell.colspan > 1 - let colspan_attr = ' colspan="' . cell.colspan . '"' - else "cell.colspan == 1 - let colspan_attr = '' - endif - - call add(a:ldest, '<' . tag_name . rowspan_attr . colspan_attr .'>') - call add(a:ldest, s:process_inline_tags(cell.body, a:header_ids)) - call add(a:ldest, '') - endfor - - call add(a:ldest, '') - endfunction - - let table = a:table - let ldest = a:ldest - if len(table) - call s:sum_rowspan(table) - call s:sum_colspan(table) - - if table[0] ==# 'center' - call add(ldest, "") - else - call add(ldest, '
') - endif - - " Empty lists are table separators. - " Search for the last empty list. All the above rows would be a table header. - " We should exclude the first element of the table list as it is a text tag - " that shows if table should be centered or not. - let head = 0 - for idx in range(len(table)-1, 1, -1) - if empty(table[idx]) - let head = idx - break - endif - endfor - if head > 0 - for row in table[1 : head-1] - if !empty(filter(row, '!empty(v:val)')) - call s:close_tag_row(row, 1, ldest, a:header_ids) - endif - endfor - for row in table[head+1 :] - call s:close_tag_row(row, 0, ldest, a:header_ids) - endfor - else - for row in table[1 :] - call s:close_tag_row(row, 0, ldest, a:header_ids) - endfor - endif - call add(ldest, '
') - let table = [] - endif - return table -endfunction - - -function! s:close_tag_list(lists, ldest) abort - while len(a:lists) - let item = remove(a:lists, 0) - call insert(a:ldest, item[0]) - endwhile -endfunction - - -function! s:close_tag_def_list(deflist, ldest) abort - if a:deflist - call insert(a:ldest, '') - return 0 - endif - return a:deflist -endfunction - - -function! s:process_tag_pre(line, pre) abort - " pre is the list of [is_in_pre, indent_of_pre] - "XXX always outputs a single line or empty list! - let lines = [] - let pre = a:pre - let processed = 0 - "XXX huh? - "if !pre[0] && a:line =~# '^\s*{{{[^\(}}}\)]*\s*$' - if !pre[0] && a:line =~# '^\s*{{{' - let class = matchstr(a:line, '{{{\zs.*$') - "FIXME class cannot contain arbitrary strings - let class = substitute(class, '\s\+$', '', 'g') - if class !=? '' - call add(lines, '
')
-    else
-      call add(lines, '
')
-    endif
-    let pre = [1, len(matchstr(a:line, '^\s*\ze{{{'))]
-    let processed = 1
-  elseif pre[0] && a:line =~# '^\s*}}}\s*$'
-    let pre = [0, 0]
-    call add(lines, '
')
-    let processed = 1
-  elseif pre[0]
-    let processed = 1
-    "XXX destroys indent in general!
-    "call add(lines, substitute(a:line, '^\s\{'.pre[1].'}', '', ''))
-    call add(lines, s:safe_html_preformatted(a:line))
-  endif
-  return [processed, lines, pre]
-endfunction
-
-
-function! s:process_tag_math(line, math) abort
-  " math is the list of [is_in_math, indent_of_math]
-  let lines = []
-  let math = a:math
-  let processed = 0
-  if !math[0] && a:line =~# '^\s*{{\$[^\(}}$\)]*\s*$'
-    let class = matchstr(a:line, '{{$\zs.*$')
-    "FIXME class cannot be any string!
-    let class = substitute(class, '\s\+$', '', 'g')
-    " store the environment name in a global variable in order to close the
-    " environment properly
-    let s:current_math_env = matchstr(class, '^%\zs\S\+\ze%')
-    if s:current_math_env !=? ''
-      call add(lines, substitute(class, '^%\(\S\+\)%', '\\begin{\1}', ''))
-    elseif class !=? ''
-      call add(lines, "\\\[".class)
-    else
-      call add(lines, "\\\[")
-    endif
-    let math = [1, len(matchstr(a:line, '^\s*\ze{{\$'))]
-    let processed = 1
-  elseif math[0] && a:line =~# '^\s*}}\$\s*$'
-    let math = [0, 0]
-    if s:current_math_env !=? ''
-      call add(lines, "\\end{".s:current_math_env.'}')
-    else
-      call add(lines, "\\\]")
-    endif
-    let processed = 1
-  elseif math[0]
-    let processed = 1
-    call add(lines, substitute(a:line, '^\s\{'.math[1].'}', '', ''))
-  endif
-  return [processed, lines, math]
-endfunction
-
-
-function! s:process_tag_quote(line, quote) abort
-  let lines = []
-  let quote = a:quote
-  let processed = 0
-  if a:line =~# '^\s\{4,}\S'
-    if !quote
-      call add(lines, '
')
-      let quote = 1
-    endif
-    let processed = 1
-    call add(lines, substitute(a:line, '^\s*', '', ''))
-  elseif quote
-    call add(lines, '
')
-    let quote = 0
-  endif
-  return [processed, lines, quote]
-endfunction
-
-
-function! s:process_tag_list(line, lists) abort
-
-  function! s:add_checkbox(line, rx_list) abort
-    let st_tag = '
  • '
-    let chk = matchlist(a:line, a:rx_list)
-    if !empty(chk) && len(chk[1]) > 0
-      let completion = index(vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('listsyms_list'), chk[1])
-      let n = len(vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('listsyms_list'))
-      if completion == 0
-        let st_tag = '
  • '
-      elseif completion == -1 && chk[1] == vimwiki#vars#get_global('listsym_rejected')
-        let st_tag = '
  • '
-      elseif completion > 0 && completion < n
-        let completion = float2nr(round(completion / (n-1.0) * 3.0 + 0.5 ))
-        let st_tag = '
  • '
-      endif
-    endif
-    return [st_tag, '']
-  endfunction
-
-
-  let in_list = (len(a:lists) > 0)
-
-  " If it is not list yet then do not process line that starts from *bold*
-  " text.
-  " XXX necessary? in *bold* text, no space must follow the first *
-  if !in_list
-    let pos = match(a:line, '^\s*'.vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxBold'))
-    if pos != -1
-      return [0, []]
-    endif
-  endif
-
-  let lines = []
-  let processed = 0
-
-  if a:line =~# '^\s*'.s:bullets.'\s'
-    let lstSym = matchstr(a:line, s:bullets)
-    let lstTagOpen = '
      '
-    let lstTagClose = '
    '
-    let lstRegExp = '^\s*'.s:bullets.'\s'
-  elseif a:line =~# '^\s*'.s:numbers.'\s'
-    let lstSym = matchstr(a:line, s:numbers)
-    let lstTagOpen = '
      '
-    let lstTagClose = '
    '
-    let lstRegExp = '^\s*'.s:numbers.'\s'
-  else
-    let lstSym = ''
-    let lstTagOpen = ''
-    let lstTagClose = ''
-    let lstRegExp = ''
-  endif
-
-  if lstSym !=? ''
-    " To get proper indent level 'retab' the line -- change all tabs
-    " to spaces*tabstop
-    let line = substitute(a:line, '\t', repeat(' ', &tabstop), 'g')
-    let indent = stridx(line, lstSym)
-
-    let checkbox = '\s*\[\(.\)\]\s*'
-    let [st_tag, en_tag] = s:add_checkbox(line, lstRegExp.checkbox)
-
-    if !in_list
-      call add(a:lists, [lstTagClose, indent])
-      call add(lines, lstTagOpen)
-    elseif (in_list && indent > a:lists[-1][1])
-      let item = remove(a:lists, -1)
-      call add(lines, item[0])
-
-      call add(a:lists, [lstTagClose, indent])
-      call add(lines, lstTagOpen)
-    elseif (in_list && indent < a:lists[-1][1])
-      while len(a:lists) && indent < a:lists[-1][1]
-        let item = remove(a:lists, -1)
-        call add(lines, item[0])
-      endwhile
-    elseif in_list
-      let item = remove(a:lists, -1)
-      call add(lines, item[0])
-    endif
-
-    call add(a:lists, [en_tag, indent])
-    call add(lines, st_tag)
-    call add(lines, substitute(a:line, lstRegExp.'\%('.checkbox.'\)\?', '', ''))
-    let processed = 1
-  elseif in_list && a:line =~# '^\s\+\S\+'
-    if vimwiki#vars#get_global('list_ignore_newline')
-      call add(lines, a:line)
-    else
-      call add(lines, '
    '.a:line)
-    endif
-    let processed = 1
-  else
-    call s:close_tag_list(a:lists, lines)
-  endif
-  return [processed, lines]
-endfunction
-
-
-function! s:process_tag_def_list(line, deflist) abort
-  let lines = []
-  let deflist = a:deflist
-  let processed = 0
-  let matches = matchlist(a:line, '\(^.*\)::\%(\s\|$\)\(.*\)')
-  if !deflist && len(matches) > 0
-    call add(lines, '
    ')
-    let deflist = 1
-  endif
-  if deflist && len(matches) > 0
-    if matches[1] !=? ''
-      call add(lines, '
    '.matches[1].'
    ')
-    endif
-    if matches[2] !=? ''
-      call add(lines, '
    '.matches[2].'
    ')
-    endif
-    let processed = 1
-  elseif deflist
-    let deflist = 0
-    call add(lines, '
    ')
-  endif
-  return [processed, lines, deflist]
-endfunction
-
-
-function! s:process_tag_para(line, para) abort
-  let lines = []
-  let para = a:para
-  let processed = 0
-  if a:line =~# '^\s\{,3}\S'
-    if !para
-      call add(lines, '
    ')
-      let para = 1
-    endif
-    let processed = 1
-    if vimwiki#vars#get_global('text_ignore_newline')
-      call add(lines, a:line)
-    else
-      call add(lines, a:line.'
    ')
-    endif
-  elseif para && a:line =~# '^\s*$'
-    call add(lines, '
    ')
-    let para = 0
-  endif
-  return [processed, lines, para]
-endfunction
-
-
-function! s:process_tag_h(line, id) abort
-  let line = a:line
-  let processed = 0
-  let h_level = 0
-  let h_text = ''
-  let h_id = ''
-
-  if a:line =~# vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxHeader')
-    let h_level = vimwiki#u#count_first_sym(a:line)
-  endif
-  if h_level > 0
-
-    let h_text = vimwiki#u#trim(matchstr(line, vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxHeader')))
-    let h_number = ''
-    let h_complete_id = ''
-    let h_id = s:escape_html_attribute(h_text)
-    let centered = (a:line =~# '^\s')
-
-    if h_text !=# vimwiki#vars#get_global('toc_header')
-
-      let a:id[h_level-1] = [h_text, a:id[h_level-1][1]+1]
-
-      " reset higher level ids
-      for level in range(h_level, 5)
-        let a:id[level] = ['', 0]
-      endfor
-
-      for l in range(h_level-1)
-        let h_number .= a:id[l][1].'.'
-        if a:id[l][0] !=? ''
-          let h_complete_id .= a:id[l][0].'-'
-        endif
-      endfor
-      let h_number .= a:id[h_level-1][1]
-      let h_complete_id .= a:id[h_level-1][0]
-
-      if vimwiki#vars#get_global('html_header_numbering')
-        let num = matchstr(h_number,
-              \ '^\(\d.\)\{'.(vimwiki#vars#get_global('html_header_numbering')-1).'}\zs.*')
-        if !empty(num)
-          let num .= vimwiki#vars#get_global('html_header_numbering_sym')
-        endif
-        let h_text = num.' '.h_text
-      endif
-      let h_complete_id = s:escape_html_attribute(h_complete_id)
-      let h_part  = '
    '
-      let h_part .= ''
-      let h_part .= '
    '
-
-    let processed = 1
-  endif
-  return [processed, line]
-endfunction
-
-
-function! s:process_tag_hr(line) abort
-  let line = a:line
-  let processed = 0
-  if a:line =~# '^-----*$'
-    let line = '
    '
-    let processed = 1
-  endif
-  return [processed, line]
-endfunction
-
-
-function! s:process_tag_table(line, table, header_ids) abort
-  function! s:table_empty_cell(value) abort
-    let cell = {}
-
-    if a:value =~# '^\s*\\/\s*$'
-      let cell.body    = ''
-      let cell.rowspan = 0
-      let cell.colspan = 1
-    elseif a:value =~# '^\s*>\s*$'
-      let cell.body    = ''
-      let cell.rowspan = 1
-      let cell.colspan = 0
-    elseif a:value =~# '^\s*$'
-      let cell.body    = ' '
-      let cell.rowspan = 1
-      let cell.colspan = 1
-    else
-      let cell.body    = a:value
-      let cell.rowspan = 1
-      let cell.colspan = 1
-    endif
-
-    return cell
-  endfunction
-
-  function! s:table_add_row(table, line) abort
-    if empty(a:table)
-      if a:line =~# '^\s\+'
-        let row = ['center', []]
-      else
-        let row = ['normal', []]
-      endif
-    else
-      let row = [[]]
-    endif
-    return row
-  endfunction
-
-  let table = a:table
-  let lines = []
-  let processed = 0
-
-  if vimwiki#tbl#is_separator(a:line)
-    call extend(table, s:table_add_row(a:table, a:line))
-    let processed = 1
-  elseif vimwiki#tbl#is_table(a:line)
-    call extend(table, s:table_add_row(a:table, a:line))
-
-    let processed = 1
-    " let cells = split(a:line, vimwiki#tbl#cell_splitter(), 1)[1: -2]
-    let cells = vimwiki#tbl#get_cells(a:line)
-    call map(cells, 's:table_empty_cell(v:val)')
-    call extend(table[-1], cells)
-  else
-    let table = s:close_tag_table(table, lines, a:header_ids)
-  endif
-  return [processed, lines, table]
-endfunction
-
-
-function! s:parse_line(line, state) abort
-  let state = {}
-  let state.para = a:state.para
-  let state.quote = a:state.quote
-  let state.pre = a:state.pre[:]
-  let state.math = a:state.math[:]
-  let state.table = a:state.table[:]
-  let state.lists = a:state.lists[:]
-  let state.deflist = a:state.deflist
-  let state.placeholder = a:state.placeholder
-  let state.header_ids = a:state.header_ids
-
-  let res_lines = []
-  let processed = 0
-  let line = a:line
-
-  if !processed
-    " allows insertion of plain text to the final html conversion
-    " for example:
-    " %plainhtml 
    
-    " inserts the line above to the final html file (without %plainhtml prefix)
-    let trigger = '%plainhtml'
-    if line =~# '^\s*' . trigger
-      let lines = []
-      let processed = 1
-
-      " if something precedes the plain text line,
-      " make sure everything gets closed properly
-      " before inserting plain text. this ensures that
-      " the plain text is not considered as
-      " part of the preceding structure
-      if processed && len(state.table)
-        let state.table = s:close_tag_table(state.table, lines, state.header_ids)
-      endif
-      if processed && state.deflist
-        let state.deflist = s:close_tag_def_list(state.deflist, lines)
-      endif
-      if processed && state.quote
-        let state.quote = s:close_tag_quote(state.quote, lines)
-      endif
-      if processed && state.para
-        let state.para = s:close_tag_para(state.para, lines)
-      endif
-
-      " remove the trigger prefix
-      let pp = split(line, trigger)[0]
-
-      call add(lines, pp)
-      call extend(res_lines, lines)
-    endif
-  endif
-
-  let line = s:safe_html_line(a:line)
-
-  " pres
-  if !processed
-    let [processed, lines, state.pre] = s:process_tag_pre(line, state.pre)
-    " pre is just fine to be in the list -- do not close list item here.
-    " if processed && len(state.lists)
-      " call s:close_tag_list(state.lists, lines)
-    " endif
-    if !processed
-      let [processed, lines, state.math] = s:process_tag_math(line, state.math)
-    endif
-    if processed && len(state.table)
-      let state.table = s:close_tag_table(state.table, lines, state.header_ids)
-    endif
-    if processed && state.deflist
-      let state.deflist = s:close_tag_def_list(state.deflist, lines)
-    endif
-    if processed && state.quote
-      let state.quote = s:close_tag_quote(state.quote, lines)
-    endif
-    if processed && state.para
-      let state.para = s:close_tag_para(state.para, lines)
-    endif
-    call extend(res_lines, lines)
-  endif
-
-
-  if !processed
-    if line =~# vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxComment')
-      let processed = 1
-    endif
-  endif
-
-  " nohtml -- placeholder
-  if !processed
-    if line =~# '\m^\s*%nohtml\s*$'
-      let processed = 1
-      let state.placeholder = ['nohtml']
-    endif
-  endif
-
-  " title -- placeholder
-  if !processed
-    if line =~# '\m^\s*%title\%(\s.*\)\?$'
-      let processed = 1
-      let param = matchstr(line, '\m^\s*%title\s\+\zs.*')
-      let state.placeholder = ['title', param]
-    endif
-  endif
-
-  " date -- placeholder
-  if !processed
-    if line =~# '\m^\s*%date\%(\s.*\)\?$'
-      let processed = 1
-      let param = matchstr(line, '\m^\s*%date\s\+\zs.*')
-      let state.placeholder = ['date', param]
-    endif
-  endif
-
-  " html template -- placeholder
-  if !processed
-    if line =~# '\m^\s*%template\%(\s.*\)\?$'
-      let processed = 1
-      let param = matchstr(line, '\m^\s*%template\s\+\zs.*')
-      let state.placeholder = ['template', param]
-    endif
-  endif
-
-
-  " tables
-  if !processed
-    let [processed, lines, state.table] = s:process_tag_table(line, state.table, state.header_ids)
-    call extend(res_lines, lines)
-  endif
-
-
-  " lists
-  if !processed
-    let [processed, lines] = s:process_tag_list(line, state.lists)
-    if processed && state.quote
-      let state.quote = s:close_tag_quote(state.quote, lines)
-    endif
-    if processed && state.pre[0]
-      let state.pre = s:close_tag_pre(state.pre, lines)
-    endif
-    if processed && state.math[0]
-      let state.math = s:close_tag_math(state.math, lines)
-    endif
-    if processed && len(state.table)
-      let state.table = s:close_tag_table(state.table, lines, state.header_ids)
-    endif
-    if processed && state.deflist
-      let state.deflist = s:close_tag_def_list(state.deflist, lines)
-    endif
-    if processed && state.para
-      let state.para = s:close_tag_para(state.para, lines)
-    endif
-
-    call map(lines, 's:process_inline_tags(v:val, state.header_ids)')
-
-    call extend(res_lines, lines)
-  endif
-
-
-  " headers
-  if !processed
-    let [processed, line] = s:process_tag_h(line, state.header_ids)
-    if processed
-      call s:close_tag_list(state.lists, res_lines)
-      let state.table = s:close_tag_table(state.table, res_lines, state.header_ids)
-      let state.pre = s:close_tag_pre(state.pre, res_lines)
-      let state.math = s:close_tag_math(state.math, res_lines)
-      let state.quote = s:close_tag_quote(state.quote, res_lines)
-      let state.para = s:close_tag_para(state.para, res_lines)
-
-      call add(res_lines, line)
-    endif
-  endif
-
-
-  " quotes
-  if !processed
-    let [processed, lines, state.quote] = s:process_tag_quote(line, state.quote)
-    if processed && len(state.lists)
-      call s:close_tag_list(state.lists, lines)
-    endif
-    if processed && state.deflist
-      let state.deflist = s:close_tag_def_list(state.deflist, lines)
-    endif
-    if processed && len(state.table)
-      let state.table = s:close_tag_table(state.table, lines, state.header_ids)
-    endif
-    if processed && state.pre[0]
-      let state.pre = s:close_tag_pre(state.pre, lines)
-    endif
-    if processed && state.math[0]
-      let state.math = s:close_tag_math(state.math, lines)
-    endif
-    if processed && state.para
-      let state.para = s:close_tag_para(state.para, lines)
-    endif
-
-    call map(lines, 's:process_inline_tags(v:val, state.header_ids)')
-
-    call extend(res_lines, lines)
-  endif
-
-
-  " horizontal rules
-  if !processed
-    let [processed, line] = s:process_tag_hr(line)
-    if processed
-      call s:close_tag_list(state.lists, res_lines)
-      let state.table = s:close_tag_table(state.table, res_lines, state.header_ids)
-      let state.pre = s:close_tag_pre(state.pre, res_lines)
-      let state.math = s:close_tag_math(state.math, res_lines)
-      call add(res_lines, line)
-    endif
-  endif
-
-
-  " definition lists
-  if !processed
-    let [processed, lines, state.deflist] = s:process_tag_def_list(line, state.deflist)
-
-    call map(lines, 's:process_inline_tags(v:val, state.header_ids)')
-
-    call extend(res_lines, lines)
-  endif
-
-
-  "" P
-  if !processed
-    let [processed, lines, state.para] = s:process_tag_para(line, state.para)
-    if processed && len(state.lists)
-      call s:close_tag_list(state.lists, lines)
-    endif
-    if processed && state.quote
-      let state.quote = s:close_tag_quote(state.quote, res_lines)
-    endif
-    if processed && state.pre[0]
-      let state.pre = s:close_tag_pre(state.pre, res_lines)
-    endif
-    if processed && state.math[0]
-      let state.math = s:close_tag_math(state.math, res_lines)
-    endif
-    if processed && len(state.table)
-      let state.table = s:close_tag_table(state.table, res_lines, state.header_ids)
-    endif
-
-    call map(lines, 's:process_inline_tags(v:val, state.header_ids)')
-
-    call extend(res_lines, lines)
-  endif
-
-
-  "" add the rest
-  if !processed
-    call add(res_lines, line)
-  endif
-
-  return [res_lines, state]
-
-endfunction
-
-
-function! s:use_custom_wiki2html() abort
-  let custom_wiki2html = vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('custom_wiki2html')
-  return !empty(custom_wiki2html) &&
-        \ (s:file_exists(custom_wiki2html) || s:binary_exists(custom_wiki2html))
-endfunction
-
-
-function! vimwiki#html#CustomWiki2HTML(path, wikifile, force) abort
-  call vimwiki#path#mkdir(a:path)
-  let output = system(vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('custom_wiki2html'). ' '.
-      \ a:force. ' '.
-      \ vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('syntax'). ' '.
-      \ strpart(vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('ext'), 1). ' '.
-      \ shellescape(a:path). ' '.
-      \ shellescape(a:wikifile). ' '.
-      \ shellescape(s:default_CSS_full_name(a:path)). ' '.
-      \ (len(vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('template_path')) > 1 ?
-      \     shellescape(expand(vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('template_path'))) : '-'). ' '.
-      \ (len(vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('template_default')) > 0 ?
-      \     vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('template_default') : '-'). ' '.
-      \ (len(vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('template_ext')) > 0 ?
-      \     vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('template_ext') : '-'). ' '.
-      \ (len(vimwiki#vars#get_bufferlocal('subdir')) > 0 ?
-      \     shellescape(s:root_path(vimwiki#vars#get_bufferlocal('subdir'))) : '-'). ' '.
-      \ (len(vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('custom_wiki2html_args')) > 0 ?
-      \     vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('custom_wiki2html_args') : '-'))
-  " Echo if non void
-  if output !~? '^\s*$'
-    echomsg output
-  endif
-endfunction
-
-
-function! s:convert_file(path_html, wikifile) abort
-  let done = 0
-
-  let wikifile = fnamemodify(a:wikifile, ':p')
-
-  let path_html = expand(a:path_html).vimwiki#vars#get_bufferlocal('subdir')
-  let htmlfile = fnamemodify(wikifile, ':t:r').'.html'
-
-  " the currently processed file name is needed when processing links
-  " yeah yeah, shame on me for using (quasi-) global variables
-  let s:current_wiki_file = wikifile
-  let s:current_html_file = path_html . htmlfile
-
-  if s:use_custom_wiki2html()
-    let force = 1
-    call vimwiki#html#CustomWiki2HTML(path_html, wikifile, force)
-    let done = 1
-  endif
-
-  if s:syntax_supported() && done == 0
-    let lsource = readfile(wikifile)
-    let ldest = []
-
-    call vimwiki#path#mkdir(path_html)
-
-    " nohtml placeholder -- to skip html generation.
-    let nohtml = 0
-
-    " template placeholder
-    let template_name = ''
-
-    " for table of contents placeholders.
-    let placeholders = []
-
-    " current state of converter
-    let state = {}
-    let state.para = 0
-    let state.quote = 0
-    let state.pre = [0, 0] " [in_pre, indent_pre]
-    let state.math = [0, 0] " [in_math, indent_math]
-    let state.table = []
-    let state.deflist = 0
-    let state.lists = []
-    let state.placeholder = []
-    let state.header_ids = [['', 0], ['', 0], ['', 0], ['', 0], ['', 0], ['', 0]]
-         " [last seen header text in this level, number]
-
-    " prepare constants for s:safe_html_line()
-    let s:lt_pattern = '<'
-    let s:gt_pattern = '>'
-    if vimwiki#vars#get_global('valid_html_tags') !=? ''
-      let tags = join(split(vimwiki#vars#get_global('valid_html_tags'), '\s*,\s*'), '\|')
-      let s:lt_pattern = '\c<\%(/\?\%('.tags.'\)\%(\s\{-1}\S\{-}\)\{-}/\?>\)\@!'
-      let s:gt_pattern = '\c\%('
-    endif
-
-    " prepare regexps for lists
-    let s:bullets = '[*-]'
-    let s:numbers = '\C\%(#\|\d\+)\|\d\+\.\|[ivxlcdm]\+)\|[IVXLCDM]\+)\|\l\{1,2})\|\u\{1,2})\)'
-
-    for line in lsource
-      let oldquote = state.quote
-      let [lines, state] = s:parse_line(line, state)
-
-      " Hack: There could be a lot of empty strings before s:process_tag_quote
-      " find out `quote` is over. So we should delete them all. Think of the way
-      " to refactor it out.
-      if oldquote != state.quote
-        call s:remove_blank_lines(ldest)
-      endif
-
-      if !empty(state.placeholder)
-        if state.placeholder[0] ==# 'nohtml'
-          let nohtml = 1
-          break
-        elseif state.placeholder[0] ==# 'template'
-          let template_name = state.placeholder[1]
-        else
-          call add(placeholders, [state.placeholder, len(ldest), len(placeholders)])
-        endif
-        let state.placeholder = []
-      endif
-
-      call extend(ldest, lines)
-    endfor
-
-
-    if nohtml
-      echon "\r".'%nohtml placeholder found'
-      return ''
-    endif
-
-    call s:remove_blank_lines(ldest)
-
-    " process end of file
-    " close opened tags if any
-    let lines = []
-    call s:close_tag_quote(state.quote, lines)
-    call s:close_tag_para(state.para, lines)
-    call s:close_tag_pre(state.pre, lines)
-    call s:close_tag_math(state.math, lines)
-    call s:close_tag_list(state.lists, lines)
-    call s:close_tag_def_list(state.deflist, lines)
-    call s:close_tag_table(state.table, lines, state.header_ids)
-    call extend(ldest, lines)
-
-    let title = s:process_title(placeholders, fnamemodify(a:wikifile, ':t:r'))
-    let date = s:process_date(placeholders, strftime('%Y-%m-%d'))
-    let wiki_path = strpart(s:current_wiki_file, strlen(vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('path')))
-
-    let html_lines = s:get_html_template(template_name)
-
-    " processing template variables (refactor to a function)
-    call map(html_lines, 'substitute(v:val, "%title%", "'. title .'", "g")')
-    call map(html_lines, 'substitute(v:val, "%date%", "'. date .'", "g")')
-    call map(html_lines, 'substitute(v:val, "%root_path%", "'.
-          \ s:root_path(vimwiki#vars#get_bufferlocal('subdir')) .'", "g")')
-    call map(html_lines, 'substitute(v:val, "%wiki_path%", "'. wiki_path .'", "g")')
-
-    let css_name = expand(vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('css_name'))
-    let css_name = substitute(css_name, '\', '/', 'g')
-    call map(html_lines, 'substitute(v:val, "%css%", "'. css_name .'", "g")')
-
-    let enc = &fileencoding
-    if enc ==? ''
-      let enc = &encoding
-    endif
-    call map(html_lines, 'substitute(v:val, "%encoding%", "'. enc .'", "g")')
-
-    let html_lines = s:html_insert_contents(html_lines, ldest) " %contents%
-
-    call writefile(html_lines, path_html.htmlfile)
-    let done = 1
-
-  endif
-
-  if done == 0
-    echomsg 'Vimwiki Error: Conversion to HTML is not supported for this syntax'
-    return ''
-  endif
-
-  return path_html.htmlfile
-endfunction
-
-
-function! vimwiki#html#Wiki2HTML(path_html, wikifile) abort
-  let result = s:convert_file(a:path_html, a:wikifile)
-  if result !=? ''
-    call s:create_default_CSS(a:path_html)
-  endif
-  return result
-endfunction
-
-
-function! vimwiki#html#WikiAll2HTML(path_html, force) abort
-  if !s:syntax_supported() && !s:use_custom_wiki2html()
-    echomsg 'Vimwiki Error: Conversion to HTML is not supported for this syntax'
-    return
-  endif
-
-  echomsg 'Vimwiki: Saving Vimwiki files ...'
-  let save_eventignore = &eventignore
-  let &eventignore = 'all'
-  try
-    wall
-  catch
-    " just ignore errors
-  endtry
-  let &eventignore = save_eventignore
-
-  let path_html = expand(a:path_html)
-  call vimwiki#path#mkdir(path_html)
-
-  if !vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('html_filename_parameterization')
-    echomsg 'Vimwiki: Deleting non-wiki html files ...'
-    call s:delete_html_files(path_html)
-  endif
-
-  echomsg 'Vimwiki: Converting wiki to html files ...'
-  let setting_more = &more
-  setlocal nomore
-
-  " temporarily adjust current_subdir global state variable
-  let current_subdir = vimwiki#vars#get_bufferlocal('subdir')
-  let current_invsubdir = vimwiki#vars#get_bufferlocal('invsubdir')
-
-  let wikifiles = split(glob(vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('path').'**/*'.
-        \ vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('ext')), '\n')
-  for wikifile in wikifiles
-    let wikifile = fnamemodify(wikifile, ':p')
-
-    " temporarily adjust 'subdir' and 'invsubdir' state variables
-    let subdir = vimwiki#base#subdir(vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('path'), wikifile)
-    call vimwiki#vars#set_bufferlocal('subdir', subdir)
-    call vimwiki#vars#set_bufferlocal('invsubdir', vimwiki#base#invsubdir(subdir))
-
-    if a:force || !s:is_html_uptodate(wikifile)
-      echomsg 'Vimwiki: Processing '.wikifile
-
-      call s:convert_file(path_html, wikifile)
-    else
-      echomsg 'Vimwiki: Skipping '.wikifile
-    endif
-  endfor
-  " reset 'subdir' state variable
-  call vimwiki#vars#set_bufferlocal('subdir', current_subdir)
-  call vimwiki#vars#set_bufferlocal('invsubdir', current_invsubdir)
-
-  let created = s:create_default_CSS(path_html)
-  if created
-    echomsg 'Vimwiki: Default style.css has been created'
-  endif
-  echomsg 'Vimwiki: HTML exported to '.path_html
-  echomsg 'Vimwiki: Done!'
-
-  let &more = setting_more
-endfunction
-
-
-function! s:file_exists(fname) abort
-  return !empty(getftype(expand(a:fname)))
-endfunction
-
-
-function! s:binary_exists(fname) abort
-  return executable(expand(a:fname))
-endfunction
-
-
-function! s:get_wikifile_url(wikifile) abort
-  return vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('path_html') .
-    \ vimwiki#base#subdir(vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('path'), a:wikifile).
-    \ fnamemodify(a:wikifile, ':t:r').'.html'
-endfunction
-
-
-function! vimwiki#html#PasteUrl(wikifile) abort
-  execute 'r !echo file://'.s:get_wikifile_url(a:wikifile)
-endfunction
-
-
-function! vimwiki#html#CatUrl(wikifile) abort
-  execute '!echo file://'.s:get_wikifile_url(a:wikifile)
-endfunction
-
diff --git a/pack/acp/start/vimwiki/autoload/vimwiki/lst.vim b/pack/acp/start/vimwiki/autoload/vimwiki/lst.vim
deleted file mode 100644
index bebd89b..0000000
--- a/pack/acp/start/vimwiki/autoload/vimwiki/lst.vim
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1713 +0,0 @@
-" vim:tabstop=2:shiftwidth=2:expandtab:textwidth=99
-" Vimwiki autoload plugin file
-" Description: Everything concerning lists and checkboxes
-" Home: https://github.com/vimwiki/vimwiki/
-
-
-if exists('g:loaded_vimwiki_list_auto') || &compatible
-  finish
-endif
-let g:loaded_vimwiki_list_auto = 1
-
-
-" ---------------------------------------------------------
-" incrementation functions for the various kinds of numbers
-" ---------------------------------------------------------
-
-function! s:increment_1(value) abort
-  return eval(a:value) + 1
-endfunction
-
-
-function! s:increment_A(value) abort
-  let list_of_chars = split(a:value, '.\zs')
-  let done = 0
-  for idx in reverse(range(len(list_of_chars)))
-    let cur_num = char2nr(list_of_chars[idx])
-    if cur_num < 90
-      let list_of_chars[idx] = nr2char(cur_num + 1)
-      let done = 1
-      break
-    else
-      let list_of_chars[idx] = 'A'
-    endif
-  endfor
-  if !done
-    call insert(list_of_chars, 'A')
-  endif
-  return join(list_of_chars, '')
-endfunction
-
-
-function! s:increment_a(value) abort
-  let list_of_chars = split(a:value, '.\zs')
-  let done = 0
-  for idx in reverse(range(len(list_of_chars)))
-    let cur_num = char2nr(list_of_chars[idx])
-    if cur_num < 122
-      let list_of_chars[idx] = nr2char(cur_num + 1)
-      let done = 1
-      break
-    else
-      let list_of_chars[idx] = 'a'
-    endif
-  endfor
-  if !done
-    call insert(list_of_chars, 'a')
-  endif
-  return join(list_of_chars, '')
-endfunction
-
-
-function! s:increment_I(value) abort
-  let subst_list = [ ['XLVIII$', 'IL'], ['VIII$', 'IX'], ['III$', 'IV'],
-        \ ['DCCCXCIX$', 'CM'], ['CCCXCIX$', 'CD'], ['LXXXIX$', 'XC'],
-        \ ['XXXIX$', 'XL'], ['\(I\{1,2\}\)$', '\1I'], ['CDXCIX$', 'D'],
-        \ ['CMXCIX$', 'M'], ['XCIX$', 'C'], ['I\([VXLCDM]\)$', '\1'],
-        \ ['\([VXLCDM]\)$', '\1I'] ]
-  for [regex, subst] in subst_list
-    if a:value =~# regex
-      return substitute(a:value, regex, subst, '')
-    endif
-  endfor
-  return ''
-endfunction
-
-
-function! s:increment_i(value) abort
-  let subst_list = [ ['xlviii$', 'il'], ['viii$', 'ix'], ['iii$', 'iv'],
-        \ ['dcccxcix$', 'cm'], ['cccxcix$', 'cd'], ['lxxxix$', 'xc'],
-        \ ['xxxix$', 'xl'], ['\(i\{1,2\}\)$', '\1i'], ['cdxcix$', 'd'],
-        \ ['cmxcix$', 'm'], ['xcix$', 'c'], ['i\([vxlcdm]\)$', '\1'],
-        \ ['\([vxlcdm]\)$', '\1i'] ]
-  for [regex, subst] in subst_list
-    if a:value =~# regex
-      return substitute(a:value, regex, subst, '')
-    endif
-  endfor
-  return ''
-endfunction
-
-
-" ---------------------------------------------------------
-" utility functions
-" ---------------------------------------------------------
-
-function! s:substitute_rx_in_line(lnum, pattern, new_string) abort
-  call setline(a:lnum, substitute(getline(a:lnum), a:pattern, a:new_string, ''))
-endfunction
-
-
-function! s:substitute_string_in_line(lnum, old_string, new_string) abort
-  call s:substitute_rx_in_line(a:lnum, vimwiki#u#escape(a:old_string), a:new_string)
-endfunction
-
-
-function! s:first_char(string) abort
-  return matchstr(a:string, '^.')
-endfunction
-
-
-if exists('*strdisplaywidth')
-  function! s:string_length(str) abort
-    return strdisplaywidth(a:str)
-  endfunction
-else
-  function! s:string_length(str) abort
-    return strlen(substitute(a:str, '.', 'x', 'g'))
-  endfunction
-endif
-
-
-function! vimwiki#lst#default_symbol() abort
-  return vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('list_markers')[0]
-endfunction
-
-
-function! vimwiki#lst#get_list_margin() abort
-  let list_margin = vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('list_margin')
-  if list_margin < 0
-    return &shiftwidth
-  else
-    return list_margin
-  endif
-endfunction
-
-
-"Returns: the column where the text of a line starts (possible list item
-"markers and checkboxes are skipped)
-function! s:text_begin(lnum) abort
-  return s:string_length(matchstr(getline(a:lnum), vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxListItem')))
-endfunction
-
-
-"Returns: 2 if there is a marker and text
-" 1 for a marker and no text
-" 0 for no marker at all (empty line or only text)
-function! s:line_has_marker(lnum) abort
-  if getline(a:lnum) =~# vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxListItem').'\s*$'
-    return 1
-  elseif getline(a:lnum) =~# vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxListItem').'\s*\S'
-    return 2
-  else
-    return 0
-  endif
-endfunction
-
-
-" ---------------------------------------------------------
-" get properties of a list item
-" ---------------------------------------------------------
-
-"Returns: the mainly used data structure in this file
-"An item represents a single list item and is a dictionary with the keys
-"lnum - the line number of the list item
-"type - 1 for bulleted item, 2 for numbered item, 0 for a regular line
-"mrkr - the concrete marker, e.g. '**' or 'b)'
-"cb   - the char in the checkbox or '' if there is no checkbox
-function! s:get_item(lnum) abort
-  let item = {'lnum': a:lnum}
-  if a:lnum == 0 || a:lnum > line('$')
-    let item.type = 0
-    return item
-  endif
-
-  let matches = matchlist(getline(a:lnum), vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxListItem'))
-  if matches == [] ||
-        \ (matches[1] ==? '' && matches[2] ==? '') ||
-        \ (matches[1] !=? '' && matches[2] !=? '')
-    let item.type = 0
-    return item
-  endif
-
-  let item.cb = matches[3]
-
-  if matches[1] !=? ''
-    let item.type = 1
-    let item.mrkr = matches[1]
-  else
-    let item.type = 2
-    let item.mrkr = matches[2]
-  endif
-
-  return item
-endfunction
-
-
-function! s:empty_item() abort
-  return {'type': 0}
-endfunction
-
-
-"Returns: level of the line
-"0 is the 'highest' level
-function! s:get_level(lnum) abort
-  if getline(a:lnum) =~# '^\s*$'
-    return 0
-  endif
-  if !vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('recurring_bullets')
-    let level = indent(a:lnum)
-  else
-    let level = s:string_length(matchstr(getline(a:lnum),
-          \ vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rx_bullet_chars')))-1
-    if level < 0
-      let level = (indent(a:lnum) == 0) ? 0 : 9999
-    endif
-  endif
-  return level
-endfunction
-
-
-"Returns: 1, a, i, A, I or ''
-"If in doubt if alphanumeric character or romanian
-"numeral, peek in the previous line
-function! s:guess_kind_of_numbered_item(item) abort
-  if a:item.type != 2 | return '' | endif
-  let number_chars = a:item.mrkr[:-2]
-  let divisor = a:item.mrkr[-1:]
-
-  let number_kinds = vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('number_kinds')
-
-  if number_chars =~# '\d\+'
-    return '1'
-  endif
-  if number_chars =~# '\l\+'
-    if number_chars !~# '^[ivxlcdm]\+' || index(number_kinds, 'i') == -1
-      return 'a'
-    else
-
-      let item_above = s:get_prev_list_item(a:item, 0)
-      if item_above.type != 0
-        if index(number_kinds, 'a') == -1 ||
-              \ (item_above.mrkr[-1:] !=# divisor && number_chars =~# 'i\+') ||
-              \ s:increment_i(item_above.mrkr[:-2]) ==# number_chars
-          return 'i'
-        else
-          return 'a'
-        endif
-      else
-        if number_chars =~# 'i\+' || index(number_kinds, 'a') == -1
-          return 'i'
-        else
-          return 'a'
-        endif
-      endif
-
-    endif
-  endif
-  if number_chars =~# '\u\+'
-    if number_chars !~# '^[IVXLCDM]\+' || index(number_kinds, 'I') == -1
-      return 'A'
-    else
-
-      let item_above = s:get_prev_list_item(a:item, 0)
-      if item_above.type != 0
-        if index(number_kinds, 'A') == -1 ||
-              \ (item_above.mrkr[-1:] !=# divisor && number_chars =~# 'I\+') ||
-              \ s:increment_I(item_above.mrkr[:-2]) ==# number_chars
-          return 'I'
-        else
-          return 'A'
-        endif
-      else
-        if number_chars =~# 'I\+' || index(number_kinds, 'A') == -1
-          return 'I'
-        else
-          return 'A'
-        endif
-      endif
-
-    endif
-  endif
-endfunction
-
-
-function! s:regexp_of_marker(item) abort
-  if a:item.type == 1
-    return vimwiki#u#escape(a:item.mrkr)
-  elseif a:item.type == 2
-    let number_divisors = vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('number_divisors')
-    for ki in ['d', 'u', 'l']
-      let match = matchstr(a:item.mrkr, '\'.ki.'\+['.number_divisors.']')
-      if match !=? ''
-        return '\'.ki.'\+'.vimwiki#u#escape(match[-1:])
-      endif
-    endfor
-  else
-    return ''
-  endif
-endfunction
-
-
-" Returns: Whether or not the checkbox of a list item is [X] or [-]
-function! s:is_closed(item) abort
-  let state = a:item.cb
-  return state ==# vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('listsyms_list')[-1]
-        \ || state ==# vimwiki#vars#get_global('listsym_rejected')
-endfunction
-
-" ---------------------------------------------------------
-" functions for navigating between items
-" ---------------------------------------------------------
-
-"Returns: the list item after a:item or an empty item
-"If a:ignore_kind is 1, the markers can differ
-function! s:get_next_list_item(item, ignore_kind) abort
-  let org_lvl = s:get_level(a:item.lnum)
-  if !a:ignore_kind
-    let org_regex = s:regexp_of_marker(a:item)
-  endif
-
-  let cur_ln = s:get_next_line(a:item.lnum)
-  while cur_ln <= line('$')
-    let cur_lvl = s:get_level(cur_ln)
-    if cur_lvl <= org_lvl
-      if a:ignore_kind
-        return s:get_any_item_of_level(cur_ln, cur_lvl, org_lvl)
-      else
-        return s:get_item_of_level(cur_ln, cur_lvl, org_lvl, org_regex)
-      endif
-    endif
-    let cur_ln = s:get_next_line(cur_ln)
-  endwhile
-  return s:empty_item()
-endfunction
-
-
-"Returns: the list item before a:item or an empty item
-"If a:ignore_kind is 1, the markers can differ
-function! s:get_prev_list_item(item, ignore_kind) abort
-  let org_lvl = s:get_level(a:item.lnum)
-  if !a:ignore_kind
-    let org_regex = s:regexp_of_marker(a:item)
-  endif
-
-  let cur_ln = s:get_prev_line(a:item.lnum)
-  while cur_ln >= 1
-    let cur_lvl = s:get_level(cur_ln)
-    if cur_lvl <= org_lvl
-      if a:ignore_kind
-        return s:get_any_item_of_level(cur_ln, cur_lvl, org_lvl)
-      else
-        return s:get_item_of_level(cur_ln, cur_lvl, org_lvl, org_regex)
-      endif
-    endif
-    let cur_ln = s:get_prev_line(cur_ln)
-  endwhile
-  return s:empty_item()
-endfunction
-
-
-function! s:get_item_of_level(cur_ln, cur_lvl, org_lvl, org_regex) abort
-  let cur_linecontent = getline(a:cur_ln)
-  if a:cur_lvl == a:org_lvl
-    if cur_linecontent =~# '^\s*'.a:org_regex.'\s'
-      return s:get_item(a:cur_ln)
-    else
-      return s:empty_item()
-    endif
-  elseif a:cur_lvl < a:org_lvl
-    return s:empty_item()
-  endif
-endfunction
-
-
-function! s:get_any_item_of_level(cur_ln, cur_lvl, org_lvl) abort
-  if a:cur_lvl == a:org_lvl
-    return s:get_item(a:cur_ln)
-  elseif a:cur_lvl < a:org_lvl
-    return s:empty_item()
-  endif
-endfunction
-
-
-function! s:get_first_item_in_list(item, ignore_kind) abort
-  let cur_item = a:item
-  while 1
-    let prev_item = s:get_prev_list_item(cur_item, a:ignore_kind)
-    if prev_item.type == 0
-      break
-    else
-      let cur_item = prev_item
-    endif
-  endwhile
-  return cur_item
-endfunction
-
-
-function! s:get_last_item_in_list(item, ignore_kind) abort
-  let cur_item = a:item
-  while 1
-    let next_item = s:get_next_list_item(cur_item, a:ignore_kind)
-    if next_item.type == 0
-      break
-    else
-      let cur_item = next_item
-    endif
-  endwhile
-  return cur_item
-endfunction
-
-
-"Returns: lnum+1 in most cases, but skips blank lines and preformatted text,
-"0 in case of nonvalid line.
-"If there is no second argument, 0 is returned at a header, otherwise the
-"header is skipped
-function! s:get_next_line(lnum, ...) abort
-  if getline(a:lnum) =~# vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxPreStart')
-    let cur_ln = a:lnum + 1
-    while cur_ln <= line('$') && getline(cur_ln) !~# vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxPreEnd')
-      let cur_ln += 1
-    endwhile
-    let next_line = cur_ln + 1
-  else
-    let next_line = a:lnum + 1
-  endif
-
-  let next_line = nextnonblank(next_line)
-
-  if a:0 > 0 && getline(next_line) =~# vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxHeader')
-    let next_line = s:get_next_line(next_line, 1)
-  endif
-
-  if next_line < 0 || next_line > line('$') ||
-        \ (getline(next_line) =~# vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxHeader') && a:0 == 0)
-    return 0
-  endif
-
-  return next_line
-endfunction
-
-
-"Returns: lnum-1 in most cases, but skips blank lines and preformatted text
-"0 in case of nonvalid line and a header, because a header ends every list
-function! s:get_prev_line(lnum) abort
-  let cur_ln = a:lnum - 1
-
-  if getline(cur_ln) =~# vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxPreEnd')
-    while 1
-      if cur_ln == 0 || getline(cur_ln) =~# vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxPreStart')
-        break
-      endif
-      let cur_ln -= 1
-    endwhile
-  endif
-
-  let prev_line = prevnonblank(cur_ln)
-
-  if prev_line < 0 || prev_line > line('$') ||
-        \ getline(prev_line) =~# vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxHeader')
-    return 0
-  endif
-
-  return prev_line
-endfunction
-
-
-function! s:get_first_child(item) abort
-  if a:item.lnum >= line('$')
-    return s:empty_item()
-  endif
-  let org_lvl = s:get_level(a:item.lnum)
-  let cur_item = s:get_item(s:get_next_line(a:item.lnum))
-  while 1
-    if cur_item.type != 0 && s:get_level(cur_item.lnum) > org_lvl
-      return cur_item
-    endif
-    if cur_item.lnum > line('$') || cur_item.lnum <= 0 || s:get_level(cur_item.lnum) <= org_lvl
-      return s:empty_item()
-    endif
-    let cur_item = s:get_item(s:get_next_line(cur_item.lnum))
-  endwhile
-endfunction
-
-
-"Returns: the next sibling of a:child, given the parent item
-"Used for iterating over children
-"Note: child items do not necessarily have the same indent, i.e. level
-function! s:get_next_child_item(parent, child) abort
-  if a:parent.type == 0 | return s:empty_item() | endif
-  let parent_lvl = s:get_level(a:parent.lnum)
-  let cur_ln = s:get_last_line_of_item_incl_children(a:child)
-  while 1
-    let next_line = s:get_next_line(cur_ln)
-    if next_line == 0 || s:get_level(next_line) <= parent_lvl
-      break
-    endif
-    let cur_ln = next_line
-    let cur_item = s:get_item(cur_ln)
-    if cur_item.type > 0
-      return cur_item
-    endif
-  endwhile
-  return s:empty_item()
-endfunction
-
-
-function! s:get_parent(item) abort
-  let parent_line = 0
-
-  let cur_ln = prevnonblank(a:item.lnum)
-  let child_lvl = s:get_level(cur_ln)
-  if child_lvl == 0
-    return s:empty_item()
-  endif
-
-  while 1
-    let cur_ln = s:get_prev_line(cur_ln)
-    if cur_ln == 0 | break | endif
-    let cur_lvl = s:get_level(cur_ln)
-    if cur_lvl < child_lvl
-      let cur_item = s:get_item(cur_ln)
-      if cur_item.type == 0
-        let child_lvl = cur_lvl
-        continue
-      endif
-      let parent_line = cur_ln
-      break
-    endif
-  endwhile
-  return s:get_item(parent_line)
-endfunction
-
-
-"Returns: the item above or the item below or an empty item
-function! s:get_a_neighbor_item(item) abort
-  let prev_item = s:get_prev_list_item(a:item, 1)
-  if prev_item.type != 0
-    return prev_item
-  else
-    let next_item = s:get_next_list_item(a:item, 1)
-    if next_item.type != 0
-      return next_item
-    endif
-  endif
-  return s:empty_item()
-endfunction
-
-
-function! s:get_a_neighbor_item_in_column(lnum, column) abort
-  let cur_ln = s:get_prev_line(a:lnum)
-  while cur_ln >= 1
-    if s:get_level(cur_ln) <= a:column
-      return s:get_corresponding_item(cur_ln)
-    endif
-    let cur_ln = s:get_prev_line(cur_ln)
-  endwhile
-  return s:empty_item()
-endfunction
-
-
-"Returns: the item if there is one in a:lnum
-"else the multiline item a:lnum belongs to
-function! s:get_corresponding_item(lnum) abort
-  let item = s:get_item(a:lnum)
-  if item.type != 0
-    return item
-  endif
-  let org_lvl = s:get_level(a:lnum)
-  let cur_ln = a:lnum
-  while cur_ln > 0
-    let cur_lvl = s:get_level(cur_ln)
-    let cur_item = s:get_item(cur_ln)
-    if cur_lvl < org_lvl && cur_item.type != 0
-      return cur_item
-    endif
-    if cur_lvl < org_lvl
-      let org_lvl = cur_lvl
-    endif
-    let cur_ln = s:get_prev_line(cur_ln)
-  endwhile
-  return s:empty_item()
-endfunction
-
-
-"Returns: the last line of a (possibly multiline) item, including all children
-function! s:get_last_line_of_item_incl_children(item) abort
-  let cur_ln = a:item.lnum
-  let org_lvl = s:get_level(a:item.lnum)
-  while 1
-    let next_line = s:get_next_line(cur_ln)
-    if next_line == 0 || s:get_level(next_line) <= org_lvl
-      return cur_ln
-    endif
-    let cur_ln = next_line
-  endwhile
-endfunction
-
-
-"Returns: the last line of a (possibly multiline) item
-"Note: there can be other list items between the first and last line
-function! s:get_last_line_of_item(item) abort
-  if a:item.type == 0 | return 0 | endif
-  let org_lvl = s:get_level(a:item.lnum)
-  let last_corresponding_line = a:item.lnum
-
-  let cur_ln = s:get_next_line(a:item.lnum)
-  while 1
-    if cur_ln == 0 || s:get_level(cur_ln) <= org_lvl
-      break
-    endif
-    let cur_item = s:get_item(cur_ln)
-    if cur_item.type == 0
-      let last_corresponding_line = cur_ln
-      let cur_ln = s:get_next_line(cur_ln)
-    else
-      let cur_ln = s:get_next_line(s:get_last_line_of_item_incl_children(cur_item))
-    endif
-  endwhile
-
-  return last_corresponding_line
-endfunction
-
-
-" ---------------------------------------------------------
-" renumber list items
-" ---------------------------------------------------------
-
-"Renumbers the current list from a:item on downwards
-"Returns: the last item that was adjusted
-function! s:adjust_numbered_list_below(item, recursive) abort
-  if !(a:item.type == 2 || (a:item.type == 1 && a:recursive))
-    return a:item
-  endif
-
-  let kind = s:guess_kind_of_numbered_item(a:item)
-
-  let cur_item = a:item
-  while 1
-    if a:recursive
-      call s:adjust_items_recursively(cur_item)
-    endif
-
-    let next_item = s:get_next_list_item(cur_item, 0)
-    if next_item.type == 0
-      break
-    endif
-
-    if cur_item.type == 2
-      let new_val = s:increment_{kind}(cur_item.mrkr[:-2]) . cur_item.mrkr[-1:]
-      call s:substitute_string_in_line(next_item.lnum, next_item.mrkr, new_val)
-      let next_item.mrkr = new_val
-    endif
-
-    let cur_item = next_item
-  endwhile
-  return cur_item
-endfunction
-
-
-function! s:adjust_items_recursively(parent) abort
-  if a:parent.type == 0
-    return s:empty_item()
-  end
-
-  let child_item = s:get_first_child(a:parent)
-  if child_item.type == 0
-    return child_item
-  endif
-  while 1
-    let last_item = s:adjust_numbered_list(child_item, 1, 1)
-
-    let child_item = s:get_next_child_item(a:parent, last_item)
-    if child_item.type == 0
-      return last_item
-    endif
-  endwhile
-endfunction
-
-
-"Renumbers the list a:item is in.
-"If a:ignore_kind == 0, only the items which have the same kind of marker as
-"a:item are considered, otherwise all items.
-"Returns: the last item that was adjusted
-function! s:adjust_numbered_list(item, ignore_kind, recursive) abort
-  if !(a:item.type == 2 || (a:item.type == 1 && (a:ignore_kind || a:recursive)))
-    return s:empty_item()
-  end
-
-  let first_item = s:get_first_item_in_list(a:item, a:ignore_kind)
-
-  while 1
-    if first_item.type == 2
-      let new_mrkr = s:guess_kind_of_numbered_item(first_item) . first_item.mrkr[-1:]
-      call s:substitute_string_in_line(first_item.lnum, first_item.mrkr, new_mrkr)
-      let first_item.mrkr = new_mrkr
-    endif
-
-    let last_item = s:adjust_numbered_list_below(first_item, a:recursive)
-
-    let next_first_item = s:get_next_list_item(last_item, 1)
-    if a:ignore_kind == 0 || next_first_item.type == 0
-      return last_item
-    endif
-    let first_item = next_first_item
-  endwhile
-endfunction
-
-
-"Renumbers the list the cursor is in
-"also update its parents checkbox state
-function! vimwiki#lst#adjust_numbered_list() abort
-  let cur_item = s:get_corresponding_item(line('.'))
-  if cur_item.type == 0 | return | endif
-  call s:adjust_numbered_list(cur_item, 1, 0)
-  call s:update_state(s:get_parent(cur_item))
-endfunction
-
-
-"Renumbers all lists of the buffer
-"of course, this might take some seconds
-function! vimwiki#lst#adjust_whole_buffer() abort
-  let cur_ln = 1
-  while 1
-    let cur_item = s:get_item(cur_ln)
-    if cur_item.type != 0
-      let cur_item = s:adjust_numbered_list(cur_item, 0, 1)
-    endif
-    let cur_ln = s:get_next_line(cur_item.lnum, 1)
-    if cur_ln <= 0 || cur_ln > line('$')
-      return
-    endif
-  endwhile
-endfunction
-
-
-" ---------------------------------------------------------
-" checkbox stuff
-" ---------------------------------------------------------
-
-"Returns: the rate of checkboxed list item in percent
-function! s:get_rate(item) abort
-  if a:item.type == 0 || a:item.cb ==? ''
-    return -1
-  endif
-  let state = a:item.cb
-  if state == vimwiki#vars#get_global('listsym_rejected')
-    return -1
-  endif
-  let n = len(vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('listsyms_list'))
-  return index(vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('listsyms_list'), state) * 100/(n-1)
-endfunction
-
-
-"Set state of the list item to [ ] or [o] or whatever
-"Returns: 1 if the state changed, 0 otherwise
-function! s:set_state(item, new_rate) abort
-  let new_state = s:rate_to_state(a:new_rate)
-  let old_state = s:rate_to_state(s:get_rate(a:item))
-  if new_state !=# old_state
-    call s:substitute_rx_in_line(a:item.lnum, '\[.]', '['.new_state.']')
-    return 1
-  else
-    return 0
-  endif
-endfunction
-
-
-" Sets the state of the list item to [ ] or [o] or whatever. Updates the states of its child items.
-" If the new state should be [X] or [-], the state of the current list item is changed to this
-" state, but if a child item already has [X] or [-] it is left alone.
-function! s:set_state_plus_children(item, new_rate, ...) abort
-  let retain_state_if_closed = a:0 > 0 && a:1 > 0
-
-  if !(retain_state_if_closed && (a:new_rate == 100 || a:new_rate == -1) && s:is_closed(a:item))
-    call s:set_state(a:item, a:new_rate)
-  endif
-
-  let all_children_are_done = 1
-  let all_children_are_rejected = 1
-
-  let child_item = s:get_first_child(a:item)
-  while 1
-    if child_item.type == 0
-      break
-    endif
-    if child_item.cb != vimwiki#vars#get_global('listsym_rejected')
-      let all_children_are_rejected = 0
-    endif
-    if child_item.cb != vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('listsyms_list')[-1]
-      let all_children_are_done = 0
-    endif
-    if !all_children_are_done && !all_children_are_rejected
-      break
-    endif
-    let child_item = s:get_next_child_item(a:item, child_item)
-  endwhile
-
-  if (a:new_rate == 100 && all_children_are_done) ||
-        \ (a:new_rate == -1) && all_children_are_rejected
-    return
-  endif
-
-  if (a:new_rate == -1 && all_children_are_done) ||
-        \ (a:new_rate == 100 && all_children_are_rejected)
-    let retain_closed_children = 0
-  else
-    let retain_closed_children = 1
-  endif
-
-  let child_item = s:get_first_child(a:item)
-  while 1
-    if child_item.type == 0
-      break
-    endif
-    if child_item.cb !=? ''
-      call s:set_state_plus_children(child_item, a:new_rate, retain_closed_children)
-    endif
-    let child_item = s:get_next_child_item(a:item, child_item)
-  endwhile
-endfunction
-
-
-"Returns: the appropriate symbol for a given percent rate
-function! s:rate_to_state(rate) abort
-  let listsyms_list = vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('listsyms_list')
-  let state = ''
-  let n = len(listsyms_list)
-  if a:rate == 100
-    let state = listsyms_list[n-1]
-  elseif a:rate == 0
-    let state = listsyms_list[0]
-  elseif a:rate == -1
-    let state = vimwiki#vars#get_global('listsym_rejected')
-  else
-    let index = float2nr(ceil(a:rate/100.0*(n-2)))
-    let state = listsyms_list[index]
-  endif
-  return state
-endfunction
-
-
-"updates the symbol of a checkboxed item according to the symbols of its
-"children
-function! s:update_state(item) abort
-  if a:item.type == 0 || a:item.cb ==? ''
-    return
-  endif
-
-  let sum_children_rate = 0
-  let count_children_with_cb = 0
-  let count_rejected_children = 0
-
-  let child_item = s:get_first_child(a:item)
-
-  while 1
-    if child_item.type == 0
-      break
-    endif
-    if child_item.cb !=? ''
-      let rate = s:get_rate(child_item)
-      if rate == -1
-        " for calculating the parent rate, a [-] item counts as much as a [X] item ...
-        let rate = 100
-        " ... with the exception that a parent with *only* [-] items will be [-] too
-        let count_rejected_children += 1
-      endif
-      let count_children_with_cb += 1
-      let sum_children_rate += rate
-    endif
-    let child_item = s:get_next_child_item(a:item, child_item)
-  endwhile
-
-  if count_children_with_cb > 0
-    if count_rejected_children == count_children_with_cb
-      let new_rate = -1
-    else
-      let new_rate = sum_children_rate / count_children_with_cb
-    endif
-    call s:set_state_recursively(a:item, new_rate)
-  else
-    let rate = s:get_rate(a:item)
-    if rate > 0 && rate < 100
-      call s:set_state_recursively(a:item, 0)
-    endif
-  endif
-endfunction
-
-
-function! s:set_state_recursively(item, new_rate) abort
-  let state_changed = s:set_state(a:item, a:new_rate)
-  if state_changed
-    call s:update_state(s:get_parent(a:item))
-  endif
-endfunction
-
-
-"Creates checkbox in a list item.
-"Returns: 1 if successful
-function! s:create_cb(item, start_rate) abort
-  if a:item.type == 0 || a:item.cb !=? ''
-    return 0
-  endif
-
-  let new_item = a:item
-  let new_item.cb = s:rate_to_state(a:start_rate)
-  call s:substitute_rx_in_line(new_item.lnum,
-        \ vimwiki#u#escape(new_item.mrkr) . '\zs\ze', ' [' . new_item.cb . ']')
-
-  call s:update_state(new_item)
-  return 1
-endfunction
-
-
-function! s:remove_cb(item) abort
-  let item = a:item
-  if item.type != 0 && item.cb !=? ''
-    let item.cb = ''
-    call s:substitute_rx_in_line(item.lnum, '\s\+\[.\]', '')
-  endif
-  return item
-endfunction
-
-
-" Change state of the checkboxes in the lines of the given range
-function! s:change_cb(from_line, to_line, new_rate) abort
-  let from_item = s:get_corresponding_item(a:from_line)
-  if from_item.type == 0
-    return
-  endif
-
-  let parent_items_of_lines = []
-
-  for cur_ln in range(from_item.lnum, a:to_line)
-    let cur_item = s:get_item(cur_ln)
-    if cur_item.type != 0 && cur_item.cb !=? ''
-      call s:set_state_plus_children(cur_item, a:new_rate)
-      let cur_parent_item = s:get_parent(cur_item)
-      if index(parent_items_of_lines, cur_parent_item) == -1
-        call insert(parent_items_of_lines, cur_parent_item)
-      endif
-    endif
-  endfor
-
-  for parent_item in parent_items_of_lines
-    call s:update_state(parent_item)
-  endfor
-
-endfunction
-
-
-" Toggles checkbox between two states in the lines of the given range, creates checkboxes (with
-" a:start_rate as state) if there aren't any.
-function! s:toggle_create_cb(from_line, to_line, state1, state2, start_rate) abort
-  let from_item = s:get_corresponding_item(a:from_line)
-  if from_item.type == 0
-    return
-  endif
-
-  if from_item.cb ==? ''
-
-    "if from_line has no CB, make a CB in every selected line
-    let parent_items_of_lines = []
-    for cur_ln in range(from_item.lnum, a:to_line)
-      let cur_item = s:get_item(cur_ln)
-      let success = s:create_cb(cur_item, a:start_rate)
-
-      if success
-        let cur_parent_item = s:get_parent(cur_item)
-        if index(parent_items_of_lines, cur_parent_item) == -1
-          call insert(parent_items_of_lines, cur_parent_item)
-        endif
-      endif
-    endfor
-
-    for parent_item in parent_items_of_lines
-      call s:update_state(parent_item)
-    endfor
-
-  else
-
-    "if from_line has CB, toggle it and set all siblings to the same new state
-    let rate_first_line = s:get_rate(from_item)
-    let new_rate = rate_first_line == a:state1 ? a:state2 : a:state1
-
-    call s:change_cb(a:from_line, a:to_line, new_rate)
-
-  endif
-
-endfunction
-
-
-"Decrement checkbox between [ ] and [X]
-"in the lines of the given range
-function! vimwiki#lst#decrement_cb(from_line, to_line) abort
-  let from_item = s:get_corresponding_item(a:from_line)
-  if from_item.type == 0
-    return
-  endif
-
-  "if from_line has CB, decrement it and set all siblings to the same new state
-  let rate_first_line = s:get_rate(from_item)
-  let n = len(vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('listsyms_list'))
-  let new_rate = max([rate_first_line - 100/(n-1)-1, 0])
-
-  call s:change_cb(a:from_line, a:to_line, new_rate)
-
-endfunction
-
-
-"Increment checkbox between [ ] and [X]
-"in the lines of the given range
-function! vimwiki#lst#increment_cb(from_line, to_line) abort
-  let from_item = s:get_corresponding_item(a:from_line)
-  if from_item.type == 0
-    return
-  endif
-
-  "if from_line has CB, increment it and set all siblings to the same new state
-  let rate_first_line = s:get_rate(from_item)
-  let n = len(vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('listsyms_list'))
-  let new_rate = min([rate_first_line + 100/(n-1)+1, 100])
-
-  call s:change_cb(a:from_line, a:to_line, new_rate)
-
-endfunction
-
-
-"Toggles checkbox between [ ] and [X] or creates one
-"in the lines of the given range
-function! vimwiki#lst#toggle_cb(from_line, to_line) abort
-  return s:toggle_create_cb(a:from_line, a:to_line, 100, 0, 0)
-endfunction
-
-
-"Toggles checkbox between [ ] and [-] or creates one
-"in the lines of the given range
-function! vimwiki#lst#toggle_rejected_cb(from_line, to_line) abort
-  return s:toggle_create_cb(a:from_line, a:to_line, -1, 0, -1)
-endfunction
-
-
-function! vimwiki#lst#remove_cb(first_line, last_line) abort
-  let first_item = s:get_corresponding_item(a:first_line)
-  let last_item = s:get_corresponding_item(a:last_line)
-
-  if first_item.type == 0 || last_item.type == 0
-    return
-  endif
-
-  let parent_items_of_lines = []
-  let cur_ln = first_item.lnum
-  while 1
-    if cur_ln <= 0 || cur_ln > last_item.lnum | break | endif
-    let cur_item = s:get_item(cur_ln)
-    if cur_item.type != 0
-      let cur_item = s:remove_cb(cur_item)
-      let cur_parent_item = s:get_parent(cur_item)
-      if index(parent_items_of_lines, cur_parent_item) == -1
-        call insert(parent_items_of_lines, cur_parent_item)
-      endif
-    endif
-    let cur_ln = s:get_next_line(cur_ln)
-  endwhile
-  for parent_item in parent_items_of_lines
-    call s:update_state(parent_item)
-  endfor
-endfunction
-
-
-function! vimwiki#lst#remove_cb_in_list() abort
-  let first_item = s:get_first_item_in_list(s:get_corresponding_item(line('.')), 0)
-
-  let cur_item = first_item
-  while 1
-    let next_item = s:get_next_list_item(cur_item, 0)
-    let cur_item = s:remove_cb(cur_item)
-    if next_item.type == 0
-      break
-    else
-      let cur_item = next_item
-    endif
-  endwhile
-
-  call s:update_state(s:get_parent(first_item))
-endfunction
-
-
-
-" ---------------------------------------------------------
-" change the level of list items
-" ---------------------------------------------------------
-
-function! s:set_indent(lnum, new_indent) abort
-  if &expandtab
-    let indentstring = repeat(' ', a:new_indent)
-  else
-    let indentstring = repeat('\t', a:new_indent / &tabstop) . repeat(' ', a:new_indent % &tabstop)
-  endif
-  call s:substitute_rx_in_line(a:lnum, '^\s*', indentstring)
-endfunction
-
-
-function! s:decrease_level(item) abort
-  let removed_indent = 0
-  if vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('recurring_bullets') && a:item.type == 1 &&
-        \ index(vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('multiple_bullet_chars'),
-        \ s:first_char(a:item.mrkr)) > -1
-    if s:string_length(a:item.mrkr) >= 2
-      call s:substitute_string_in_line(a:item.lnum, s:first_char(a:item.mrkr), '')
-      let removed_indent = -1
-    endif
-  else
-    let old_indent = indent(a:item.lnum)
-    if &shiftround
-      let new_indent = (old_indent - 1) / vimwiki#u#sw() * vimwiki#u#sw()
-    else
-      let new_indent = old_indent - vimwiki#u#sw()
-    endif
-    call s:set_indent(a:item.lnum, new_indent)
-    let removed_indent = new_indent - old_indent
-  endif
-  return removed_indent
-endfunction
-
-
-function! s:increase_level(item) abort
-  let additional_indent = 0
-  if vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('recurring_bullets') && a:item.type == 1 &&
-        \ index(vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('multiple_bullet_chars'),
-        \ s:first_char(a:item.mrkr)) > -1
-    call s:substitute_string_in_line(a:item.lnum, a:item.mrkr, a:item.mrkr .
-          \ s:first_char(a:item.mrkr))
-    let additional_indent = 1
-  else
-    let old_indent = indent(a:item.lnum)
-    if &shiftround
-      let new_indent = (old_indent / vimwiki#u#sw() + 1) * vimwiki#u#sw()
-    else
-      let new_indent = old_indent + vimwiki#u#sw()
-    endif
-    call s:set_indent(a:item.lnum, new_indent)
-    let additional_indent = new_indent - old_indent
-  endif
-  return additional_indent
-endfunction
-
-
-"adds a:indent_by to the current indent
-"a:indent_by can be negative
-function! s:indent_line_by(lnum, indent_by) abort
-  let item = s:get_item(a:lnum)
-  if vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('recurring_bullets') && item.type == 1 &&
-        \ index(vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('multiple_bullet_chars'),
-        \ s:first_char(item.mrkr)) > -1
-    if a:indent_by > 0
-      call s:substitute_string_in_line(a:lnum, item.mrkr, item.mrkr . s:first_char(item.mrkr))
-    elseif a:indent_by < 0
-      call s:substitute_string_in_line(a:lnum, s:first_char(item.mrkr), '')
-    endif
-  else
-    call s:set_indent(a:lnum, indent(a:lnum) + a:indent_by)
-  endif
-endfunction
-
-
-"changes lvl of lines in selection
-function! s:change_level(from_line, to_line, direction, plus_children) abort
-  let from_item = s:get_corresponding_item(a:from_line)
-  if from_item.type == 0
-    if a:direction ==# 'increase' && a:from_line == a:to_line && empty(getline(a:from_line))
-      "that's because :> doesn't work on an empty line
-      exe 'normal!' "gi\"
-    else
-      execute a:from_line.','.a:to_line.(a:direction ==# 'increase' ? '>' : '<')
-    endif
-    return
-  endif
-
-  if a:direction ==# 'decrease' && s:get_level(from_item.lnum) == 0
-    return
-  endif
-
-  if a:from_line == a:to_line
-    if a:plus_children
-      let to_line = s:get_last_line_of_item_incl_children(from_item)
-    else
-      let to_line = s:get_last_line_of_item(from_item)
-    endif
-  else
-    let to_item = s:get_corresponding_item(a:to_line)
-    if to_item.type == 0
-      let to_line = a:to_line
-    else
-      if a:plus_children
-        let to_line = s:get_last_line_of_item_incl_children(to_item)
-      else
-        let to_line = s:get_last_line_of_item(to_item)
-      endif
-    endif
-  endif
-
-  if to_line == 0
-    return
-  endif
-
-  let to_be_adjusted = s:get_a_neighbor_item(from_item)
-  let old_parent = s:get_parent(from_item)
-  let first_line_level = s:get_level(from_item.lnum)
-  let more_than_one_level_concerned = 0
-
-  let first_line_indented_by = (a:direction ==# 'increase') ?
-        \ s:increase_level(from_item) : s:decrease_level(from_item)
-
-  let cur_ln = s:get_next_line(from_item.lnum)
-  while cur_ln > 0 && cur_ln <= to_line
-    if !more_than_one_level_concerned &&
-          \ s:get_level(cur_ln) != first_line_level &&
-          \ s:get_item(cur_ln).type != 0
-      let more_than_one_level_concerned = 1
-    endif
-    call s:indent_line_by(cur_ln, first_line_indented_by)
-    let cur_ln = s:get_next_line(cur_ln, 1)
-  endwhile
-
-  if a:from_line == a:to_line
-    call s:adjust_mrkr(from_item)
-  endif
-  call s:update_state(old_parent)
-  let from_item = s:get_item(from_item.lnum)
-  if from_item.cb !=? ''
-    call s:update_state(from_item)
-    call s:update_state(s:get_parent(from_item))
-  endif
-
-  if more_than_one_level_concerned
-    call vimwiki#lst#adjust_whole_buffer()
-  else
-    call s:adjust_numbered_list(from_item, 0, 0)
-    call s:adjust_numbered_list(to_be_adjusted, 0, 0)
-  endif
-endfunction
-
-
-function! vimwiki#lst#change_level(from_line, to_line, direction, plus_children) abort
-  let cur_col = col('$') - col('.')
-  call s:change_level(a:from_line, a:to_line, a:direction, a:plus_children)
-  call cursor('.', col('$') - cur_col)
-endfunction
-
-
-"indent line a:lnum to be the continuation of a:prev_item
-function! s:indent_multiline(prev_item, lnum) abort
-  if a:prev_item.type != 0
-    call s:set_indent(a:lnum, s:text_begin(a:prev_item.lnum))
-  endif
-endfunction
-
-
-" ---------------------------------------------------------
-" change markers of list items
-" ---------------------------------------------------------
-
-"Returns: the position of a marker in g:vimwiki_list_markers
-function! s:get_idx_list_markers(item) abort
-  if a:item.type == 1
-    let m = s:first_char(a:item.mrkr)
-  else
-    let m = s:guess_kind_of_numbered_item(a:item) . a:item.mrkr[-1:]
-  endif
-  return index(vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('list_markers'), m)
-endfunction
-
-
-"changes the marker of the given item to the next in g:vimwiki_list_markers
-function! s:get_next_mrkr(item) abort
-  let markers = vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('list_markers')
-  if a:item.type == 0
-    let new_mrkr = markers[0]
-  else
-    let idx = s:get_idx_list_markers(a:item)
-    let new_mrkr = markers[(idx+1) % len(markers)]
-  endif
-  return new_mrkr
-endfunction
-
-
-"changes the marker of the given item to the previous in g:vimwiki_list_markers
-function! s:get_prev_mrkr(item) abort
-  let markers = vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('list_markers')
-  if a:item.type == 0
-    return markers[-1]
-  endif
-  let idx = s:get_idx_list_markers(a:item)
-  if idx == -1
-    return markers[-1]
-  else
-    return markers[(idx - 1 + len(markers)) % len(markers)]
-  endif
-endfunction
-
-
-function! s:set_new_mrkr(item, new_mrkr) abort
-  if a:item.type == 0
-    call s:substitute_rx_in_line(a:item.lnum, '^\s*\zs\ze', a:new_mrkr.' ')
-    if indent(a:item.lnum) == 0 && !vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('recurring_bullets')
-      call s:set_indent(a:item.lnum, vimwiki#lst#get_list_margin())
-    endif
-  else
-    call s:substitute_string_in_line(a:item.lnum, a:item.mrkr, a:new_mrkr)
-  endif
-endfunction
-
-
-function! vimwiki#lst#change_marker(from_line, to_line, new_mrkr, mode) abort
-  let cur_col_from_eol = col('$') - (a:mode ==# 'i' ? col("'^") : col('.'))
-  let new_mrkr = a:new_mrkr
-  let cur_ln = a:from_line
-  while 1
-    let cur_item = s:get_item(cur_ln)
-
-    if new_mrkr ==# 'next'
-      let new_mrkr = s:get_next_mrkr(cur_item)
-    elseif new_mrkr ==# 'prev'
-      let new_mrkr = s:get_prev_mrkr(cur_item)
-    endif
-
-    "handle markers like ***
-    if index(vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('multiple_bullet_chars'), s:first_char(new_mrkr)) > -1
-      "use *** if the item above has *** too
-      let item_above = s:get_prev_list_item(cur_item, 1)
-      if item_above.type == 1 && s:first_char(item_above.mrkr) ==# s:first_char(new_mrkr)
-        let new_mrkr = item_above.mrkr
-      else
-        "use *** if the item below has *** too
-        let item_below = s:get_next_list_item(cur_item, 1)
-        if item_below.type == 1 && s:first_char(item_below.mrkr) ==# s:first_char(new_mrkr)
-          let new_mrkr = item_below.mrkr
-        else
-          "if the old is ### and the new is * use ***
-          if cur_item.type == 1 &&
-                \ index(vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('multiple_bullet_chars'),
-                \ s:first_char(cur_item.mrkr))>-1
-            let new_mrkr = repeat(new_mrkr, s:string_length(cur_item.mrkr))
-          else
-            "use *** if the parent item has **
-            let parent_item = s:get_parent(cur_item)
-            if parent_item.type == 1 && s:first_char(parent_item.mrkr) ==# s:first_char(new_mrkr)
-              let new_mrkr = repeat(s:first_char(parent_item.mrkr),
-                    \ s:string_length(parent_item.mrkr)+1)
-            endif
-          endif
-        endif
-      endif
-
-    endif
-
-    call s:set_new_mrkr(cur_item, new_mrkr)
-    call s:adjust_numbered_list(s:get_item(cur_ln), 1, 0)
-
-    if cur_ln >= a:to_line | break | endif
-    let cur_ln = s:get_next_line(cur_ln, 1)
-  endwhile
-
-  call cursor('.', col('$') - cur_col_from_eol)
-endfunction
-
-
-function! vimwiki#lst#change_marker_in_list(new_mrkr) abort
-  let cur_item = s:get_corresponding_item(line('.'))
-  let first_item = s:get_first_item_in_list(cur_item, 0)
-  let last_item = s:get_last_item_in_list(cur_item, 0)
-  if first_item.type == 0 || last_item.type == 0 | return | endif
-  let first_item_line = first_item.lnum
-
-  let cur_item = first_item
-  while cur_item.type != 0 && cur_item.lnum <= last_item.lnum
-    call s:set_new_mrkr(cur_item, a:new_mrkr)
-    let cur_item = s:get_next_list_item(cur_item, 1)
-  endwhile
-
-  call s:adjust_numbered_list(s:get_item(first_item_line), 0, 0)
-endfunction
-
-
-"sets kind of the item depending on neighbor items and the parent item
-function! s:adjust_mrkr(item) abort
-  if a:item.type == 0 || vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('recurring_bullets')
-    return
-  endif
-
-  let new_mrkr = a:item.mrkr
-  let neighbor_item = s:get_a_neighbor_item(a:item)
-  if neighbor_item.type != 0
-    let new_mrkr = neighbor_item.mrkr
-  endif
-
-  "if possible, set e.g. *** if parent has ** as marker
-  if neighbor_item.type == 0 && a:item.type == 1 &&
-        \ index(vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('multiple_bullet_chars'),
-        \ s:first_char(a:item.mrkr)) > -1
-    let parent_item = s:get_parent(a:item)
-    if parent_item.type == 1 && s:first_char(parent_item.mrkr) ==# s:first_char(a:item.mrkr)
-      let new_mrkr = repeat(s:first_char(parent_item.mrkr), s:string_length(parent_item.mrkr)+1)
-    endif
-  endif
-
-  call s:substitute_string_in_line(a:item.lnum, a:item.mrkr, new_mrkr)
-  call s:adjust_numbered_list(a:item, 0, 1)
-endfunction
-
-
-function! s:clone_marker_from_to(from, to) abort
-  let item_from = s:get_item(a:from)
-  if item_from.type == 0 | return | endif
-  let new_mrkr = item_from.mrkr . ' '
-  call s:substitute_rx_in_line(a:to, '^\s*', new_mrkr)
-  let new_indent = ( vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('recurring_bullets') ? 0 : indent(a:from) )
-  call s:set_indent(a:to, new_indent)
-  if item_from.cb !=? ''
-    call s:create_cb(s:get_item(a:to), 0)
-    call s:update_state(s:get_parent(s:get_item(a:to)))
-  endif
-  if item_from.type == 2
-    let adjust_from = ( a:from < a:to ? a:from : a:to )
-    call s:adjust_numbered_list_below(s:get_item(adjust_from), 0)
-  endif
-endfunction
-
-
-function! s:remove_mrkr(item) abort
-  let item = a:item
-  if item.cb !=? ''
-    let item = s:remove_cb(item)
-    let parent_item = s:get_parent(item)
-  else
-    let parent_item = s:empty_item()
-  endif
-  call s:substitute_rx_in_line(item.lnum, vimwiki#u#escape(item.mrkr).'\s*', '')
-  call remove(item, 'mrkr')
-  call remove(item, 'cb')
-  let item.type = 0
-  call s:update_state(parent_item)
-  return item
-endfunction
-
-
-function! s:create_marker(lnum) abort
-  let new_sibling = s:get_corresponding_item(a:lnum)
-  if new_sibling.type == 0
-    let new_sibling = s:get_a_neighbor_item_in_column(a:lnum, virtcol('.'))
-  endif
-  if new_sibling.type != 0
-    call s:clone_marker_from_to(new_sibling.lnum, a:lnum)
-  else
-    let cur_item = s:get_item(a:lnum)
-    call s:set_new_mrkr(cur_item, vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('list_markers')[0])
-    call s:adjust_numbered_list(cur_item, 0, 0)
-  endif
-endfunction
-
-
-" ---------------------------------------------------------
-" handle keys
-" ---------------------------------------------------------
-
-function! vimwiki#lst#kbd_o() abort
-  let fold_end = foldclosedend('.')
-  let lnum = (fold_end == -1) ? line('.') : fold_end
-  let cur_item = s:get_item(lnum)
-  let parent = s:get_corresponding_item(lnum)
-  "inserting and deleting the x is necessary
-  "because otherwise the indent is lost
-  exe 'normal!' "ox\"
-  if !vimwiki#u#is_codeblock(lnum)
-    if parent.type != 0
-      call s:clone_marker_from_to(parent.lnum, cur_item.lnum+1)
-    else
-      call s:indent_multiline(cur_item, cur_item.lnum+1)
-    endif
-  endif
-  startinsert!
-endfunction
-
-
-function! vimwiki#lst#kbd_O() abort
-  exe 'normal!' "Ox\"
-  let cur_ln = line('.')
-  if !vimwiki#u#is_codeblock(cur_ln)
-    if getline(cur_ln+1) !~# '^\s*$'
-      call s:clone_marker_from_to(cur_ln+1, cur_ln)
-    else
-      call s:clone_marker_from_to(cur_ln-1, cur_ln)
-    endif
-  endif
-  startinsert!
-endfunction
-
-
-function! s:cr_on_empty_list_item(lnum, behavior) abort
-  if a:behavior == 1
-    "just make a new list item
-    exe 'normal!' "gi\\"
-    call s:clone_marker_from_to(a:lnum, a:lnum+1)
-    startinsert!
-    return
-  elseif a:behavior == 2
-    "insert new marker but remove marker in old line
-    call append(a:lnum-1, '')
-    startinsert!
-    return
-  elseif a:behavior == 3
-    "list is finished, but cursor stays in current line
-    let item = s:get_item(a:lnum)
-    let neighbor_item = s:get_a_neighbor_item(item)
-    let child_item = s:get_first_child(item)
-    let parent_item = (item.cb !=? '') ? s:get_parent(item) : s:empty_item()
-    normal! "_cc
-    call s:adjust_numbered_list(neighbor_item, 0, 0)
-    call s:adjust_numbered_list(child_item, 0, 0)
-    call s:update_state(parent_item)
-    startinsert
-    return
-  elseif a:behavior == 4
-    "list is finished, but cursor goes to next line
-    let item = s:get_item(a:lnum)
-    let neighbor_item = s:get_a_neighbor_item(item)
-    let child_item = s:get_first_child(item)
-    let parent_item = (item.cb !=? '') ? s:get_parent(item) : s:empty_item()
-    exe 'normal!' "_cc\"
-    call s:adjust_numbered_list(neighbor_item, 0, 0)
-    call s:adjust_numbered_list(child_item, 0, 0)
-    call s:update_state(parent_item)
-    startinsert
-    return
-  elseif a:behavior == 5
-    "successively decrease level
-    if s:get_level(a:lnum) > 0
-      call s:change_level(a:lnum, a:lnum, 'decrease', 0)
-      startinsert!
-    else
-      let item = s:get_item(a:lnum)
-      let neighbor_item = s:get_a_neighbor_item(item)
-      let child_item = s:get_first_child(item)
-      let parent_item = (item.cb !=? '') ? s:get_parent(item) : s:empty_item()
-      normal! "_cc
-      call s:adjust_numbered_list(neighbor_item, 0, 0)
-      call s:adjust_numbered_list(child_item, 0, 0)
-      call s:update_state(parent_item)
-      startinsert
-    endif
-    return
-  endif
-endfunction
-
-function! s:cr_on_empty_line(lnum, behavior) abort
-  let lst = s:get_corresponding_item(a:lnum)
-
-  "inserting and deleting the x is necessary
-  "because otherwise the indent is lost
-  exe 'normal!' "gi\x\\"
-
-  if a:behavior == 2 || a:behavior == 3
-    if lst.type == 0 || vimwiki#u#is_codeblock(a:lnum)
-      " don't insert new bullet if not part of a list
-      return
-    else
-      call s:create_marker(a:lnum+1)
-    endif
-  endif
-endfunction
-
-
-function! s:cr_on_list_item(lnum, insert_new_marker, not_at_eol) abort
-  if a:insert_new_marker
-    "the ultimate feature of this script: make new marker on 
-    exe 'normal!' "gi\\"
-    call s:clone_marker_from_to(a:lnum, a:lnum+1)
-    "tiny sweet extra feature: indent next line if current line ends with :
-    if !a:not_at_eol && getline(a:lnum) =~# ':$'
-      call s:change_level(a:lnum+1, a:lnum+1, 'increase', 0)
-    endif
-  else
-    " || (cur_item.lnum < s:get_last_line_of_item(cur_item))
-    "indent this line so that it becomes the continuation of the line above
-    exe 'normal!' "gi\\"
-    let prev_line = s:get_corresponding_item(s:get_prev_line(a:lnum+1))
-    call s:indent_multiline(prev_line, a:lnum+1)
-  endif
-endfunction
-
-
-function! vimwiki#lst#kbd_cr(normal, just_mrkr) abort
-  let lnum = line('.')
-  let has_bp = s:line_has_marker(lnum)
-
-  if has_bp != 0 && virtcol('.') < s:text_begin(lnum)
-    call append(lnum-1, '')
-    startinsert!
-    return
-  endif
-
-  if has_bp == 1
-    call s:cr_on_empty_list_item(lnum, a:just_mrkr)
-    return
-  endif
-
-  let insert_new_marker = (a:normal == 1 || a:normal == 3)
-  if getline('.')[col("'^")-1:] =~# '^\s\+$'
-    let cur_col = 0
-  else
-    let cur_col = col('$') - col("'^")
-    if getline('.')[col("'^")-1] =~# '\s' && exists('*strdisplaywidth')
-      let ws_behind_cursor =
-            \ strdisplaywidth(matchstr(getline('.')[col("'^")-1:], '\s\+'),
-            \ virtcol("'^")-1)
-      let cur_col -= ws_behind_cursor
-    endif
-    if insert_new_marker && cur_col == 0 && getline(lnum) =~# '\s$'
-      let insert_new_marker = 0
-    endif
-  endif
-
-  if has_bp == 0
-    call s:cr_on_empty_line(lnum, a:normal)
-  endif
-
-  if has_bp == 2
-    call s:cr_on_list_item(lnum, insert_new_marker, cur_col)
-  endif
-
-  call cursor(lnum+1, col('$') - cur_col)
-  if cur_col == 0
-    startinsert!
-  else
-    startinsert
-  endif
-
-endfunction
-
-
-"creates a list item in the current line or removes it
-function! vimwiki#lst#toggle_list_item() abort
-  let cur_col_from_eol = col('$') - col("'^")
-  let cur_item = s:get_item(line('.'))
-
-  if cur_item.type == 0
-    call s:create_marker(cur_item.lnum)
-  else
-    let prev_item = s:get_prev_list_item(cur_item, 1)
-    if prev_item.type == 0
-      let prev_item = s:get_corresponding_item(s:get_prev_line(cur_item.lnum))
-    endif
-    let cur_item = s:remove_mrkr(cur_item)
-    let adjust_prev_item = (prev_item.type == 2 &&
-          \ s:get_level(cur_item.lnum) <= s:get_level(prev_item.lnum)) ? 1 : 0
-    call s:indent_multiline(prev_item, cur_item.lnum)
-    if adjust_prev_item
-      call s:adjust_numbered_list_below(prev_item, 0)
-    endif
-  endif
-
-  "set cursor position s.t. it's on the same char as before
-  let new_cur_col = col('$') - cur_col_from_eol
-  call cursor(cur_item.lnum, new_cur_col >= 1 ? new_cur_col : 1)
-
-  if cur_col_from_eol == 0 || getline(cur_item.lnum) =~# '^\s*$'
-    startinsert!
-  else
-    startinsert
-  endif
-endfunction
-
-
-" ---------------------------------------------------------
-" misc stuff
-" ---------------------------------------------------------
-
-function! vimwiki#lst#TO_list_item(inner, visual) abort
-  let lnum = prevnonblank('.')
-  let item = s:get_corresponding_item(lnum)
-  if item.type == 0
-    return
-  endif
-  let from_line = item.lnum
-  if a:inner
-    let to_line = s:get_last_line_of_item(item)
-  else
-    let to_line = s:get_last_line_of_item_incl_children(item)
-  endif
-  normal! V
-  call cursor(to_line, 0)
-  normal! o
-  call cursor(from_line, 0)
-endfunction
-
-
-function! vimwiki#lst#fold_level(lnum) abort
-  let cur_item = s:get_item(a:lnum)
-  if cur_item.type != 0
-    let parent_item = s:get_parent(cur_item)
-    let child_item = s:get_first_child(cur_item)
-    let next_item = s:get_next_child_item(parent_item, cur_item)
-    if child_item.type != 0
-      return 'a1'
-    elseif next_item.type == 0
-        let c_indent = indent(a:lnum) / &shiftwidth
-        let n_indent = indent(a:lnum+1) / &shiftwidth
-        return 's' . (c_indent - n_indent)
-    endif
-  endif
-  return '='
-endfunction
-
diff --git a/pack/acp/start/vimwiki/autoload/vimwiki/markdown_base.vim b/pack/acp/start/vimwiki/autoload/vimwiki/markdown_base.vim
deleted file mode 100644
index bfbd140..0000000
--- a/pack/acp/start/vimwiki/autoload/vimwiki/markdown_base.vim
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,162 +0,0 @@
-" vim:tabstop=2:shiftwidth=2:expandtab:textwidth=99
-" Vimwiki autoload plugin file
-" Description: Link functions for markdown syntax
-" Home: https://github.com/vimwiki/vimwiki/
-
-
-function! s:safesubstitute(text, search, replace, mode) abort
-  " Substitute regexp but do not interpret replace
-  let escaped = escape(a:replace, '\&')
-  return substitute(a:text, a:search, escaped, a:mode)
-endfunction
-
-
-function! vimwiki#markdown_base#scan_reflinks() abort
-  let mkd_refs = {}
-  " construct list of references using vimgrep
-  try
-    " Why noautocmd? Because https://github.com/vimwiki/vimwiki/issues/121
-    noautocmd execute 'vimgrep #'.vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxMkdRef').'#j %'
-  catch /^Vim\%((\a\+)\)\=:E480/   " No Match
-    "Ignore it, and move on to the next file
-  endtry
-
-  for d in getqflist()
-    let matchline = join(getline(d.lnum, min([d.lnum+1, line('$')])), ' ')
-    let descr = matchstr(matchline, vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxMkdRefMatchDescr'))
-    let url = matchstr(matchline, vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxMkdRefMatchUrl'))
-    if descr !=? '' && url !=? ''
-      let mkd_refs[descr] = url
-    endif
-  endfor
-  call vimwiki#vars#set_bufferlocal('markdown_refs', mkd_refs)
-  return mkd_refs
-endfunction
-
-
-" try markdown reference links
-function! vimwiki#markdown_base#open_reflink(link) abort
-  " echom "vimwiki#markdown_base#open_reflink"
-  let link = a:link
-  let mkd_refs = vimwiki#vars#get_bufferlocal('markdown_refs')
-  if has_key(mkd_refs, link)
-    let url = mkd_refs[link]
-    call vimwiki#base#system_open_link(url)
-    return 1
-  else
-    return 0
-  endif
-endfunction
-
-
-function! s:normalize_link_syntax_n() abort
-  let lnum = line('.')
-
-  " try WikiIncl
-  let lnk = vimwiki#base#matchstr_at_cursor(vimwiki#vars#get_global('rxWikiIncl'))
-  if !empty(lnk)
-    " NO-OP !!
-    return
-  endif
-
-  " try WikiLink0: replace with WikiLink1
-  let lnk = vimwiki#base#matchstr_at_cursor(vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxWikiLink0'))
-  if !empty(lnk)
-    let sub = vimwiki#base#normalize_link_helper(lnk,
-          \ vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxWikiLinkMatchUrl'),
-          \ vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxWikiLinkMatchDescr'),
-          \ vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('WikiLink1Template2'))
-    call vimwiki#base#replacestr_at_cursor(vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxWikiLink0'), sub)
-    return
-  endif
-
-  " try WikiLink1: replace with WikiLink0
-  let lnk = vimwiki#base#matchstr_at_cursor(vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxWikiLink1'))
-  if !empty(lnk)
-    let sub = vimwiki#base#normalize_link_helper(lnk,
-          \ vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxWikiLinkMatchUrl'),
-          \ vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxWikiLinkMatchDescr'),
-          \ vimwiki#vars#get_global('WikiLinkTemplate2'))
-    call vimwiki#base#replacestr_at_cursor(vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxWikiLink1'), sub)
-    return
-  endif
-
-  " try Weblink
-  let lnk = vimwiki#base#matchstr_at_cursor(vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxWeblink'))
-  if !empty(lnk)
-    let sub = vimwiki#base#normalize_link_helper(lnk,
-          \ vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxWeblinkMatchUrl'),
-          \ vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxWeblinkMatchDescr'),
-          \ vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('Weblink1Template'))
-    call vimwiki#base#replacestr_at_cursor(vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxWeblink'), sub)
-    return
-  endif
-
-  " try Word (any characters except separators)
-  " rxWord is less permissive than rxWikiLinkUrl which is used in
-  " normalize_link_syntax_v
-  let lnk = vimwiki#base#matchstr_at_cursor(vimwiki#vars#get_global('rxWord'))
-  if !empty(lnk)
-    if vimwiki#base#is_diary_file(expand('%:p'))
-      let sub = vimwiki#base#normalize_link_in_diary(lnk)
-    else
-      let sub = vimwiki#base#normalize_link_helper(lnk,
-            \ vimwiki#vars#get_global('rxWord'), '',
-            \ vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('Weblink1Template'))
-    endif
-    call vimwiki#base#replacestr_at_cursor('\V'.lnk, sub)
-    return
-  endif
-
-endfunction
-
-
-function! s:normalize_link_syntax_v() abort
-  let lnum = line('.')
-  let sel_save = &selection
-  let &selection = 'old'
-  let rv = @"
-  let rt = getregtype('"')
-  let done = 0
-
-  try
-    norm! gvy
-    let visual_selection = @"
-
-    if vimwiki#base#is_diary_file(expand('%:p'))
-      let link = vimwiki#base#normalize_link_in_diary(visual_selection)
-    else
-      let link = s:safesubstitute(vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('Weblink1Template'),
-            \ '__LinkUrl__', visual_selection, '')
-    endif
-
-    " replace spaces with new character if option is set
-    let link = substitute(link, '\s', vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('links_space_char'), 'g')
-
-    let link = s:safesubstitute(link, '__LinkDescription__', visual_selection, '')
-    call setreg('"', substitute(link, '\n', '', ''), visualmode())
-
-    " paste result
-    norm! `>""pgvd
-
-  finally
-    call setreg('"', rv, rt)
-    let &selection = sel_save
-  endtry
-
-endfunction
-
-
-function! vimwiki#markdown_base#normalize_link(is_visual_mode) abort
-  if 0
-    " Syntax-specific links
-  else
-    if !a:is_visual_mode
-      call s:normalize_link_syntax_n()
-    elseif line("'<") == line("'>")
-      " action undefined for multi-line visual mode selections
-      call s:normalize_link_syntax_v()
-    endif
-  endif
-endfunction
-
diff --git a/pack/acp/start/vimwiki/autoload/vimwiki/path.vim b/pack/acp/start/vimwiki/autoload/vimwiki/path.vim
deleted file mode 100644
index c0ce8eb..0000000
--- a/pack/acp/start/vimwiki/autoload/vimwiki/path.vim
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,210 +0,0 @@
-" vim:tabstop=2:shiftwidth=2:expandtab:textwidth=99
-" Vimwiki autoload plugin file
-" Description: Path manipulation functions
-" Home: https://github.com/vimwiki/vimwiki/
-
-
-function! vimwiki#path#chomp_slash(str) abort
-  return substitute(a:str, '[/\\]\+$', '', '')
-endfunction
-
-
-" Define path-compare function, either case-sensitive or not, depending on OS.
-if vimwiki#u#is_windows()
-  function! vimwiki#path#is_equal(p1, p2) abort
-    return a:p1 ==? a:p2
-  endfunction
-else
-  function! vimwiki#path#is_equal(p1, p2) abort
-    return a:p1 ==# a:p2
-  endfunction
-endif
-
-" collapse sections like /a/b/../c to /a/c and /a/b/./c to /a/b/c
-function! vimwiki#path#normalize(path) abort
-  let path = a:path
-  while 1
-    let intermediateResult = substitute(path, '/[^/]\+/\.\.', '', '')
-    let result = substitute(intermediateResult, '/\./', '/', '')
-    if result ==# path
-      break
-    endif
-    let path = result
-  endwhile
-  return result
-endfunction
-
-
-function! vimwiki#path#path_norm(path) abort
-  " /-slashes
-  if a:path !~# '^scp:'
-    let path = substitute(a:path, '\', '/', 'g')
-    " treat multiple consecutive slashes as one path separator
-    let path = substitute(path, '/\+', '/', 'g')
-    " ensure that we are not fooled by a symbolic link
-    return resolve(path)
-  else
-    return a:path
-  endif
-endfunction
-
-
-function! vimwiki#path#is_link_to_dir(link) abort
-  " Check if link is to a directory.
-  " It should be ended with \ or /.
-  return a:link =~# '\m[/\\]$'
-endfunction
-
-
-function! vimwiki#path#abs_path_of_link(link) abort
-  return vimwiki#path#normalize(expand('%:p:h').'/'.a:link)
-endfunction
-
-
-" return longest common path prefix of 2 given paths.
-" '~/home/usrname/wiki', '~/home/usrname/wiki/shmiki' => '~/home/usrname/wiki'
-function! vimwiki#path#path_common_pfx(path1, path2) abort
-  let p1 = split(a:path1, '[/\\]', 1)
-  let p2 = split(a:path2, '[/\\]', 1)
-
-  let idx = 0
-  let minlen = min([len(p1), len(p2)])
-  while (idx < minlen) && vimwiki#path#is_equal(p1[idx], p2[idx])
-    let idx = idx + 1
-  endwhile
-  if idx == 0
-    return ''
-  else
-    return join(p1[: idx-1], '/')
-  endif
-endfunction
-
-
-function! vimwiki#path#wikify_path(path) abort
-  let result = resolve(fnamemodify(a:path, ':p'))
-  if vimwiki#u#is_windows()
-    let result = substitute(result, '\\', '/', 'g')
-  endif
-  let result = vimwiki#path#chomp_slash(result)
-  return result
-endfunction
-
-
-function! vimwiki#path#current_wiki_file() abort
-  return vimwiki#path#wikify_path(expand('%:p'))
-endfunction
-
-
-" Returns: the relative path from a:dir to a:file
-function! vimwiki#path#relpath(dir, file) abort
-  " Check if dir here ('.') -> return file
-  if empty(a:dir) || a:dir =~# '^\.[/\\]\?$'
-    return a:file
-  endif
-  let result = []
-  if vimwiki#u#is_windows()
-    " TODO temporary fix see #478
-    " not sure why paths get converted back to using forward slash
-    " when passed to the function in the form C:\path\to\file
-    let dir = substitute(a:dir, '/', '\', 'g')
-    let file = substitute(a:file, '/', '\', 'g')
-    let dir = split(dir, '\')
-    let file = split(file, '\')
-  else
-    let dir = split(a:dir, '/')
-    let file = split(a:file, '/')
-  endif
-  while (len(dir) > 0 && len(file) > 0) && vimwiki#path#is_equal(dir[0], file[0])
-    call remove(dir, 0)
-    call remove(file, 0)
-  endwhile
-  if empty(dir) && empty(file)
-    if vimwiki#u#is_windows()
-      " TODO temporary fix see #478
-      return '.\'
-    else
-      return './'
-    endif
-  endif
-  for segment in dir
-    let result += ['..']
-  endfor
-  for segment in file
-    let result += [segment]
-  endfor
-  if vimwiki#u#is_windows()
-    " TODO temporary fix see #478
-    let result_path = join(result, '\')
-    if a:file =~? '\m\\$'
-      let result_path .= '\'
-    endif
-  else
-    let result_path = join(result, '/')
-    if a:file =~? '\m/$'
-      let result_path .= '/'
-    endif
-  endif
-  return result_path
-endfunction
-
-
-" If the optional argument provided and nonzero,
-" it will ask before creating a directory
-" Returns: 1 iff directory exists or successfully created
-function! vimwiki#path#mkdir(path, ...) abort
-  let path = expand(a:path)
-
-  if path =~# '^scp:'
-    " we can not do much, so let's pretend everything is ok
-    return 1
-  endif
-
-  if isdirectory(path)
-    return 1
-  else
-    if !exists('*mkdir')
-      return 0
-    endif
-
-    let path = vimwiki#path#chomp_slash(path)
-    if vimwiki#u#is_windows() && !empty(vimwiki#vars#get_global('w32_dir_enc'))
-      let path = iconv(path, &encoding, vimwiki#vars#get_global('w32_dir_enc'))
-    endif
-
-    if a:0 && a:1 && input('Vimwiki: Make new directory: '.path."\n [y]es/[N]o? ") !~? '^y'
-      return 0
-    endif
-
-    call mkdir(path, 'p')
-    return 1
-  endif
-endfunction
-
-
-function! vimwiki#path#is_absolute(path) abort
-  if vimwiki#u#is_windows()
-    return a:path =~? '\m^\a:'
-  else
-    return a:path =~# '\m^/\|\~/'
-  endif
-endfunction
-
-
-" Combine a directory and a file into one path, doesn't generate duplicate
-" path separator in case the directory is also having an ending / or \. This
-" is because on windows ~\vimwiki//.tags is invalid but ~\vimwiki/.tags is a
-" valid path.
-if vimwiki#u#is_windows()
-  function! vimwiki#path#join_path(directory, file) abort
-    let directory = vimwiki#path#chomp_slash(a:directory)
-    let file = substitute(a:file, '\m^[\\/]\+', '', '')
-    return directory . '/' . file
-  endfunction
-else
-  function! vimwiki#path#join_path(directory, file) abort
-    let directory = substitute(a:directory, '\m/\+$', '', '')
-    let file = substitute(a:file, '\m^/\+', '', '')
-    return directory . '/' . file
-  endfunction
-endif
-
diff --git a/pack/acp/start/vimwiki/autoload/vimwiki/style.css b/pack/acp/start/vimwiki/autoload/vimwiki/style.css
deleted file mode 100644
index 43d6b57..0000000
--- a/pack/acp/start/vimwiki/autoload/vimwiki/style.css
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,187 +0,0 @@
-body {
-  font-family: -apple-system, BlinkMacSystemFont, "Segoe UI", "Roboto", "Oxygen", "Ubuntu", "Cantarell", "Fira Sans", "Droid Sans", "Helvetica Neue", sans-serif;;
-  margin: 2em 4em 2em 4em;
-  font-size: 120%;
-  line-height: 130%;
-}
-
-h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 {
-  font-weight: bold;
-  line-height:100%;
-  margin-top: 1.5em;
-  margin-bottom: 0.5em;
-}
-
-h1 {font-size: 2em; color: #000000;}
-h2 {font-size: 1.8em; color: #404040;}
-h3 {font-size: 1.6em; color: #707070;}
-h4 {font-size: 1.4em; color: #909090;}
-h5 {font-size: 1.2em; color: #989898;}
-h6 {font-size: 1em; color: #9c9c9c;}
-
-p, pre, blockquote, table, ul, ol, dl {
-  margin-top: 1em;
-  margin-bottom: 1em;
-}
-
-ul ul, ul ol, ol ol, ol ul {
-  margin-top: 0.5em;
-  margin-bottom: 0.5em;
-}
-
-li { margin: 0.3em auto; }
-
-ul {
-  margin-left: 2em;
-  padding-left: 0;
-}
-
-dt { font-weight: bold; }
-
-img { border: none; }
-
-pre {
-  border-left: 5px solid #dcdcdc;
-  background-color: #f5f5f5;
-  padding-left: 1em;
-  font-family: Monaco, "Courier New", "DejaVu Sans Mono", "Bitstream Vera Sans Mono", monospace;
-  font-size: 0.8em;
-  border-radius: 6px;
-}
-
-p > a {
-  color: white;
-  text-decoration: none;
-  font-size: 0.7em;
-  padding: 3px 6px;
-  border-radius: 3px;
-  background-color: #1e90ff;
-  text-transform: uppercase;
-  font-weight: bold;
-}
-
-p > a:hover {
-  color: #dcdcdc;
-  background-color: #484848;
-}
-
-li > a {
-  color: #1e90ff;
-  font-weight: bold;
-  text-decoration: none;
-}
-
-li > a:hover { color: #ff4500; }
-
-blockquote {
-  color: #686868;
-  font-size: 0.8em;
-  line-height: 120%;
-  padding: 0.8em;
-  border-left: 5px solid #dcdcdc;
-}
-
-th, td {
-  border: 1px solid #ccc;
-  padding: 0.3em;
-}
-
-th { background-color: #f0f0f0; }
-
-hr {
-  border: none;
-  border-top: 1px solid #ccc;
-  width: 100%;
-}
-
-del {
-  text-decoration: line-through;
-  color: #777777;
-}
-
-.toc li { list-style-type: none; }
-
-.todo {
-  font-weight: bold;
-  background-color: #ff4500 ;
-  color: white;
-  font-size: 0.8em;
-  padding: 3px 6px;
-  border-radius: 3px;
-}
-
-.justleft { text-align: left; }
-.justright { text-align: right; }
-.justcenter { text-align: center; }
-
-.center {
-  margin-left: auto;
-  margin-right: auto;
-}
-
-.tag {
-  background-color: #eeeeee;
-  font-family: monospace;
-  padding: 2px;
-}
-
-.header a {
-  text-decoration: none;
-  color: inherit;
-}
-
-/* classes for items of todo lists */
-
-.rejected {
-  /* list-style: none; */
-  background-image: url(data:image/png;base64,iVBORw0KGgoAAAANSUhEUgAAAA8AAAAPCAMAAAAMCGV4AAAACXBIWXMAAADFAAAAxQEdzbqoAAAAB3RJTUUH4QgEFhAtuWgv9wAAAPZQTFRFmpqam5iYnJaWnJeXnpSUn5OTopCQpoqKpouLp4iIqIiIrYCAt3V1vW1tv2xsmZmZmpeXnpKS/x4e/x8f/yAg/yIi/yQk/yUl/yYm/ygo/ykp/yws/zAw/zIy/zMz/zQ0/zU1/zY2/zw8/0BA/0ZG/0pK/1FR/1JS/1NT/1RU/1VV/1ZW/1dX/1pa/15e/19f/2Zm/2lp/21t/25u/3R0/3p6/4CA/4GB/4SE/4iI/46O/4+P/52d/6am/6ur/66u/7Oz/7S0/7e3/87O/9fX/9zc/93d/+Dg/+vr/+3t/+/v//Dw//Ly//X1//f3//n5//z8////gzaKowAAAA90Uk5T/Pz8/Pz8/Pz8/Pz8/f39ppQKWQAAAAFiS0dEEnu8bAAAAACuSURBVAhbPY9ZF4FQFEZPSKbIMmWep4gMGTKLkIv6/3/GPbfF97b3w17rA0kQOPgvAeHW6uJ6+5h7HqLdwowgOzejXRXBdx6UdSru216xuOMBHHNU0clTzeSUA6EhF8V8kqroluMiU6HKcuf4phGPr1o2q9kYZWwNq1qfRRmTaXpqsyjj17KkWCxKBUBgXWueHIyiAIg18gsse4KHkLF5IKIY10WQgv7fOy4ST34BRiopZ8WLNrgAAAAASUVORK5CYII=);
-  background-repeat: no-repeat;
-  background-position: 0 .2em;
-  padding-left: 1.5em;
-}
-.done0 {
-  /* list-style: none; */
-  background-image: url(data:image/png;base64,iVBORw0KGgoAAAANSUhEUgAAAA8AAAAPCAYAAAA71pVKAAAABHNCSVQICAgIfAhkiAAAAAlwSFlzAAAAxQAAAMUBHc26qAAAABl0RVh0U29mdHdhcmUAd3d3Lmlua3NjYXBlLm9yZ5vuPBoAAAA7SURBVCiR7dMxEgAgCANBI3yVRzF5KxNbW6wsuH7LQ2YKQK1mkswBVERYF5Os3UV3gwd/jF2SkXy66gAZkxS6BniubAAAAABJRU5ErkJggg==);
-  background-repeat: no-repeat;
-  background-position: 0 .2em;
-  padding-left: 1.5em;
-}
-.done1 {
-  background-image: url(data:image/png;base64,iVBORw0KGgoAAAANSUhEUgAAAA8AAAAPCAYAAAA71pVKAAAABHNCSVQICAgIfAhkiAAAAAlwSFlzAAAAxQAAAMUBHc26qAAAABl0RVh0U29mdHdhcmUAd3d3Lmlua3NjYXBlLm9yZ5vuPBoAAABtSURBVCiR1ZO7DYAwDER9BDmTeZQMFXmUbGYpOjrEryA0wOvO8itOslFrJYAug5BMM4BeSkmjsrv3aVTa8p48Xw1JSkSsWVUFwD05IqS1tmYzk5zzae9jnVVVzGyXb8sALjse+euRkEzu/uirFomVIdDGOLjuAAAAAElFTkSuQmCC);
-  background-repeat: no-repeat;
-  background-position: 0 .15em;
-  padding-left: 1.5em;
-}
-.done2 {
-  background-image: url(data:image/png;base64,iVBORw0KGgoAAAANSUhEUgAAAA8AAAAPCAYAAAA71pVKAAAABHNCSVQICAgIfAhkiAAAAAlwSFlzAAAAxQAAAMUBHc26qAAAABl0RVh0U29mdHdhcmUAd3d3Lmlua3NjYXBlLm9yZ5vuPBoAAAB1SURBVCiRzdO5DcAgDAVQGxjAYgTvxlDIu1FTIRYAp8qlFISkSH7l5kk+ZIwxKiI2mIyqWoeILYRgZ7GINDOLjnmF3VqklKCUMgTee2DmM661Qs55iI3Zm/1u5h9sm4ig9z4ERHTFzLyd4G4+nFlVrYg8+qoF/c0kdpeMsmcAAAAASUVORK5CYII=);
-  background-repeat: no-repeat;
-  background-position: 0 .15em;
-  padding-left: 1.5em;
-}
-.done3 {
-  background-image: url(data:image/png;base64,iVBORw0KGgoAAAANSUhEUgAAAA8AAAAPCAYAAAA71pVKAAAABHNCSVQICAgIfAhkiAAAAAlwSFlzAAAAxQAAAMUBHc26qAAAABl0RVh0U29mdHdhcmUAd3d3Lmlua3NjYXBlLm9yZ5vuPBoAAABoSURBVCiR7dOxDcAgDATA/0DtUdiKoZC3YhLkHjkVKF3idJHiztKfvrHZWnOSE8Fx95RJzlprimJVnXktvXeY2S0SEZRSAAAbmxnGGKH2I5T+8VfxPhIReQSuuY3XyYWa3T2p6quvOgGrvSFGlewuUAAAAABJRU5ErkJggg==);
-  background-repeat: no-repeat;
-  background-position: 0 .15em;
-  padding-left: 1.5em;
-}
-.done4 {
-  background-image: url(data:image/png;base64,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);
-  background-repeat: no-repeat;
-  background-position: 0 .15em;
-  padding-left: 1.5em;
-}
-
-code {
-  font-family: Monaco, "Courier New", "DejaVu Sans Mono", "Bitstream Vera Sans Mono", monospace;
-  -webkit-border-radius: 1px;
-  -moz-border-radius: 1px;
-  border-radius: 1px;
-  -moz-background-clip: padding;
-  -webkit-background-clip: padding-box;
-  background-clip: padding-box;
-  padding: 0px 3px;
-  display: inline-block;
-  color: #52595d;
-  border: 1px solid #ccc;
-  background-color: #f9f9f9;
-}
diff --git a/pack/acp/start/vimwiki/autoload/vimwiki/tags.vim b/pack/acp/start/vimwiki/autoload/vimwiki/tags.vim
deleted file mode 100644
index b3ac93f..0000000
--- a/pack/acp/start/vimwiki/autoload/vimwiki/tags.vim
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,405 +0,0 @@
-" vim:tabstop=2:shiftwidth=2:expandtab:textwidth=99
-" Vimwiki autoload plugin file
-
-
-let s:TAGS_METADATA_FILE_NAME = '.vimwiki_tags'
-
-
-
-" Tags metadata in-memory format:
-" metadata := { 'pagename': [entries, ...] }
-" entry := { 'tagname':..., 'lineno':..., 'link':... }
-
-" Tags metadata in-file format:
-"
-" Is based on CTags format (see |tags-file-format|).
-"
-" {tagaddress} is set to lineno.  We'll let vim search by exact line number; we
-" can afford that, we assume metadata file is always updated before use.
-"
-" Pagename and link are not saved in standard ctags fields, so we'll add
-" an optional field, "vimwiki:".  In this field, we encode tab-separated values
-" of missing parameters -- "pagename" and "link".
-
-
-
-"   Update tags metadata.
-"   a:full_rebuild == 1: re-scan entire wiki
-"   a:full_rebuild == 0: only re-scan current page
-"   a:all_files == '':   only if the file is newer than .tags
-function! vimwiki#tags#update_tags(full_rebuild, all_files) abort
-  let all_files = a:all_files !=? ''
-  if !a:full_rebuild
-    " Updating for one page (current)
-    let page_name = vimwiki#vars#get_bufferlocal('subdir') . expand('%:t:r')
-    " Collect tags in current file
-    let tags = s:scan_tags(getline(1, '$'), page_name)
-    " Load metadata file
-    let metadata = s:load_tags_metadata()
-    " Drop old tags
-    let metadata = s:remove_page_from_tags(metadata, page_name)
-    " Merge in the new ones
-    let metadata = s:merge_tags(metadata, page_name, tags)
-    " Save
-    call s:write_tags_metadata(metadata)
-  else " full rebuild
-    let files = vimwiki#base#find_files(vimwiki#vars#get_bufferlocal('wiki_nr'), 0)
-    let wiki_base_dir = vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('path')
-    let tags_file_last_modification = getftime(vimwiki#tags#metadata_file_path())
-    let metadata = s:load_tags_metadata()
-    for file in files
-      if all_files || getftime(file) >= tags_file_last_modification
-        let subdir = vimwiki#base#subdir(wiki_base_dir, file)
-        let page_name = subdir . fnamemodify(file, ':t:r')
-        let tags = s:scan_tags(readfile(file), page_name)
-        let metadata = s:remove_page_from_tags(metadata, page_name)
-        let metadata = s:merge_tags(metadata, page_name, tags)
-      endif
-    endfor
-    call s:write_tags_metadata(metadata)
-  endif
-endfunction
-
-
-function! s:safesubstitute(text, search, replace, mode) abort
-  " Substitute regexp but do not interpret replace
-  let escaped = escape(a:replace, '\&')
-  return substitute(a:text, a:search, escaped, a:mode)
-endfunction
-
-
-"   Scans the list of text lines (argument) and produces tags metadata as a list of tag entries.
-function! s:scan_tags(lines, page_name) abort
-
-  let entries = []
-
-  " Code wireframe to scan for headers -- borrowed from
-  " vimwiki#base#get_anchors(), with minor modifications.
-
-  let rxheader = vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('header_search')
-  let rxtag = vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('tag_search')
-
-  let anchor_level = ['', '', '', '', '', '', '']
-  let current_complete_anchor = ''
-
-  let PROXIMITY_LINES_NR = 2
-  let header_line_nr = - (2 * PROXIMITY_LINES_NR)
-
-  for line_nr in range(1, len(a:lines))
-    let line = a:lines[line_nr - 1]
-
-    " ignore verbatim blocks
-    if vimwiki#u#is_codeblock(line_nr)
-      continue
-    endif
-
-    " process headers
-    let h_match = matchlist(line, rxheader)
-    if !empty(h_match) " got a header
-      let header_line_nr = line_nr
-      let header = vimwiki#u#trim(h_match[2])
-      let level = len(h_match[1])
-      let anchor_level[level-1] = header
-      for l in range(level, 6)
-        let anchor_level[l] = ''
-      endfor
-      if level == 1
-        let current_complete_anchor = header
-      else
-        let current_complete_anchor = ''
-        for l in range(level-1)
-          if anchor_level[l] !=? ''
-            let current_complete_anchor .= anchor_level[l].'#'
-          endif
-        endfor
-        let current_complete_anchor .= header
-      endif
-      continue " tags are not allowed in headers
-    endif
-
-    " Scan line for tags.  There can be many of them.
-    let str = line
-    while 1
-      let tag_group = matchstr(str, rxtag)
-      if tag_group ==? ''
-        break
-      endif
-      let tagend = matchend(str, rxtag)
-      let str = str[(tagend):]
-      for tag in split(tag_group, ':')
-        " Create metadata entry
-        let entry = {}
-        let entry.tagname  = tag
-        let entry.lineno   = line_nr
-        if line_nr <= PROXIMITY_LINES_NR && header_line_nr < 0
-          " Tag appeared at the top of the file
-          let entry.link   = a:page_name
-        elseif line_nr <= (header_line_nr + PROXIMITY_LINES_NR)
-          " Tag appeared right below a header
-          let entry.link   = a:page_name . '#' . current_complete_anchor
-        else
-          " Tag stands on its own
-          let entry.link   = a:page_name . '#' . tag
-        endif
-        call add(entries, entry)
-      endfor
-    endwhile
-
-  endfor " loop over lines
-  return entries
-endfunction
-
-
-"   Returns tags metadata file path
-function! vimwiki#tags#metadata_file_path() abort
-  return fnamemodify(vimwiki#path#join_path(vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('path'),
-        \ s:TAGS_METADATA_FILE_NAME), ':p')
-endfunction
-
-
-"   Loads tags metadata from file, returns a dictionary
-function! s:load_tags_metadata() abort
-  let metadata_path = vimwiki#tags#metadata_file_path()
-  if !filereadable(metadata_path)
-    return {}
-  endif
-  let metadata = {}
-  for line in readfile(metadata_path)
-    if line =~# '^!_TAG_.*$'
-      continue
-    endif
-    let parts = matchlist(line, '^\(.\{-}\);"\(.*\)$')
-    if parts[0] ==? '' || parts[1] ==? '' || parts[2] ==? ''
-      throw 'VimwikiTags1: Metadata file corrupted'
-    endif
-    let std_fields = split(parts[1], '\t')
-    if len(std_fields) != 3
-      throw 'VimwikiTags2: Metadata file corrupted'
-    endif
-    let vw_part = parts[2]
-    if vw_part[0] !=? "\t"
-      throw 'VimwikiTags3: Metadata file corrupted'
-    endif
-    let vw_fields = split(vw_part[1:], "\t")
-    if len(vw_fields) != 1 || vw_fields[0] !~# '^vimwiki:'
-      throw 'VimwikiTags4: Metadata file corrupted'
-    endif
-    let vw_data = substitute(vw_fields[0], '^vimwiki:', '', '')
-    let vw_data = substitute(vw_data, '\\n', "\n", 'g')
-    let vw_data = substitute(vw_data, '\\r', "\r", 'g')
-    let vw_data = substitute(vw_data, '\\t', "\t", 'g')
-    let vw_data = substitute(vw_data, '\\\\', "\\", 'g')
-    let vw_fields = split(vw_data, "\t")
-    if len(vw_fields) != 2
-      throw 'VimwikiTags5: Metadata file corrupted'
-    endif
-    let pagename = vw_fields[0]
-    let entry = {}
-    let entry.tagname  = std_fields[0]
-    let entry.lineno   = std_fields[2]
-    let entry.link     = vw_fields[1]
-    if has_key(metadata, pagename)
-      call add(metadata[pagename], entry)
-    else
-      let metadata[pagename] = [entry]
-    endif
-  endfor
-  return metadata
-endfunction
-
-
-"   Removes all entries for given page from metadata in-place.  Returns updated
-"   metadata (just in case).
-function! s:remove_page_from_tags(metadata, page_name) abort
-  if has_key(a:metadata, a:page_name)
-    call remove(a:metadata, a:page_name)
-    return a:metadata
-  else
-    return a:metadata
-  endif
-endfunction
-
-
-"   Merges metadata of one file into a:metadata
-function! s:merge_tags(metadata, pagename, file_metadata) abort
-  let metadata = a:metadata
-  let metadata[a:pagename] = a:file_metadata
-  return metadata
-endfunction
-
-
-"   Compares two actual lines from tags file.  Return value is in strcmp style.
-"   See help on sort() -- that's what this function is going to be used for.
-"   See also s:write_tags_metadata below -- that's where we compose these tags
-"   file lines.
-"
-"   This function is needed for tags sorting, since plain sort() compares line
-"   numbers as strings, not integers, and so, for example, tag at line 14
-"   preceeds the same tag on the same page at line 9.  (Because string "14" is
-"   alphabetically 'less than' string "9".)
-function! s:tags_entry_cmp(i1, i2) abort
-  let items = []
-  for orig_item in [a:i1, a:i2]
-    let fields = split(orig_item, "\t")
-    let item = {}
-    let item.text = fields[0]."\t".fields[1]
-    let item.lineno = 0 + matchstr(fields[2], '\m\d\+')
-    call add(items, item)
-  endfor
-  if items[0].text ># items[1].text
-    return 1
-  elseif items[0].text <# items[1].text
-    return -1
-  elseif items[0].lineno > items[1].lineno
-    return 1
-  elseif items[0].lineno < items[1].lineno
-    return -1
-  else
-    return 0
-  endif
-endfunction
-
-
-"   Saves metadata object into a file. Throws exceptions in case of problems.
-function! s:write_tags_metadata(metadata) abort
-  let metadata_path = vimwiki#tags#metadata_file_path()
-  let tags = []
-  for pagename in keys(a:metadata)
-    for entry in a:metadata[pagename]
-      let entry_data = pagename . "\t" . entry.link
-      let entry_data = substitute(entry_data, "\\", '\\\\', 'g')
-      let entry_data = substitute(entry_data, "\t", '\\t', 'g')
-      let entry_data = substitute(entry_data, "\r", '\\r', 'g')
-      let entry_data = substitute(entry_data, "\n", '\\n', 'g')
-      call add(tags,
-            \   entry.tagname  . "\t"
-            \ . pagename . vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('ext') . "\t"
-            \ . entry.lineno
-            \ . ';"'
-            \ . "\t" . 'vimwiki:' . entry_data
-            \)
-    endfor
-  endfor
-  call sort(tags, 's:tags_entry_cmp')
-  let tag_comments = [
-    \ "!_TAG_PROGRAM_VERSION\t2.5",
-    \ "!_TAG_PROGRAM_URL\thttps://github.com/vimwiki/vimwiki",
-    \ "!_TAG_PROGRAM_NAME\tVimwiki Tags",
-    \ "!_TAG_PROGRAM_AUTHOR\tVimwiki",
-    \ "!_TAG_OUTPUT_MODE\tvimwiki-tags",
-    \ "!_TAG_FILE_SORTED\t1",
-    \ "!_TAG_FILE_FORMAT\t2",
-    \ ]
-  for c in tag_comments
-    call insert(tags, c)
-  endfor
-  call writefile(tags, metadata_path)
-endfunction
-
-
-"   Returns list of unique tags found in the .tags file
-function! vimwiki#tags#get_tags() abort
-  let metadata = s:load_tags_metadata()
-  let tags = {}
-  for entries in values(metadata)
-    for entry in entries
-      let tags[entry.tagname] = 1
-    endfor
-  endfor
-  return keys(tags)
-endfunction
-
-
-"   Similar to vimwiki#base#generate_links.  In the current buffer, appends
-"   tags and references to all their instances.  If no arguments (tags) are
-"   specified, outputs all tags.
-function! vimwiki#tags#generate_tags(create, ...) abort
-  let specific_tags = a:000
-  let header_level = vimwiki#vars#get_global('tags_header_level')
-
-  " use a dictionary function for closure like capability
-  " copy all local variables into dict (add a: if arguments are needed)
-  let GeneratorTags = copy(l:)
-  function! GeneratorTags.f() abort
-    let need_all_tags = empty(self.specific_tags)
-    let metadata = s:load_tags_metadata()
-
-    " make a dictionary { tag_name: [tag_links, ...] }
-    let tags_entries = {}
-    for entries in values(metadata)
-      for entry in entries
-        if has_key(tags_entries, entry.tagname)
-          call add(tags_entries[entry.tagname], entry.link)
-        else
-          let tags_entries[entry.tagname] = [entry.link]
-        endif
-      endfor
-      unlet entry " needed for older vims with sticky type checking since name is reused
-    endfor
-
-    let lines = []
-    let bullet = repeat(' ', vimwiki#lst#get_list_margin()).vimwiki#lst#default_symbol().' '
-    for tagname in sort(keys(tags_entries))
-      if need_all_tags || index(self.specific_tags, tagname) != -1
-        if len(lines) > 0
-          call add(lines, '')
-        endif
-
-        let tag_tpl = printf('rxH%d_Template', self.header_level + 1)
-        call add(lines, s:safesubstitute(vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal(tag_tpl), '__Header__', tagname, ''))
-
-        if vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('syntax') ==# 'markdown'
-          for _ in range(vimwiki#vars#get_global('markdown_header_style'))
-            call add(lines, '')
-          endfor
-        endif
-
-        for taglink in sort(tags_entries[tagname])
-          if vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('syntax') ==# 'markdown'
-            let link_tpl = vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('Weblink3Template')
-            let link_infos = vimwiki#base#resolve_link(taglink)
-            if empty(link_infos.anchor)
-              let link_tpl = vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('Weblink1Template')
-              let entry = s:safesubstitute(link_tpl, '__LinkUrl__', taglink, '')
-              let entry = s:safesubstitute(entry, '__LinkDescription__', taglink, '')
-            else
-              let link_caption = split(link_infos.anchor, '#', 0)[-1]
-              let link_text = split(taglink, '#', 1)[0]
-              let entry = s:safesubstitute(link_tpl, '__LinkUrl__', link_text, '')
-              let entry = s:safesubstitute(entry, '__LinkAnchor__', link_infos.anchor, '')
-              let entry = s:safesubstitute(entry, '__LinkDescription__', link_caption, '')
-            endif
-
-            call add(lines, bullet . entry)
-          else
-            let link_tpl = vimwiki#vars#get_global('WikiLinkTemplate1')
-            call add(lines, bullet . substitute(link_tpl, '__LinkUrl__', taglink, ''))
-          endif
-        endfor
-      endif
-    endfor
-
-    return lines
-  endfunction
-
-  let tag_match = printf('rxH%d', header_level + 1)
-  let links_rx = '^\%('.vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal(tag_match).'\)\|'.
-        \ '\%(^\s*$\)\|\%('.vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxListBullet').'\)'
-
-  call vimwiki#base#update_listing_in_buffer(
-        \ GeneratorTags,
-        \ vimwiki#vars#get_global('tags_header'),
-        \ links_rx,
-        \ line('$')+1,
-        \ header_level,
-        \ a:create)
-endfunction
-
-
-function! vimwiki#tags#complete_tags(ArgLead, CmdLine, CursorPos) abort
-  " We can safely ignore args if we use -custom=complete option, Vim engine
-  " will do the job of filtering.
-  let taglist = vimwiki#tags#get_tags()
-  return join(taglist, "\n")
-endfunction
-
diff --git a/pack/acp/start/vimwiki/autoload/vimwiki/tbl.vim b/pack/acp/start/vimwiki/autoload/vimwiki/tbl.vim
deleted file mode 100644
index b26a89d..0000000
--- a/pack/acp/start/vimwiki/autoload/vimwiki/tbl.vim
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,861 +0,0 @@
-" vim:tabstop=2:shiftwidth=2:expandtab:textwidth=99
-" Vimwiki autoload plugin file
-" Description: Tables
-" | Easily | manageable | text  | tables | !       |
-" |--------|------------|-------|--------|---------|
-" | Have   | fun!       | Drink | tea    | Period. |
-"
-" Home: https://github.com/vimwiki/vimwiki/
-
-
-
-if exists('g:loaded_vimwiki_tbl_auto') || &compatible
-  finish
-endif
-let g:loaded_vimwiki_tbl_auto = 1
-
-
-let s:textwidth = &textwidth
-
-
-function! s:rxSep() abort
-  return vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxTableSep')
-endfunction
-
-
-function! s:wide_len(str) abort
-  " vim73 has new function that gives correct string width.
-  if exists('*strdisplaywidth')
-    return strdisplaywidth(a:str)
-  endif
-
-  " get str display width in vim ver < 7.2
-  if !vimwiki#vars#get_global('CJK_length')
-    let ret = strlen(substitute(a:str, '.', 'x', 'g'))
-  else
-    let savemodified = &modified
-    let save_cursor = getpos('.')
-    exe "norm! o\"
-    call setline(line('.'), a:str)
-    let ret = virtcol('$') - 1
-    d
-    call setpos('.', save_cursor)
-    let &modified = savemodified
-  endif
-  return ret
-endfunction
-
-
-function! s:cell_splitter() abort
-  return '\s*'.s:rxSep().'\s*'
-endfunction
-
-
-function! s:sep_splitter() abort
-  return '-'.s:rxSep().'-'
-endfunction
-
-
-function! s:is_table(line) abort
-  return s:is_separator(a:line) ||
-        \ (a:line !~# s:rxSep().s:rxSep() && a:line =~# '^\s*'.s:rxSep().'.\+'.s:rxSep().'\s*$')
-endfunction
-
-
-function! s:is_separator(line) abort
-  return a:line =~# '^\s*'.s:rxSep().'\(:\=--\+:\='.s:rxSep().'\)\+\s*$'
-endfunction
-
-
-function! s:is_separator_tail(line) abort
-  return a:line =~# '^\{-1}\%(\s*\|-*\)\%('.s:rxSep().'-\+\)\+'.s:rxSep().'\s*$'
-endfunction
-
-
-function! s:is_last_column(lnum, cnum) abort
-  let line = strpart(getline(a:lnum), a:cnum - 1)
-  return line =~# s:rxSep().'\s*$'  && line !~# s:rxSep().'.*'.s:rxSep().'\s*$'
-endfunction
-
-
-function! s:is_first_column(lnum, cnum) abort
-  let line = strpart(getline(a:lnum), 0, a:cnum - 1)
-  return line =~# '^\s*$' ||
-        \ (line =~# '^\s*'.s:rxSep() && line !~# '^\s*'.s:rxSep().'.*'.s:rxSep())
-endfunction
-
-
-function! s:count_separators_up(lnum) abort
-  let lnum = a:lnum - 1
-  while lnum > 1
-    if !s:is_separator(getline(lnum))
-      break
-    endif
-    let lnum -= 1
-  endwhile
-
-  return (a:lnum-lnum)
-endfunction
-
-
-function! s:count_separators_down(lnum) abort
-  let lnum = a:lnum + 1
-  while lnum < line('$')
-    if !s:is_separator(getline(lnum))
-      break
-    endif
-    let lnum += 1
-  endwhile
-
-  return (lnum-a:lnum)
-endfunction
-
-
-function! s:create_empty_row(cols) abort
-  let row = s:rxSep()
-  let cell = '   '.s:rxSep()
-
-  for c in range(a:cols)
-    let row .= cell
-  endfor
-
-  return row
-endfunction
-
-
-function! s:create_row_sep(cols) abort
-  let row = s:rxSep()
-  let cell = '---'.s:rxSep()
-
-  for c in range(a:cols)
-    let row .= cell
-  endfor
-
-  return row
-endfunction
-
-
-function! vimwiki#tbl#get_cells(line, ...) abort
-  let result = []
-  let state = 'NONE'
-  let cell_start = 0
-  let quote_start = 0
-  let len = strlen(a:line) - 1
-
-  " 'Simple' FSM
-  while state !=# 'CELL'
-    if quote_start != 0 && state !=# 'CELL'
-      let state = 'CELL'
-    endif
-    for idx in range(quote_start, len)
-      " The only way I know Vim can do Unicode...
-      let ch = a:line[idx]
-      if state ==# 'NONE'
-        if ch ==# '|'
-          let cell_start = idx + 1
-          let state = 'CELL'
-        endif
-      elseif state ==# 'CELL'
-        if ch ==# '[' || ch ==# '{'
-          let state = 'BEFORE_QUOTE_START'
-          let quote_start = idx
-        elseif ch ==# '|'
-          let cell = strpart(a:line, cell_start, idx - cell_start)
-          if a:0 && a:1
-            let cell = substitute(cell, '^ \(.*\) $', '\1', '')
-          else
-            let cell = vimwiki#u#trim(cell)
-          endif
-          call add(result, cell)
-          let cell_start = idx + 1
-        endif
-      elseif state ==# 'BEFORE_QUOTE_START'
-        if ch ==# '[' || ch ==# '{'
-          let state = 'QUOTE'
-          let quote_start = idx
-        else
-          let state = 'CELL'
-        endif
-      elseif state ==# 'QUOTE'
-        if ch ==# ']' || ch ==# '}'
-          let state = 'BEFORE_QUOTE_END'
-        endif
-      elseif state ==# 'BEFORE_QUOTE_END'
-        if ch ==# ']' || ch ==# '}'
-          let state = 'CELL'
-        endif
-      endif
-    endfor
-    if state ==# 'NONE'
-      break
-    endif
-  endwhile
-
-  return result
-endfunction
-
-
-function! s:col_count(lnum) abort
-  return len(vimwiki#tbl#get_cells(getline(a:lnum)))
-endfunction
-
-
-function! s:get_indent(lnum, depth) abort
-  if !s:is_table(getline(a:lnum))
-    return
-  endif
-
-  let indent = 0
-
-  let lnum = a:lnum - 1
-  while lnum > 1
-    let line = getline(lnum)
-    if !s:is_table(line)
-      let indent = indent(lnum+1)
-      break
-    endif
-    let lnum -= 1
-    if a:depth > 0 && lnum < a:lnum - a:depth
-      break
-    endif
-  endwhile
-
-  return indent
-endfunction
-
-
-function! s:get_rows(lnum, ...) abort
-  if !s:is_table(getline(a:lnum))
-    return
-  endif
-
-  let rows = []
-
-  let lnum = a:lnum - 1
-  let depth = a:0 > 0 ? a:1 : 0
-  let ldepth = 0
-  while lnum >= 1 && (depth == 0 || ldepth < depth)
-    let line = getline(lnum)
-    if s:is_table(line)
-      call insert(rows, [lnum, line])
-    else
-      break
-    endif
-    let lnum -= 1
-    let ldepth += 1
-  endwhile
-
-  let lnum = a:lnum
-  while lnum <= line('$')
-    let line = getline(lnum)
-    if s:is_table(line)
-      call add(rows, [lnum, line])
-    else
-      break
-    endif
-    if depth > 0
-      break
-    endif
-    let lnum += 1
-  endwhile
-
-  return rows
-endfunction
-
-
-function! s:get_cell_aligns(lnum, ...) abort
-  let aligns = {}
-  let depth = a:0 > 0 ? a:1 : 0
-  for [lnum, row] in s:get_rows(a:lnum, depth)
-    if s:is_separator(row)
-      let cells = vimwiki#tbl#get_cells(row)
-      for idx in range(len(cells))
-        let cell = cells[idx]
-        if cell =~# '^--\+:'
-          let aligns[idx] = 'right'
-        elseif cell =~# '^:--\+:'
-          let aligns[idx] = 'center'
-        else
-          let aligns[idx] = 'left'
-        endif
-      endfor
-    else
-      let cells = vimwiki#tbl#get_cells(row)
-      for idx in range(len(cells))
-        if !has_key(aligns, idx)
-          let aligns[idx] = 'left'
-        endif
-      endfor
-    endif
-  endfor
-  return aligns
-endfunction
-
-
-function! s:get_cell_aligns_fast(rows) abort
-  let aligns = {}
-  let clen = 0
-  for [lnum, row] in a:rows
-    if s:is_separator(row)
-      return s:get_cell_aligns(lnum, 1)
-    endif
-    let cells = vimwiki#tbl#get_cells(row, 1)
-    let clen = len(cells)
-    for idx in range(clen)
-      let cell = cells[idx]
-      if !has_key(aligns, idx)
-        let cs = matchlist(cell, '^\(\s*\)[^[:space:]].\{-}\(\s*\)$')
-        if !empty(cs)
-          let lstart = len(cs[1])
-          let lend = len(cs[2])
-          if lstart > 0 && lend > 0
-            let aligns[idx] = 'center'
-          elseif lend > 0
-            let aligns[idx] = 'left'
-          elseif lstart > 0
-            let aligns[idx] = 'right'
-          endif
-        endif
-      endif
-    endfor
-  endfor
-  for idx in range(clen)
-    if !has_key(aligns, idx)
-      return {}
-    endif
-  endfor
-  return aligns
-endfunction
-
-
-function! s:get_cell_max_lens(lnum, ...) abort
-  let max_lens = {}
-  let rows = a:0 > 2 ? a:3 : s:get_rows(a:lnum)
-  for [lnum, row] in rows
-    if s:is_separator(row)
-      continue
-    endif
-    let cells = a:0 > 1 ? a:1[lnum - a:2] : vimwiki#tbl#get_cells(row)
-    for idx in range(len(cells))
-      let value = cells[idx]
-      if has_key(max_lens, idx)
-        let max_lens[idx] = max([s:wide_len(value), max_lens[idx]])
-      else
-        let max_lens[idx] = s:wide_len(value)
-      endif
-    endfor
-  endfor
-  return max_lens
-endfunction
-
-
-function! s:get_aligned_rows(lnum, col1, col2, depth) abort
-  let rows = []
-  let aligns = {}
-  let startlnum = 0
-  let cells = []
-  let max_lens = {}
-  let check_all = 1
-  if a:depth > 0
-    let rows = s:get_rows(a:lnum, a:depth)
-    let startlnum = rows[0][0]
-    let lrows = len(rows)
-    if lrows == a:depth + 1
-      let line = rows[-1][1]
-      if !s:is_separator(line)
-        let lcells = vimwiki#tbl#get_cells(line)
-        let lclen = len(lcells)
-        let lmax_lens = repeat([0], lclen)
-        let laligns = repeat(['left'], lclen)
-        let rows[-1][1] = s:fmt_row(lcells, lmax_lens, laligns, 0, 0)
-      endif
-      let i = 1
-      for [lnum, row] in rows
-        call add(cells, vimwiki#tbl#get_cells(row, i != lrows - 1))
-        let i += 1
-      endfor
-      let max_lens = s:get_cell_max_lens(a:lnum, cells, startlnum, rows)
-      " user option not to expand last call
-      if vimwiki#vars#get_global('table_reduce_last_col')
-        let last_index = keys(max_lens)[-1]
-        let max_lens[last_index] = 1
-      endif
-      let fst_lens = s:get_cell_max_lens(a:lnum, cells, startlnum, rows[0:0])
-      let check_all = max_lens != fst_lens
-      let aligns = s:get_cell_aligns_fast(rows[0:-2])
-      let rows[-1][1] = line
-    endif
-  endif
-  if check_all
-    " all the table must be re-formatted
-    let rows = s:get_rows(a:lnum)
-    let startlnum = rows[0][0]
-    let cells = []
-    for [lnum, row] in rows
-      call add(cells, vimwiki#tbl#get_cells(row))
-    endfor
-    let max_lens = s:get_cell_max_lens(a:lnum, cells, startlnum, rows)
-    " user option not to expand last call
-    if vimwiki#vars#get_global('table_reduce_last_col')
-      let last_index = keys(max_lens)[-1]
-      let max_lens[last_index] = 1
-    endif
-  endif
-  if empty(aligns)
-    let aligns = s:get_cell_aligns(a:lnum)
-  endif
-  let result = []
-  for [lnum, row] in rows
-    if s:is_separator(row)
-      let new_row = s:fmt_sep(max_lens, aligns, a:col1, a:col2)
-    else
-      let new_row = s:fmt_row(cells[lnum - startlnum], max_lens, aligns,  a:col1, a:col2)
-    endif
-    call add(result, [lnum, new_row])
-  endfor
-  return result
-endfunction
-
-
-" Number of the current column. Starts from 0.
-function! s:cur_column() abort
-  let line = getline('.')
-  if !s:is_table(line)
-    return -1
-  endif
-  " TODO: do we need conditional: if s:is_separator(line)
-
-  let curs_pos = col('.')
-  let mpos = match(line, s:rxSep(), 0)
-  let col = -1
-  while mpos < curs_pos && mpos != -1
-    let mpos = match(line, s:rxSep(), mpos+1)
-    if mpos != -1
-      let col += 1
-    endif
-  endwhile
-  return col
-endfunction
-
-
-function! s:fmt_cell(cell, max_len, align) abort
-  let cell = ' '.a:cell.' '
-
-  let diff = a:max_len - s:wide_len(a:cell)
-  if diff == 0 && empty(a:cell)
-    let diff = 1
-  endif
-  if a:align ==# 'left'
-    let cell .= repeat(' ', diff)
-  elseif a:align ==# 'right'
-    let cell = repeat(' ',diff).cell
-  else
-    let cell = repeat(' ',diff/2).cell.repeat(' ',diff-diff/2)
-  endif
-  return cell
-endfunction
-
-
-function! s:fmt_row(cells, max_lens, aligns, col1, col2) abort
-  let new_line = s:rxSep()
-  for idx in range(len(a:cells))
-    if idx == a:col1
-      let idx = a:col2
-    elseif idx == a:col2
-      let idx = a:col1
-    endif
-    let value = a:cells[idx]
-    let new_line .= s:fmt_cell(value, a:max_lens[idx], a:aligns[idx]).s:rxSep()
-  endfor
-
-  let idx = len(a:cells)
-  while idx < len(a:max_lens)
-    let new_line .= s:fmt_cell('', a:max_lens[idx], a:aligns[idx]).s:rxSep()
-    let idx += 1
-  endwhile
-  return new_line
-endfunction
-
-
-function! s:fmt_cell_sep(max_len, align) abort
-  let cell = ''
-  if a:max_len == 0
-    let cell .= '-'
-  else
-    let cell .= repeat('-', a:max_len)
-  endif
-  if a:align ==# 'right'
-    return cell.'-:'
-  elseif a:align ==# 'left'
-    return cell.'--'
-  else
-    return ':'.cell.':'
-  endif
-endfunction
-
-
-function! s:fmt_sep(max_lens, aligns, col1, col2) abort
-  let new_line = s:rxSep()
-  for idx in range(len(a:max_lens))
-    if idx == a:col1
-      let idx = a:col2
-    elseif idx == a:col2
-      let idx = a:col1
-    endif
-    let new_line .= s:fmt_cell_sep(a:max_lens[idx], a:aligns[idx]).s:rxSep()
-  endfor
-  return new_line
-endfunction
-
-
-function! s:kbd_create_new_row(cols, goto_first) abort
-  let cmd = "\o".s:create_empty_row(a:cols)
-  let cmd .= "\:call vimwiki#tbl#format(line('.'), 2)\"
-  let cmd .= "\0"
-  if a:goto_first
-    let cmd .= ":call search('\\(".s:rxSep()."\\)\\zs', 'c', line('.'))\"
-  else
-    let cmd .= (col('.')-1).'l'
-    let cmd .= ":call search('\\(".s:rxSep()."\\)\\zs', 'bc', line('.'))\"
-  endif
-  let cmd .= 'a'
-
-  return cmd
-endfunction
-
-
-function! s:kbd_goto_next_row() abort
-  let cmd = "\j"
-  let cmd .= ":call search('.\\(".s:rxSep()."\\)', 'c', line('.'))\"
-  let cmd .= ":call search('\\(".s:rxSep()."\\)\\zs', 'bc', line('.'))\"
-  let cmd .= 'a'
-  return cmd
-endfunction
-
-
-function! s:kbd_goto_prev_row() abort
-  let cmd = "\k"
-  let cmd .= ":call search('.\\(".s:rxSep()."\\)', 'c', line('.'))\"
-  let cmd .= ":call search('\\(".s:rxSep()."\\)\\zs', 'bc', line('.'))\"
-  let cmd .= 'a'
-  return cmd
-endfunction
-
-
-" Used in s:kbd_goto_next_col
-function! vimwiki#tbl#goto_next_col() abort
-  let curcol = virtcol('.')
-  let lnum = line('.')
-  let depth = 2
-  let newcol = s:get_indent(lnum, depth)
-  let rows = s:get_rows(lnum, depth)
-  let startlnum = rows[0][0]
-  let cells = []
-  for [lnum, row] in rows
-    call add(cells, vimwiki#tbl#get_cells(row, 1))
-  endfor
-  let max_lens = s:get_cell_max_lens(lnum, cells, startlnum, rows)
-  for cell_len in values(max_lens)
-    if newcol >= curcol-1
-      break
-    endif
-    let newcol += cell_len + 3 " +3 == 2 spaces + 1 separator |...
-  endfor
-  let newcol += 2 " +2 == 1 separator + 1 space |...
-    if newcol + delta > curcol-1
-      let newcol -= (prev_cell_len + 3) " +3 == 2 spaces + 1 separator |...
-      break
-    elseif newcol + delta == curcol-1
-      break
-    endif
-    let prev_cell_len = cell_len
-    let newcol += delta
-  endfor
-  let newcol += 2 " +2 == 1 separator + 1 space |"
-  " let cmd .= "a"
-  "echomsg "DEBUG kbd_goto_prev_col> ".cmd
-  return cmd
-endfunction
-
-
-function! vimwiki#tbl#kbd_cr() abort
-  let lnum = line('.')
-  if !s:is_table(getline(lnum))
-    return ''
-  endif
-
-  if s:is_separator(getline(lnum+1)) || !s:is_table(getline(lnum+1))
-    let cols = len(vimwiki#tbl#get_cells(getline(lnum)))
-    return s:kbd_create_new_row(cols, 0)
-  else
-    return s:kbd_goto_next_row()
-  endif
-endfunction
-
-
-function! vimwiki#tbl#kbd_tab() abort
-  let lnum = line('.')
-  if !s:is_table(getline(lnum))
-    return "\"
-  endif
-
-  let last = s:is_last_column(lnum, col('.'))
-  let is_sep = s:is_separator_tail(getline(lnum))
-  "echomsg "DEBUG kbd_tab> last=".last.", is_sep=".is_sep
-  if (is_sep || last) && !s:is_table(getline(lnum+1))
-    let cols = len(vimwiki#tbl#get_cells(getline(lnum)))
-    return s:kbd_create_new_row(cols, 1)
-  endif
-  return s:kbd_goto_next_col(is_sep || last)
-endfunction
-
-
-function! vimwiki#tbl#kbd_shift_tab() abort
-  let lnum = line('.')
-  if !s:is_table(getline(lnum))
-    return "\"
-  endif
-
-  let first = s:is_first_column(lnum, col('.'))
-  let is_sep = s:is_separator_tail(getline(lnum))
-  "echomsg "DEBUG kbd_tab> ".first
-  if (is_sep || first) && !s:is_table(getline(lnum-1))
-    return ''
-  endif
-  return s:kbd_goto_prev_col(is_sep || first)
-endfunction
-
-
-function! vimwiki#tbl#format(lnum, ...) abort
-  if !vimwiki#u#ft_is_vw()
-    return
-  endif
-  let line = getline(a:lnum)
-  if !s:is_table(line)
-    return
-  endif
-
-  let depth = a:0 == 1 ? a:1 : 0
-
-  if a:0 == 2
-    let col1 = a:1
-    let col2 = a:2
-  else
-    let col1 = 0
-    let col2 = 0
-  endif
-
-  let indent = s:get_indent(a:lnum, depth)
-  if &expandtab
-    let indentstring = repeat(' ', indent)
-  else
-    execute "let indentstring = repeat('\', indent / &tabstop) . repeat(' ', indent % &tabstop)"
-  endif
-
-  " getting N = depth last rows is enough for having been formatted tables
-  for [lnum, row] in s:get_aligned_rows(a:lnum, col1, col2, depth)
-    let row = indentstring.row
-    if getline(lnum) != row
-      call setline(lnum, row)
-    endif
-  endfor
-
-  let &textwidth = s:textwidth
-endfunction
-
-
-function! vimwiki#tbl#create(...) abort
-  if a:0 > 1
-    let cols = a:1
-    let rows = a:2
-  elseif a:0 == 1
-    let cols = a:1
-    let rows = 2
-  elseif a:0 == 0
-    let cols = 5
-    let rows = 2
-  endif
-
-  if cols < 1
-    let cols = 5
-  endif
-
-  if rows < 1
-    let rows = 2
-  endif
-
-  let lines = []
-  let row = s:create_empty_row(cols)
-
-  call add(lines, row)
-  if rows > 1
-    call add(lines, s:create_row_sep(cols))
-  endif
-
-  for r in range(rows - 1)
-    call add(lines, row)
-  endfor
-
-  call append(line('.'), lines)
-endfunction
-
-
-function! vimwiki#tbl#align_or_cmd(cmd, ...) abort
-  if s:is_table(getline('.'))
-    call call('vimwiki#tbl#format', [line('.')] + a:000)
-  else
-    exe 'normal! '.a:cmd
-  endif
-endfunction
-
-
-function! vimwiki#tbl#reset_tw(lnum) abort
-  if !vimwiki#u#ft_is_vw()
-    return
-  endif
-  let line = getline(a:lnum)
-  if !s:is_table(line)
-    return
-  endif
-
-  let s:textwidth = &textwidth
-  let &textwidth = 0
-endfunction
-
-
-" TODO: move_column_left and move_column_right are good candidates to be refactored.
-function! vimwiki#tbl#move_column_left() abort
-
-  "echomsg "DEBUG move_column_left: "
-
-  let line = getline('.')
-
-  if !s:is_table(line)
-    return
-  endif
-
-  let cur_col = s:cur_column()
-  if cur_col == -1
-    return
-  endif
-
-  if cur_col > 0
-    call vimwiki#tbl#format(line('.'), cur_col-1, cur_col)
-    call cursor(line('.'), 1)
-
-    let sep = '\('.s:rxSep().'\).\zs'
-    let mpos = -1
-    let col = -1
-    while col < cur_col-1
-      let mpos = match(line, sep, mpos+1)
-      if mpos != -1
-        let col += 1
-      else
-        break
-      endif
-    endwhile
-
-  endif
-endfunction
-
-
-function! vimwiki#tbl#move_column_right() abort
-
-  let line = getline('.')
-
-  if !s:is_table(line)
-    return
-  endif
-
-  let cur_col = s:cur_column()
-  if cur_col == -1
-    return
-  endif
-
-  if cur_col < s:col_count(line('.'))-1
-    call vimwiki#tbl#format(line('.'), cur_col, cur_col+1)
-    call cursor(line('.'), 1)
-
-    let sep = '\('.s:rxSep().'\).\zs'
-    let mpos = -1
-    let col = -1
-    while col < cur_col+1
-      let mpos = match(line, sep, mpos+1)
-      if mpos != -1
-        let col += 1
-      else
-        break
-      endif
-    endwhile
-  endif
-endfunction
-
-
-function! vimwiki#tbl#get_rows(lnum) abort
-  return s:get_rows(a:lnum)
-endfunction
-
-
-function! vimwiki#tbl#is_table(line) abort
-  return s:is_table(a:line)
-endfunction
-
-
-function! vimwiki#tbl#is_separator(line) abort
-  return s:is_separator(a:line)
-endfunction
-
-
-function! vimwiki#tbl#cell_splitter() abort
-  return s:cell_splitter()
-endfunction
-
-
-function! vimwiki#tbl#sep_splitter() abort
-  return s:sep_splitter()
-endfunction
-
diff --git a/pack/acp/start/vimwiki/autoload/vimwiki/u.vim b/pack/acp/start/vimwiki/autoload/vimwiki/u.vim
deleted file mode 100644
index 08bc896..0000000
--- a/pack/acp/start/vimwiki/autoload/vimwiki/u.vim
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,157 +0,0 @@
-" vim:tabstop=2:shiftwidth=2:expandtab:textwidth=99
-" Vimwiki autoload plugin file
-" Description: Utility functions
-" Home: https://github.com/vimwiki/vimwiki/
-
-
-" Execute: string v:count times
-function! vimwiki#u#count_exe(cmd) abort
-    for i in range( max([1, v:count]) )
-        exe a:cmd
-    endfor
-endfunction
-
-
-function! vimwiki#u#trim(string, ...) abort
-  let chars = ''
-  if a:0 > 0
-    let chars = a:1
-  endif
-  let res = substitute(a:string, '^[[:space:]'.chars.']\+', '', '')
-  let res = substitute(res, '[[:space:]'.chars.']\+$', '', '')
-  return res
-endfunction
-
-
-" Builtin cursor doesn't work right with unicode characters.
-function! vimwiki#u#cursor(lnum, cnum) abort
-  exe a:lnum
-  exe 'normal! 0'.a:cnum.'|'
-endfunction
-
-
-" Returns: OS name, human readable
-function! vimwiki#u#os_name() abort
-  if vimwiki#u#is_windows()
-    return 'Windows'
-  elseif vimwiki#u#is_macos()
-    return 'Mac'
-  else
-    return 'Linux'
-  endif
-endfunction
-
-
-function! vimwiki#u#is_windows() abort
-  return has('win32') || has('win64') || has('win95') || has('win16')
-endfunction
-
-
-function! vimwiki#u#is_macos() abort
-  if has('mac') || has('macunix') || has('gui_mac')
-    return 1
-  endif
-  " that still doesn't mean we are not on Mac OS
-  let os = substitute(system('uname'), '\n', '', '')
-  return os ==? 'Darwin' || os ==? 'Mac'
-endfunction
-
-
-function! vimwiki#u#count_first_sym(line) abort
-  let first_sym = matchstr(a:line, '\S')
-  return len(matchstr(a:line, first_sym.'\+'))
-endfunction
-
-
-function! vimwiki#u#escape(string) abort
-  return escape(a:string, '~.*[]\^$')
-endfunction
-
-
-" Load concrete Wiki syntax: sets regexes and templates for headers and links
-function! vimwiki#u#reload_regexes() abort
-  execute 'runtime! syntax/vimwiki_'.vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('syntax').'.vim'
-endfunction
-
-
-" Load syntax-specific functionality
-function! vimwiki#u#reload_regexes_custom() abort
-  execute 'runtime! syntax/vimwiki_'.vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('syntax').'_custom.vim'
-endfunction
-
-
-" Backward compatible version of the built-in function shiftwidth()
-if exists('*shiftwidth')
-  function! vimwiki#u#sw() abort
-    return shiftwidth()
-  endfunc
-else
-  function! vimwiki#u#sw() abort
-    return &shiftwidth
-  endfunc
-endif
-
-" a:mode single character indicating the mode as defined by :h maparg
-" a:key the key sequence to map
-" a:plug the plug command the key sequence should be mapped to
-" a:1 optional argument with the following functionality:
-"   if a:1==1 then the hasmapto() check is skipped.
-"     this can be used to map different keys to the same  definition
-"   if a:1==2 then the mapping is not  specific i.e. it is global
-function! vimwiki#u#map_key(mode, key, plug, ...) abort
-  if a:0 && a:1 == 2
-    " global mappings
-    if !hasmapto(a:plug) && maparg(a:key, a:mode) ==# ''
-      exe a:mode . 'map ' . a:key . ' ' . a:plug
-    endif
-  elseif a:0 && a:1 == 1
-      " vimwiki buffer mappings, repeat mapping to the same  definition
-      exe a:mode . 'map  ' . a:key . ' ' . a:plug
-  else
-    " vimwiki buffer mappings
-    if !hasmapto(a:plug)
-      exe a:mode . 'map  ' . a:key . ' ' . a:plug
-    endif
-  endif
-endfunction
-
-
-" returns 1 if line is a code block or math block
-"
-" The last two conditions are needed for this to correctly
-" detect nested syntaxes within code blocks
-function! vimwiki#u#is_codeblock(lnum) abort
-  let syn_g = synIDattr(synID(a:lnum,1,1),'name')
-  if  syn_g =~# 'Vimwiki\(Pre.*\|IndentedCodeBlock\|Math.*\)'
-        \ || (syn_g !~# 'Vimwiki.*' && syn_g !=? '')
-    return 1
-  else
-    return 0
-  endif
-endfunction
-
-" Sets the filetype to vimwiki
-" If g:vimwiki_filetypes variable is set
-" the filetype will be vimwiki.. etc.
-function! vimwiki#u#ft_set() abort
-  let ftypelist = vimwiki#vars#get_global('filetypes')
-  let ftype = 'vimwiki'
-  for ftypeadd in ftypelist
-    let ftype = ftype . '.' . ftypeadd
-  endfor
-  let &filetype = ftype
-endfunction
-
-" Returns: 1 if filetype is vimwiki, 0 else
-" If multiple fileytpes are in use 1 is returned only if the
-" first ft is vimwiki which should always be the case unless
-" the user manually changes it to something else
-function! vimwiki#u#ft_is_vw() abort
-  " Clause: is filetype defined
-  if &filetype ==# '' | return 0 | endif
-  if split(&filetype, '\.')[0] ==? 'vimwiki'
-    return 1
-  else
-    return 0
-  endif
-endfunction
diff --git a/pack/acp/start/vimwiki/autoload/vimwiki/vars.vim b/pack/acp/start/vimwiki/autoload/vimwiki/vars.vim
deleted file mode 100644
index f98ddef..0000000
--- a/pack/acp/start/vimwiki/autoload/vimwiki/vars.vim
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,984 +0,0 @@
-" vim:tabstop=2:shiftwidth=2:expandtab:textwidth=99
-" Vimwiki autoload plugin file
-" Home: https://github.com/vimwiki/vimwiki/
-
-
-
-" ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-" This file provides functions to manage the various state variables which are needed during a
-" Vimwiki session.
-" They consist of:
-"
-" - global variables. These are stored in the dict g:vimwiki_global_vars. They consist mainly of
-"   global user variables and syntax stuff which is the same for every syntax.
-"
-" - wiki-local variables. They are stored in g:vimwiki_wikilocal_vars which is a list of
-"   dictionaries, one dict for every registered wiki. The last dictionary contains default values
-"   (used for temporary wikis).
-"
-" - syntax variables. Stored in the dict g:vimwiki_syntax_variables which holds all the regexes and
-"   other stuff which is needed for highlighting.
-"
-" - buffer-local variables. They are stored as buffer variables directly (b:foo)
-
-" As a developer, you should, if possible, only use the get_ and set_ functions for these types of
-" variables, not the underlying dicts!
-" ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-function! s:populate_global_variables() abort
-
-  let g:vimwiki_global_vars = {}
-
-  call s:read_global_settings_from_user()
-  call s:normalize_global_settings()
-
-  " non-configurable global variables:
-
-  " Scheme regexes must be defined even if syntax file is not loaded yet cause users should be
-  " able to ww without opening any vimwiki file first
-  let g:vimwiki_global_vars.schemes = join(['wiki\d\+', 'diary', 'local'], '\|')
-  let g:vimwiki_global_vars.web_schemes1 = join(['http', 'https', 'file', 'ftp', 'gopher',
-        \ 'telnet', 'nntp', 'ldap', 'rsync', 'imap', 'pop', 'irc', 'ircs', 'cvs', 'svn', 'svn+ssh',
-        \ 'git', 'ssh', 'fish', 'sftp'], '\|')
-  let web_schemes2 =
-        \ join(['mailto', 'news', 'xmpp', 'sip', 'sips', 'doi', 'urn', 'tel', 'data'], '\|')
-
-  let g:vimwiki_global_vars.rxSchemes = '\%('.
-        \ g:vimwiki_global_vars.schemes . '\|'.
-        \ g:vimwiki_global_vars.web_schemes1 . '\|'.
-        \ web_schemes2 .
-        \ '\)'
-
-  " match URL for common protocols; see http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/URI_scheme
-  " http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3986
-  let rxWebProtocols =
-        \ '\%('.
-          \ '\%('.
-            \ '\%('.g:vimwiki_global_vars.web_schemes1 . '\):'.
-            \ '\%(//\)'.
-          \ '\)'.
-        \ '\|'.
-          \ '\%('.web_schemes2.'\):'.
-        \ '\)'
-
-  let g:vimwiki_global_vars.rxWeblinkUrl = rxWebProtocols . '\S\{-1,}'. '\%(([^ \t()]*)\)\='
-
-  let wikilink_prefix = '[['
-  let wikilink_suffix = ']]'
-  let wikilink_separator = '|'
-  let g:vimwiki_global_vars.rx_wikilink_prefix = vimwiki#u#escape(wikilink_prefix)
-  let g:vimwiki_global_vars.rx_wikilink_suffix = vimwiki#u#escape(wikilink_suffix)
-  let g:vimwiki_global_vars.rx_wikilink_separator = vimwiki#u#escape(wikilink_separator)
-
-  " templates for the creation of wiki links
-  " [[URL]]
-  let g:vimwiki_global_vars.WikiLinkTemplate1 = wikilink_prefix . '__LinkUrl__'. wikilink_suffix
-  " [[URL|DESCRIPTION]]
-  let g:vimwiki_global_vars.WikiLinkTemplate2 = wikilink_prefix . '__LinkUrl__'. wikilink_separator
-        \ . '__LinkDescription__' . wikilink_suffix
-
-  let valid_chars = '[^\\\]]'
-  let g:vimwiki_global_vars.rxWikiLinkUrl = valid_chars.'\{-}'
-  let g:vimwiki_global_vars.rxWikiLinkDescr = valid_chars.'\{-}'
-
-  " this regexp defines what can form a link when the user presses  in the
-  " buffer (and not on a link) to create a link
-  " basically, it's Ascii alphanumeric characters plus #|./@-_~ plus all
-  " non-Ascii characters, except that . is not accepted as the last character
-  " TODO look behind for . reduces the second part of the regex that is the same with '.' added
-  let g:vimwiki_global_vars.rxWord = '[^[:blank:]!"$%&''()*+,:;<=>?\[\]\\^`{}]*[^[:blank:]!"$%&''()*+.,:;<=>?\[\]\\^`{}]'
-
-  let g:vimwiki_global_vars.rx_wikilink_prefix1 = g:vimwiki_global_vars.rx_wikilink_prefix .
-        \ g:vimwiki_global_vars.rxWikiLinkUrl . g:vimwiki_global_vars.rx_wikilink_separator
-  let g:vimwiki_global_vars.rx_wikilink_suffix1 = g:vimwiki_global_vars.rx_wikilink_suffix
-
-  let g:vimwiki_global_vars.rxWikiInclPrefix = '{{'
-  let g:vimwiki_global_vars.rxWikiInclSuffix = '}}'
-  let g:vimwiki_global_vars.rxWikiInclSeparator = '|'
-  " '{{__LinkUrl__}}'
-  let g:vimwiki_global_vars.WikiInclTemplate1 = g:vimwiki_global_vars.rxWikiInclPrefix
-        \ .'__LinkUrl__'. g:vimwiki_global_vars.rxWikiInclSuffix
-  " '{{__LinkUrl____LinkDescription__}}'
-  let g:vimwiki_global_vars.WikiInclTemplate2 = g:vimwiki_global_vars.rxWikiInclPrefix
-        \ . '__LinkUrl__' . g:vimwiki_global_vars.rxWikiInclSeparator . '__LinkDescription__'
-        \ . g:vimwiki_global_vars.rxWikiInclSuffix
-
-  let valid_chars = '[^\\\}]'
-  let g:vimwiki_global_vars.rxWikiInclUrl = valid_chars.'\{-}'
-  let g:vimwiki_global_vars.rxWikiInclArg = valid_chars.'\{-}'
-  let g:vimwiki_global_vars.rxWikiInclArgs = '\%('. g:vimwiki_global_vars.rxWikiInclSeparator.
-        \ g:vimwiki_global_vars.rxWikiInclArg. '\)'.'\{-}'
-
-  " *. {{URL}[{...}]}  - i.e.  {{URL}}, {{URL|ARG1}}, {{URL|ARG1|ARG2}}, etc.
-  " *a) match {{URL}[{...}]}
-  let g:vimwiki_global_vars.rxWikiIncl = g:vimwiki_global_vars.rxWikiInclPrefix.
-        \ g:vimwiki_global_vars.rxWikiInclUrl.
-        \ g:vimwiki_global_vars.rxWikiInclArgs. g:vimwiki_global_vars.rxWikiInclSuffix
-  " *b) match URL within {{URL}[{...}]}
-  let g:vimwiki_global_vars.rxWikiInclMatchUrl = g:vimwiki_global_vars.rxWikiInclPrefix.
-        \ '\zs'. g:vimwiki_global_vars.rxWikiInclUrl . '\ze'.
-        \ g:vimwiki_global_vars.rxWikiInclArgs . g:vimwiki_global_vars.rxWikiInclSuffix
-
-  let g:vimwiki_global_vars.rxWikiInclPrefix1 = g:vimwiki_global_vars.rxWikiInclPrefix.
-        \ g:vimwiki_global_vars.rxWikiInclUrl . g:vimwiki_global_vars.rxWikiInclSeparator
-  let g:vimwiki_global_vars.rxWikiInclSuffix1 = g:vimwiki_global_vars.rxWikiInclArgs.
-        \ g:vimwiki_global_vars.rxWikiInclSuffix
-
-  let g:vimwiki_global_vars.rxTodo = '\C\<\%(TODO\|DONE\|STARTED\|FIXME\|FIXED\|XXX\)\>'
-
-  " default colors when headers of different levels are highlighted differently
-  " not making it yet another option; needed by ColorScheme autocommand
-  let g:vimwiki_global_vars.hcolor_guifg_light = ['#aa5858', '#507030', '#1030a0', '#103040'
-        \ , '#505050', '#636363']
-  let g:vimwiki_global_vars.hcolor_ctermfg_light = ['DarkRed', 'DarkGreen', 'DarkBlue', 'Black'
-        \ , 'Black', 'Black']
-  let g:vimwiki_global_vars.hcolor_guifg_dark = ['#e08090', '#80e090', '#6090e0', '#c0c0f0'
-        \ , '#e0e0f0', '#f0f0f0']
-  let g:vimwiki_global_vars.hcolor_ctermfg_dark = ['Red', 'Green', 'Blue', 'White', 'White'
-        \ , 'White']
-endfunction
-
-
-function! s:read_global_settings_from_user() abort
-  let global_settings = {
-        \ 'CJK_length': {'type': type(0), 'default': 0, 'min': 0, 'max': 1},
-        \ 'auto_chdir': {'type': type(0), 'default': 0, 'min': 0, 'max': 1},
-        \ 'auto_header': {'type': type(0), 'default': 0, 'min': 0, 'max': 1},
-        \ 'autowriteall': {'type': type(0), 'default': 1, 'min': 0, 'max': 1},
-        \ 'conceallevel': {'type': type(0), 'default': 2, 'min': 0, 'max': 3},
-        \ 'conceal_onechar_markers': {'type': type(0), 'default': 1, 'min': 0, 'max': 1},
-        \ 'conceal_pre': {'type': type(0), 'default': 0, 'min': 0, 'max': 1},
-        \ 'create_link': {'type': type(0), 'default': 1, 'min':0, 'max': 1},
-        \ 'diary_months': {'type': type({}), 'default':
-        \   {
-        \     1: 'January', 2: 'February', 3: 'March',
-        \     4: 'April', 5: 'May', 6: 'June',
-        \     7: 'July', 8: 'August', 9: 'September',
-        \     10: 'October', 11: 'November', 12: 'December'
-        \   }},
-        \ 'dir_link': {'type': type(''), 'default': ''},
-        \ 'ext2syntax': {'type': type({}), 'default': {'.md': 'markdown', '.mkdn': 'markdown',
-        \     '.mdwn': 'markdown', '.mdown': 'markdown', '.markdown': 'markdown', '.mw': 'media'}},
-        \ 'folding': {'type': type(''), 'default': '', 'possible_values': ['', 'expr', 'syntax',
-        \     'list', 'custom', ':quick', 'expr:quick', 'syntax:quick', 'list:quick',
-        \     'custom:quick']},
-        \ 'filetypes': {'type': type([]), 'default': []},
-        \ 'global_ext': {'type': type(0), 'default': 1, 'min': 0, 'max': 1},
-        \ 'hl_cb_checked': {'type': type(0), 'default': 0, 'min': 0, 'max': 2},
-        \ 'hl_headers': {'type': type(0), 'default': 0, 'min': 0, 'max': 1},
-        \ 'html_header_numbering': {'type': type(0), 'default': 0, 'min': 0, 'max': 6},
-        \ 'html_header_numbering_sym': {'type': type(''), 'default': ''},
-        \ 'key_mappings': {'type': type({}), 'default':
-        \   {
-        \     'all_maps': 1, 'global': 1, 'headers': 1, 'text_objs': 1,
-        \     'table_format': 1, 'table_mappings': 1, 'lists': 1, 'links': 1,
-        \     'html': 1, 'mouse': 0,
-        \   }},
-        \ 'list_ignore_newline': {'type': type(0), 'default': 1, 'min': 0, 'max': 1},
-        \ 'text_ignore_newline': {'type': type(0), 'default': 1, 'min': 0, 'max': 1},
-        \ 'links_header': {'type': type(''), 'default': 'Generated Links', 'min_length': 1},
-        \ 'links_header_level': {'type': type(0), 'default': 1, 'min': 1, 'max': 6},
-        \ 'listsyms': {'type': type(''), 'default': ' .oOX', 'min_length': 2},
-        \ 'listsym_rejected': {'type': type(''), 'default': '-', 'length': 1},
-        \ 'map_prefix': {'type': type(''), 'default': 'w'},
-        \ 'markdown_header_style': {'type': type(0), 'default': 1, 'min':0, 'max': 2},
-        \ 'markdown_link_ext': {'type': type(0), 'default': 0, 'min': 0, 'max': 1},
-        \ 'menu': {'type': type(''), 'default': 'Vimwiki'},
-        \ 'table_auto_fmt': {'type': type(0), 'default': 1, 'min': 0, 'max': 1},
-        \ 'table_reduce_last_col': {'type': type(0), 'default': 0, 'min': 0, 'max': 1},
-        \ 'table_mappings': {'type': type(0), 'default': 1, 'min': 0, 'max': 1},
-        \ 'tags_header': {'type': type(''), 'default': 'Generated Tags', 'min_length': 1},
-        \ 'tags_header_level': {'type': type(0), 'default': 1, 'min': 1, 'max': 5},
-        \ 'toc_header': {'type': type(''), 'default': 'Contents', 'min_length': 1},
-        \ 'toc_header_level': {'type': type(0), 'default': 1, 'min': 1, 'max': 6},
-        \ 'toc_link_format': {'type': type(0), 'default': 0, 'min': 0, 'max': 1},
-        \ 'url_maxsave': {'type': type(0), 'default': 15, 'min': 0},
-        \ 'use_calendar': {'type': type(0), 'default': 1, 'min': 0, 'max': 1},
-        \ 'use_mouse': {'type': type(0), 'default': 0, 'min': 0, 'max': 1},
-        \ 'user_htmls': {'type': type(''), 'default': ''},
-        \ 'valid_html_tags': {'type': type(''), 'default':
-        \   'b,i,s,u,sub,sup,kbd,br,hr,div,center,strong,em'},
-        \ 'w32_dir_enc': {'type': type(''), 'default': ''},
-        \ }
-
-  " copy the user's settings from variables of the form g:vimwiki_
-  
-  [Id]: URL
-
-then the URL is opened with the system default handler.  Otherwise, Vimwiki
-treats the reference-style link as a Wikilink, interpreting the Id field as a
-wiki page name.
-
-Highlighting of existing links when |vimwiki-option-maxhi| is activated
-identifies links whose Id field is not defined, either as a reference-link or
-as a wiki page.
-
-To scan the page for new or changed definitions for reference-links, simply
-re-open the page ":e".
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-5.3. Headers                                          *vimwiki-syntax-headers*
-
-= Header level 1 =~
-By default all headers are highlighted using |hl-Title| highlight group.
-
-== Header level 2 ==~
-You can set up different colors for each header level: >
-  :hi VimwikiHeader1 guifg=#FF0000
-  :hi VimwikiHeader2 guifg=#00FF00
-  :hi VimwikiHeader3 guifg=#0000FF
-  :hi VimwikiHeader4 guifg=#FF00FF
-  :hi VimwikiHeader5 guifg=#00FFFF
-  :hi VimwikiHeader6 guifg=#FFFF00
-Set up colors for all 6 header levels or none at all.
-
-=== Header level 3 ===~
-==== Header level 4 ====~
-===== Header level 5 =====~
-====== Header level 6 ======~
-
-
-You can center your headers in HTML by placing spaces before the first '=':
-                     = Centered Header L1 =~
-
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-5.4. Paragraphs                                    *vimwiki-syntax-paragraphs*
-
-A paragraph is a group of lines starting in column 1 (no indentation).
-Paragraphs are separated by a blank line:
-
-This is first paragraph
-with two lines.
-
-This is a second paragraph with
-two lines.
-
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-5.5. Lists                                              *vimwiki-syntax-lists*
-
-Unordered lists: >
-  - Bulleted list item 1
-  - Bulleted list item 2
-or: >
-  * Bulleted list item 1
-  * Bulleted list item 2
-
-
-Ordered lists: >
-  1. Numbered list item 1
-  2. Numbered list item 2
-  3. Numbered list item 3
-or: >
-  1) Numbered list item 1
-  2) Numbered list item 2
-  3) Numbered list item 3
-or: >
-  a) Numbered list item 1
-  b) Numbered list item 2
-  c) Numbered list item 3
-or: >
-  A) Numbered list item 1
-  B) Numbered list item 2
-  C) Numbered list item 3
-or: >
-  i) Numbered list item 1
-  ii) Numbered list item 2
-  iii) Numbered list item 3
-or: >
-  I) Numbered list item 1
-  II) Numbered list item 2
-  III) Numbered list item 3
-or: >
-  # Bulleted list item 1
-  # the # become numbers when converted to HTML
-
-Note that a space after the list item symbols (-, *, 1. etc.) is essential.
-
-You can nest and mix the various types: >
-  - Bulleted list item 1
-  - Bulleted list item 2
-    a) Numbered list sub item 1
-    b) more ...
-      * and more ...
-      * ...
-    c) Numbered list sub item 3
-      1. Numbered list sub sub item 1
-      2. Numbered list sub sub item 2
-    d) etc.
-  - Bulleted list item 3
-
-List items can span multiple lines: >
-  * Item 1
-    Item 1 continued line.
-    Item 1 next continued line.
-  * Item 2
-    - Sub item 1
-      Sub item 1 continued line.
-      Sub item 1 next continued line.
-    - Sub item 2
-    - etc.
-    Continuation of Item 2
-    Next continuation of Item 2
-
-
-Definition lists: >
-  Term 1:: Definition 1
-  Term 2::
-  :: Definition 2
-  :: Definition 3
-
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-5.6. Tables                                            *vimwiki-syntax-tables*
-
-Tables are created by entering the content of each cell separated by |
-delimiters. You can insert other inline wiki syntax in table cells, including
-typeface formatting and links.
-For example: >
-
- | Year | Temperature (low) | Temperature (high) |
- |------|-------------------|--------------------|
- | 1900 | -10               | 25                 |
- | 1910 | -15               | 30                 |
- | 1920 | -10               | 32                 |
- | 1930 | _N/A_             | _N/A_              |
- | 1940 | -2                | 40                 |
->
-
-In HTML the following part >
- | Year | Temperature (low) | Temperature (high) |
- |------|-------------------|--------------------|
->
-is highlighted as a table header.
-
-If you indent a table then it will be centered in HTML.
-
-If you put > in a cell, the cell spans the left column.
-If you put \/ in a cell, the cell spans the above row.
-For example: >
-
- | a  | b  | c | d |
- | \/ | e  | > | f |
- | \/ | \/ | > | g |
- | h  | >  | > | > |
->
-
-See |vimwiki-tables| for more details on how to manage tables.
-
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-5.7. Preformatted text                           *vimwiki-syntax-preformatted*
-
-Use {{{ and }}} to define a block of preformatted text:
-{{{ >
-  Tyger! Tyger! burning bright
-   In the forests of the night,
-    What immortal hand or eye
-     Could frame thy fearful symmetry?
-  In what distant deeps or skies
-   Burnt the fire of thine eyes?
-    On what wings dare he aspire?
-     What the hand dare sieze the fire?
-}}}
-
-
-You can add optional information after the {{{: >
-{{{class="brush: python" >
- def hello(world):
-     for x in range(10):
-         print("Hello {0} number {1}".format(world, x))
-}}}
-
-Result of HTML export: >
- 
    - def hello(world):
-     for x in range(10):
-         print("Hello {0} number {1}".format(world, x))
- 
    
-
-This might be useful for coloring program code with external JS tools
-such as Google's syntax highlighter.
-
-You can setup Vimwiki to highlight code snippets in preformatted text.
-See |vimwiki-option-nested_syntaxes| and
-|vimwiki-option-automatic_nested_syntaxes|.
-
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-5.8. Mathematical formulae                              *vimwiki-syntax-math*
-
-Mathematical formulae are highlighted, and can be rendered in HTML using the
-powerful open source display engine MathJax (http://www.mathjax.org/).
-
-There are three supported syntaxes, which are inline, block display and
-block environment.
-
-Inline math is for short formulae within text. It is enclosed by single
-dollar signs, e.g.:
- $ \sum_i a_i^2 = 1 $
-
-Block display creates a centered formula with some spacing before and after
-it. It must start with a line including only {{$, then an arbitrary number
-of mathematical text are allowed, and it must end with a line including only
-}}$.
-E.g.:
- {{$
- \sum_i a_i^2
- =
- 1
- }}$
-
-Note: no matter how many lines are used in the text file, the HTML will
-compress it to one line only.
-
-Block environment is similar to block display, but is able to use specific
-LaTeX environments, such as 'align'. The syntax is the same as for block
-display, except for the first line which is {{$%environment%.
-E.g.:
- {{$%align%
- \sum_i a_i^2 &= 1 + 1 \\
- &= 2.
- }}$
-
-Similar compression rules for the HTML page hold (as MathJax interprets the
-LaTeX code).
-
-Note: the highlighting in Vim is automatic. For the rendering in HTML, you
-have two alternative options:
-
-1. installing MathJax locally (Recommended: faster, no internet required).
-Choose a folder on your hard drive and save MathJax in it. Then add to your
-HTML template the following line:
-
-
-
-where  is the folder on your HD, as a relative path to the
-template folder. For instance, a sensible folder structure could be:
-
-- wiki
-  - text
-  - html
-  - templates
-  - mathjax
-
-In this case,  would be "../mathjax" (without quotes).
-
-2. Loading MathJax from a CDN-server (needs internet connection).
-Add to your HTML template the following lines:
-
-
-
-
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-5.9. Blockquotes                                  *vimwiki-syntax-blockquotes*
-
-Text which starts with 4 or more spaces is a blockquote.
-
-    This would be a blockquote in Vimwiki. It is not highlighted in Vim but
-    could be styled by CSS in HTML. Blockquotes are usually used to quote a
-    long piece of text from another source.
-
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-5.10. Comments                                       *vimwiki-syntax-comments*
-
-A line that starts with %% is a comment.
-E.g.: >
- %% this text would not be in HTML
-<
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-5.11. Horizontal line                                      *vimwiki-syntax-hr*
-
-4 or more dashes at the start of the line is a horizontal line (
    ): >
- ----
-<
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-5.12. Tags                                               *vimwiki-syntax-tags*
-
-You can tag a wiki file, a header or an arbitrary place in a wiki file. Then,
-you can use Vim's built-in tag search functionality (see |tagsrch.txt|) or
-Vimwiki's tag related commands to quickly jump to all occurrences of the tag.
-
-A tag is a sequence of non-space characters between two colons: >
-        :tag-example:
-<
-It is allowed to concatenate multiple tags in one line: >
-        :tag-one:tag-two:
-<
-If placed in the first two lines of a file, the whole file is tagged.  If
-placed under a header, within the 2 lines below it, the header is then tagged
-with this tag, and the tag search commands will jump to this specific header.
-Otherwise, the tag stands of its own and the search command jumps directly to
-it.
-
-Typing tags can be simplified by using Vim's omni completion (see
-|compl-omni|) like so: >
-  :ind
-which opens up a popup menu with all tags defined in the wiki starting with
-"ind".
-
-Tags are also treated as |vimwiki-anchors| (similar to bold text).
-
-                                                          *vimwiki-build-tags*
-Note that the tag search/jump/completion commands need certain metadata saved
-in the wiki folder.  This metadata file can be manually updated by running
-|:VimwikiRebuildTags|.  When the option |vimwiki-option-auto_tags| is enabled,
-the tags metadata will be auto-updated on each page save.
-
-
-Tags-related commands and options:
-   * |:VimwikiRebuildTags|
-   * |:VimwikiGenerateTagLinks|
-   * |:VimwikiSearchTags|
-   * |vimwiki-option-auto_tags|
-
-
-==============================================================================
-6. Folding/Outline                                           *vimwiki-folding*
-
-Vimwiki allows you to use Vim's folding methods and options so you can fold
-your outline to make it less distracting and easier to navigate. You can use
-Vimwiki's built-in folding methods or supply custom methods for folding.  You
-control how folds behave with by setting the |g:vimwiki_folding| variable to
-the desired value in your configuration file: >
-
-  let g:vimwiki_folding = 'value'
-
-Here's an example of how folds work with |g:vimwiki_folding| set to 'list':
-
-= My current task =
-* [ ] Do stuff 1
-  * [ ] Do substuff 1.1
-  * [ ] Do substuff 1.2
-    * [ ] Do substuff 1.2.1
-    * [ ] Do substuff 1.2.2
-  * [ ] Do substuff 1.3
-* [ ] Do stuff 2
-* [ ] Do stuff 3
-
-Hit |zM| :
-= My current task =
-* [ ] Do stuff 1 [6] --------------------------------------~
-* [ ] Do stuff 2
-* [ ] Do stuff 3
-
-Hit |zr| :
-= My current task =
-* [ ] Do stuff 1
-  * [ ] Do substuff 1.1
-  * [ ] Do substuff 1.2 [3] -------------------------------~
-  * [ ] Do substuff 1.3
-* [ ] Do stuff 2
-* [ ] Do stuff 3
-
-Hit |zr| one more time :
-= My current task =
-* [ ] Do stuff 1
-  * [ ] Do substuff 1.1
-  * [ ] Do substuff 1.2
-    * [ ] Do substuff 1.2.1
-    * [ ] Do substuff 1.2.2
-  * [ ] Do substuff 1.3
-* [ ] Do stuff 2
-* [ ] Do stuff 3
-
-Note: If you use the default Vimwiki syntax, folding on list items will work
-properly only if all of them are indented using the current 'shiftwidth'.
-For Markdown and MediaWiki syntax, * or # should be in the first column.
-
-For maximum control over folds, set |g:vimwiki_folding| to 'custom' so you can
-allow other plugins or your vim configuration file to control how folding is
-performed. For example, let's say you are using markdown syntax and prefer to
-fold so that the last blank line before a header is not folded, you can add
-this function to your configuration file: >
-
-  function! VimwikiFoldLevelCustom(lnum)
-    let pounds = strlen(matchstr(getline(a:lnum), '^#\+'))
-    if (pounds)
-      return '>' . pounds  " start a fold level
-    endif
-    if getline(a:lnum) =~? '\v^\s*$'
-      if (strlen(matchstr(getline(a:lnum + 1), '^#\+')))
-        return '-1' " don't fold last blank line before header
-      endif
-    endif
-    return '=' " return previous fold level
-  endfunction
-
-Note that you will also need to add the following vim options to your configuration: >
-
-  augroup VimrcAuGroup
-    autocmd!
-    autocmd FileType vimwiki setlocal foldmethod=expr |
-      \ setlocal foldenable | set foldexpr=VimwikiFoldLevelCustom(v:lnum)
-  augroup END
-
-See the |g:vimwiki_folding| documentation for more details.
-
-==============================================================================
-7. Placeholders                                         *vimwiki-placeholders*
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-%title Title of the page                                       *vimwiki-title*
-
-When you htmlize your wiki page, the default title is the filename of the
-page. Place >
-
-%title My books
-
-into your wiki page if you want another title.
-
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-%nohtml                                                       *vimwiki-nohtml*
-
-If you do not want a wiki page to be converted to HTML, place:
-
-%nohtml
-
-into it.
-
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-%template                                                   *vimwiki-template*
-
-To apply a concrete HTML template to a wiki page, place:
-
-%template name
-
-into it.
-
-See |vimwiki-option-template_path| for details.
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-%date                                                           *vimwiki-date*
-
-The date of the wiki page. The value can be used in the HTML template, see
-|vimwiki-option-template_path| for details.
-
-%date 2017-07-08
-%date
-
-If you omit the date after the placeholder, the date of the HTML conversion is
-used.
-
-
-==============================================================================
-8. Lists                                                       *vimwiki-lists*
-
-While writing lists, the keys , o and O insert new bullets or numbers as
-you would expect it. A new bullet/number is inserted if and only if the cursor
-is in a list item. If you use hard line wraps within your lists then you will
-need to remap `` to `VimwikiReturn 3 5`, use , or press  and
-.
-
-Note that the mapping  is not available in all terminals.
-
-Furthermore,  and  behave differently when the cursor is behind an
-empty list item. See the table below.
-
-To customize the behavior you should use an autocmd or place the mappings in
-`~/.vim/after/ftplugin/vimwiki.vim`. This is necessary to avoid an error that
-the command `VimwikiReturn` doesn't exist when editing non Vimwiki files.: >
-
-  autocmd FileType vimwiki inoremap  
-              \ :VimwikiReturn 3 5
-  autocmd FileType vimwiki inoremap  
-              \ :VimwikiReturn 2 2
-
-Note: Prefixing the mapping with `` expands iabbrev definitions and
-requires Vim > 7.3.489.
-
-The first argument of the command :VimwikiReturn is a number that specifies
-when to insert a new bullet/number and when not, depending on whether the
-cursor is in a list item or in a normal line: >
-
- Number │     Before     │    After
- ======================================
-    1   │ 1. item|       │ 1. item
-        │                │ 2. |
-        │––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––       ← default for 
-        │ 1. item        │ 1. item
-        │    continue|   │    continue
-        │                │    |
- ======================================
-    2   │ 1. item|       │ 1. item
-        │                │    |
-        │––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––       ← default for 
-        │ 1. item        │ 1. item
-        │    continue|   │    continue
-        │                │ 2. |
- ======================================
-    3   │ 1. item|       │ 1. item
-        │                │ 2. |
-        │––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
-        │ 1. item        │ 1. item
-        │    continue|   │    continue
-        │                │ 2. |
- ======================================
-    4   │ 1. item|       │ 1. item
-        │                │    |
-        │––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
-        │ 1. item        │ 1. item
-        │    continue|   │    continue
-        │                │    |
-<
-
-The second argument is a number that specifies what should happen when you
-press  or  behind an empty list item. There are no less than five
-possibilities:
->
- Number │     Before     │    After
- ======================================
-    1   │ 1. |           │ 1.
-        │                │ 2. |
- ======================================
-    2   │ 1. |           │                    ← default for 
-        │                │ 1. |
- ======================================
-    3   │ 1. |           │ |
-        │                │
- ======================================
-    4   │ 1. |           │
-        │                │ |
- ======================================
-    5   │     1. |       │ 1. |
-        │                │
-        │––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––       ← default for 
-        │ 1. |           │ |
-        │                │
-<
-
-
-                                                   *vimwiki-list-manipulation*
-The level of a list item is determined by its indentation (default and
-Markdown syntax) or by the number of list symbols (MediaWiki syntax).
-
-Use gll and glh in normal mode to increase or decrease the level of a list
-item. The symbols are adjusted automatically to the list items around it.
-Use gLl and gLh to increase or decrease the level of a list item plus all
-list items of lower level below it, that is, all child items.
-
-Use  and  to change the level of a list item in insert mode.
-
-See |vimwiki_gll|, |vimwiki_gLl|, |vimwiki_glh|, |vimwiki_gLh|,
-|vimwiki_i_|, |vimwiki_i_|
-
-
-Use gl followed by the desired symbol to change the symbol of a list item or
-create one. Type gL and the symbol to change all items of the current list.
-For default syntax, the following types are available: >
-    - hyphen
-    * asterisk
-    # hash
-    1. number with period
-    1) number with parenthesis
-    a) lower-case letter with parenthesis
-    A) upper-case letter with parenthesis
-    i) lower-case Roman numerals with parenthesis
-    I) upper-case Roman numerals with parenthesis
-
-Markdown syntax has the following types: >
-    - hyphen
-    * asterisk
-    + plus
-    1. number with period
-
-MediaWiki syntax only has: >
-    * asterisk
-    # hash
-
-In insert mode, use the keys  and  to switch between
-symbols. For convenience, only the commonly used symbols can be reached
-through these keys for default syntax.
-
-Note that such a list: a) b) c) … only goes up to zz), to avoid confusion with
-normal text followed by a parenthesis.
-Roman numerals go up to MMMM) and numbers up to 2147483647. or
-9223372036854775807. depending if your Vim is 32 or 64 bit.
-
-Also, note that you can, of course, mix different list symbols in one list, but
-if you have the strange idea of putting a list with Roman numerals right after
-a list using letters or vice versa, Vimwiki will get confused because it
-cannot distinguish which is which (at least if the types are both upper case
-or both lower case).
-
-See |vimwiki_glstar|, |vimwiki_gl#| |vimwiki_gl-|, |vimwiki_gl-|,
-|vimwiki_gl1|, |vimwiki_gla|, |vimwiki_glA|, |vimwiki_gli|, |vimwiki_glI|
-
-
-Use glr and gLr if the numbers of a numbered list are mixed up. See
-|vimwiki_glr| and |vimwiki_gLr|.
-
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-Todo lists                                                *vimwiki-todo-lists*
-
-You can have todo lists -- lists of items you can check/uncheck.
-
-Consider the following example: >
- = Toggleable list of todo items =
-   * [X] Toggle list item on/off.
-     * [X] Simple toggling between [ ] and [X].
-     * [X] All list's subitems should be toggled on/off appropriately.
-     * [X] Toggle child subitems only if current line is list item
-     * [X] Parent list item should be toggled depending on its child items.
-   * [X] Make numbered list items toggleable too
-   * [X] Add highlighting to list item boxes
-   * [X] Add [ ] to the next list item created with o, O and .
-
-Pressing  on the first list item will toggle it and all of its child
-items: >
- = Toggleable list of todo items =
-   * [ ] Toggle list item on/off.
-     * [ ] Simple toggling between [ ] and [X].
-     * [ ] All of a list's subitems should be toggled on/off appropriately.
-     * [ ] Toggle child subitems only if the current line is a list item.
-     * [ ] Parent list item should be toggled depending on their child items.
-   * [X] Make numbered list items toggleable too.
-   * [X] Add highlighting to list item boxes.
-   * [X] Add [ ] to the next list item created using o, O or .
-
-Pressing  on the third list item will toggle it and adjust all of its
-parent items: >
- = Toggleable list of todo items =
-   * [.] Toggle list item on/off.
-     * [ ] Simple toggling between [ ] and [X].
-     * [X] All of a list's subitems should be toggled on/off appropriately.
-     * [ ] Toggle child subitems only if current line is list item.
-     * [ ] Parent list item should be toggled depending on its child items.
-   * [ ] Make numbered list items toggleable too.
-   * [ ] Add highlighting to list item boxes.
-   * [ ] Add [ ] to the next list item created using o, O or .
-
-Parent items should change when their child items change. If not, use
-|vimwiki_glr|. The symbol between [ ] depends on the percentage of toggled
-child items (see also |g:vimwiki_listsyms|): >
-    [ ] -- 0%
-    [.] -- 1-33%
-    [o] -- 34-66%
-    [O] -- 67-99%
-    [X] -- 100%
-
-You can use |vimwiki_gln| and |vimwiki_glp| to change the "done" status of a
-checkbox without a childitem.
-
-It is possible to toggle several list items using visual mode. But note that
-instead of toggling every item individually, all items get checked if the
-first item was unchecked and all items get unchecked if the first item was
-checked.
-
-Use gl (see |vimwiki_gl|) to remove a single checkbox and
-gL (see |vimwiki_gL|) to remove all checkboxes of the list the
-cursor is in.
-
-You can mark an item as rejected ("won't do") with
-|vimwiki_glx|. A rejected item will not influence the status of its parents.
-
-
-==============================================================================
-9. Tables                                                     *vimwiki-tables*
-
-Use the  :VimwikiTable command to create a default table with 5 columns and 2
-rows: >
-
- |   |   |   |   |   |
- |---|---|---|---|---|
- |   |   |   |   |   |
-<
-
-Tables are auto-formattable. Let's add some text into first cell: >
-
- | First Name  |   |   |   |   |
- |---|---|---|---|---|
- |   |   |   |   |   |
-<
-
-Whenever you press ,  or leave Insert mode, the table is formatted: >
-
- | First Name |   |   |   |   |
- |------------|---|---|---|---|
- |            |   |   |   |   |
-<
-
-You can easily create nice-looking text tables, just press  and enter new
-values: >
-
- | First Name | Last Name  | Age | City     | e-mail               |
- |------------|------------|-----|----------|----------------------|
- | Vladislav  | Pokrishkin | 31  | Moscow   | vlad_pok@smail.com   |
- | James      | Esfandiary | 27  | Istanbul | esfandiary@tmail.com |
-<
-
-To indent table indent the first row. Then format it with 'gqq'.
-
-You can specify the type of horizontal alignment for columns in the separator
-using the ':' character. The default is left-align.  >
-
- | Date       |  Item  |   Price |
- |------------|:------:|--------:|
- | yest       | Coffee |  $15.00 |
- | 2017-02-13 |  Tea   |   $2.10 |
- | 2017-03-14 |  Cake  | $143.12 |
-<
-
-==============================================================================
-10. Diary                                                      *vimwiki-diary*
-
-The diary helps you make daily notes. You can easily add information into
-Vimwiki that should be sorted out later. Just hit ww to create
-a new note for today with a name based on the current date.
-
-To generate the diary section with all available links one can use
-|:VimwikiDiaryGenerateLinks| or wi .
-
-Note: it works only for diary index file.
-
-Example of diary section: >
-    = Diary =
-
-    == 2011 ==
-
-    === December ===
-        * [[2011-12-09]]
-        * [[2011-12-08]]
-
-
-See |g:vimwiki_diary_months| if you would like to rename months.
-
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-Calendar integration                                        *vimwiki-calendar*
-
-If you have Calendar.vim installed you can use it to create diary notes.
-Just open calendar with :Calendar and tap  on the date. A wiki file
-will be created in the default wiki's diary.
-
-Get it from http://www.vim.org/scripts/script.php?script_id=52
-
-See |g:vimwiki_use_calendar| option to turn it off/on.
-
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-Markdown export
-
-If you use markdown as the syntax for your wiki, there is a rubygem available
-at https://github.com/patrickdavey/vimwiki_markdown which you can use to
-convert the wiki markdown files into html.
-
-Also, See |vimwiki-option-html_filename_parameterization| for supporting
-functionality.
-
-==============================================================================
-11. Anchors                                                  *vimwiki-anchors*
-
-Every header, tag, and bold text can be used as an anchor.  To jump to it, use
-a wikilink of the form >
-  [[file#anchor]]
-
-For example, consider the following file "Todo.wiki": >
-  = My tasks =
-  :todo-lists:
-  == Home ==
-    - [ ] bathe my dog
-  == Work ==
-    - [ ] beg for *pay rise*
-  == Knitting club ==
-  === Knitting projects ===
-    - [ ] a *funny pig*
-    - [ ] a *scary dog*
-
-Then, to jump from your index.wiki directly to your knitting projects, use: >
-  [[Todo#Knitting projects]]
-
-Or, to jump to an individual project, use this link: >
-  [[Todo#funny pig]]
-
-Or, to jump to a tag, use this link: >
-  [[Todo#todo-lists]]
-
-If there are multiple instances of an anchor, you can use the long form which
-consists of the complete header hierarchy, separated by '#': >
- [[Todo#My tasks#Knitting club#Knitting projects#scary dog]]
-
-If you don't feel like typing the whole stuff, type just [[Todo# and then
-|i_CTRL-X_CTRL-O| to start the omni completion of anchors.
-
-For jumping inside a single file, you can omit the file in the link: >
-  [[#pay rise]]
-
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-Table of Contents                    *vimwiki-toc* *vimwiki-table-of-contents*
-
-You can create a "table of contents" at the top of your wiki file.
-The commando |:VimwikiTOC| creates the magic header >
-  = Contents =
-in the current file and below it a list of all the headers in this file as
-links, so you can directly jump to specific parts of the file.
-
-For the indentation of the list, the value of |vimwiki-option-list_margin| is
-used.
-
-If you don't want the TOC to sit in the very first line, e.g. because you have
-a modeline there, put the magic header in the second or third line and run
-:VimwikiTOC to update the TOC.
-
-If English is not your preferred language, set the option
-|g:vimwiki_toc_header| to your favorite translation.
-
-If you want to keep the TOC up to date automatically, use the option
-|vimwiki-option-auto_toc|.
-
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-Tagbar integration                                            *vimwiki-tagbar*
-
-As an alternative to the Table of Contents, you can use the Tagbar plugin
-(http://majutsushi.github.io/tagbar/) to show the headers of your wiki files
-in a side pane.
-Download the Python script from
-https://raw.githubusercontent.com/vimwiki/utils/master/vwtags.py and follow
-the instructions in it.
-
-
-==============================================================================
-12. Options                                                  *vimwiki-options*
-
-There are global options and local (per-wiki) options available to tune
-Vimwiki.
-
-Global options are configured via global variables.  For a complete list of
-them, see |vimwiki-global-options|.
-
-Local options for multiple independent wikis are stored in a single global
-variable |g:vimwiki_list|.  The per-wiki options can be registered in advance,
-as described in |vimwiki-register-wiki|, or may be registered on the fly as
-described in |vimwiki-temporary-wiki|.  For a list of per-wiki options, see
-|vimwiki-local-options|.
-
-A note for Vim power users:
-If you have an elaborated Vim setup, where you e.g. load plugins
-conditionally, make sure the settings are set before Vimwiki loads (that is,
-before plugin/vimwiki.vim is sourced). If this is not possible, try this
-command after the Vimwiki settings are (re-) set: >
-  :call vimwiki#vars#init()
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-12.1 Registered Wiki                  *g:vimwiki_list* *vimwiki-register-wiki*
-
-One or more wikis can be registered using the |g:vimwiki_list| variable.
-
-Each item in |g:vimwiki_list| is a |Dictionary| that holds all customizations
-available for a distinct wiki. The options dictionary has the form: >
-  {'option1': 'value1', 'option2': 'value2', ...}
-
-Consider the following: >
-  let g:vimwiki_list = [{'path': '~/my_site/', 'path_html': '~/public_html/'}]
-
-This defines one wiki located at ~/my_site/. When converted to HTML, the
-produced HTML files go to ~/public_html/ .
-
-Another example: >
-  let g:vimwiki_list = [{'path': '~/my_site/', 'path_html': '~/public_html/'},
-            \ {'path': '~/my_docs/', 'ext': '.mdox'}]
-
-defines two wikis: the first as before, and the second one located in
-~/my_docs/, with files that have the .mdox extension.
-
-An empty |Dictionary| in g:vimwiki_list is the wiki with default options: >
-  let g:vimwiki_list = [{},
-            \ {'path': '~/my_docs/', 'ext': '.mdox'}]
-
-For clarity, in your .vimrc file you can define wiki options using separate
-|Dictionary| variables and subsequently compose them into |g:vimwiki_list|. >
-    let wiki_1 = {}
-    let wiki_1.path = '~/my_docs/'
-    let wiki_1.html_template = '~/public_html/template.tpl'
-    let wiki_1.nested_syntaxes = {'python': 'python', 'c++': 'cpp'}
-
-    let wiki_2 = {}
-    let wiki_2.path = '~/project_docs/'
-    let wiki_2.index = 'main'
-
-    let g:vimwiki_list = [wiki_1, wiki_2]
-<
-
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-12.2 Temporary Wiki                                   *vimwiki-temporary-wiki*
-
-
-The creation of temporary wikis allows you to create a wiki on the fly.
-
-If a file with a registered wiki extension (see |vimwiki-register-extension|)
-is opened in a directory that: 1) is not listed in |g:vimwiki_list|, and 2) is
-not a subdirectory of any such directory, then a temporary wiki is created and
-appended to the list of configured wikis in |g:vimwiki_list|.
-
-In addition to Vimwiki's editing functionality, the temporary wiki enables: 1)
-wiki-linking to other files in the same subtree, 2) highlighting of existing
-wiki pages when |vimwiki-option-maxhi| is activated, and 3) HTML generation to
-|vimwiki-option-path_html|.
-
-Temporary wikis are configured using default |vimwiki-local-options|, except
-for the path, extension, and syntax options.  The path and extension are set
-using the file's location and extension.  The syntax is set to Vimwiki's
-default unless another syntax is registered via |vimwiki-register-extension|.
-
-Use |g:vimwiki_global_ext| to turn off creation of temporary wikis.
-
-NOTE: Vimwiki assumes that the locations of distinct wikis do not overlap.
-
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-12.3 Per-Wiki Options                                  *vimwiki-local-options*
-
-
-*vimwiki-option-path*
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-Key             Default value~
-path            ~/vimwiki/
-
-Description~
-Wiki files location: >
-  let g:vimwiki_list = [{'path': '~/my_site/'}]
-<
-
-*vimwiki-option-path_html*
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-Key             Default value~
-path_html       ''
-
-Description~
-Location of HTML files converted from wiki files: >
-  let g:vimwiki_list = [{'path': '~/my_site/',
-                       \ 'path_html': '~/html_site/'}]
-
-If path_html is an empty string, the location is derived from
-|vimwiki-option-path| by adding '_html'; i.e. for: >
-  let g:vimwiki_list = [{'path': '~/okidoki/'}]
-
-path_html will be set to '~/okidoki_html/'.
-
-
-*vimwiki-option-name*
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-Key             Default value~
-name            ''
-
-Description~
-A name that can be used to create interwiki links: >
-  let g:vimwiki_list = [{'path': '~/my_site/',
-                       \ 'name': 'My Wiki'}]
-
-Valid names can contain letters, numbers, spaces, underscores, and dashes.
-If duplicate names are used the interwiki link will jump to the first wiki
-with a matching name in |g:vimwiki_list|.
-
-The assigned wiki name will also be shown in the menu entries in GVim.
-See the option |g:vimwiki_menu|.
-
-
-*vimwiki-option-auto_export*
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-Key             Default value     Values~
-auto_export     0                 0, 1
-
-Description~
-Set this option to 1 to automatically generate the HTML file when the
-corresponding wiki page is saved: >
-  let g:vimwiki_list = [{'path': '~/my_site/', 'auto_export': 1}]
-
-This will keep your HTML files up to date.
-
-
-*vimwiki-option-auto_toc*
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-Key             Default value     Values~
-auto_toc        0                 0, 1
-
-Description~
-Set this option to 1 to automatically update the table of contents when the
-current wiki page is saved: >
-  let g:vimwiki_list = [{'path': '~/my_site/', 'auto_toc': 1}]
-
-
-*vimwiki-option-index*
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-Key             Default value~
-index           index
-
-Description~
-Name of wiki index file: >
-  let g:vimwiki_list = [{'path': '~/my_site/', 'index': 'main'}]
-
-NOTE: Do not include the extension.
-
-
-*vimwiki-option-ext*
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-Key             Default value~
-ext             .wiki
-
-Description~
-Extension of wiki files: >
-  let g:vimwiki_list = [{'path': '~/my_site/',
-                       \ 'index': 'main', 'ext': '.document'}]
-
-<
-*vimwiki-option-syntax*
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-Key             Default value     Values~
-syntax          default           default, markdown, or media
-
-Description~
-Wiki syntax.  You can use different markup languages (currently: Vimwiki's
-default, Markdown, and MediaWiki), but only Vimwiki's default markup will be
-converted to HTML at the moment.
-
-To use Markdown's wiki markup: >
-  let g:vimwiki_list = [{'path': '~/my_site/',
-                       \ 'syntax': 'markdown', 'ext': '.md'}]
-
-*vimwiki-option-links_space_char*
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-Key                 Default value~
-links_space_char    ' '
-
-Description~
-Set the character (or string) used to replace spaces when creating a link. For
-example, setting '_' would transform the string 'my link' into [[my_link]] and
-the created file would be my_link.wiki. The default behavior does not replace
-spaces.
-
-To set the space replacement character: >
-  let g:vimwiki_list = [{'path': '~/my_site/',
-                       \ 'links_space_char': '_'}]
-<
-
-*vimwiki-option-template_path*
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-Key                 Default value~
-template_path       ~/vimwiki/templates/
-
-Description~
-Setup path for HTML templates: >
-  let g:vimwiki_list = [{'path': '~/my_site/',
-          \ 'template_path': '~/public_html/templates/',
-          \ 'template_default': 'def_template',
-          \ 'template_ext': '.html'}]
-
-There could be a bunch of templates: >
-    def_template.html
-    index.html
-    bio.html
-    person.html
-etc.
-
-Each template could look like: >
-    
-    
-        
-        %title%
-        
-    
-    
-        
    
-        %content%
-        
    
-        
    Page created on %date%
    
-    
-    
-
-where
-  `%title%` is replaced by a wiki page name or by a |vimwiki-title|
-  `%date%` is replaced with the current date or by |vimwiki-date|
-  `%root_path%` is replaced by a count of ../ for pages buried in subdirs:
-    if you have wikilink [[dir1/dir2/dir3/my page in a subdir]] then
-    `%root_path%` is replaced by '../../../'.
-  `%wiki_path%` Path to current wiki-file.` The file path to the current wiki
-    file. For example, if you are on page a/b.wiki %wiki-path% contains
-    "a/b.wiki". Mostly useful if you want to link the to raw wiki page from
-    the rendered version.
-
-  `%content%` is replaced by a wiki file content.
-
-
-The default template will be applied to all wiki pages unless a page specifies
-a template. Consider you have wiki page named 'Maxim.wiki' and you want apply
-'person.html' template to it. Just add: >
- %template person
-to that page.
-
-
-*vimwiki-option-template_default*
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-Key                 Default value~
-template_default    default
-
-Description~
-Setup default template name (without extension).
-
-See |vimwiki-option-template_path| for details.
-
-
-*vimwiki-option-template_ext*
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-Key                 Default value~
-template_ext        .tpl
-
-Description~
-Setup template filename extension.
-
-See |vimwiki-option-template_path| for details.
-
-
-*vimwiki-option-css_name*
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-Key             Default value~
-css_name        style.css
-
-Description~
-Setup CSS file name: >
-  let g:vimwiki_list = [{'path': '~/my_pages/',
-          \ 'css_name': 'main.css'}]
-<
-or even >
-  let g:vimwiki_list = [{'path': '~/my_pages/',
-          \ 'css_name': 'css/main.css'}]
-<
-Vimwiki comes with a default CSS file "style.css".
-
-
-*vimwiki-option-maxhi*
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-Key             Default value     Values~
-maxhi           0                 0, 1
-
-Description~
-If on, wiki links to non-existent wiki files are highlighted.  However, it can
-be quite slow.  If you still want it, set maxhi to 1: >
-  let g:vimwiki_list = [{'path': '~/my_site/', 'maxhi': 1}]
-
-
-*vimwiki-option-nested_syntaxes*
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-Key             Default value     Values~
-nested_syntaxes {}                pairs of highlight keyword and Vim filetype
-
-Description~
-You can configure preformatted text to be highlighted with any syntax
-available for Vim.
-For example the following setup in your vimrc: >
-  let wiki = {}
-  let wiki.path = '~/my_wiki/'
-  let wiki.nested_syntaxes = {'python': 'python', 'c++': 'cpp'}
-  let g:vimwiki_list = [wiki]
-
-would give you Python and C++ highlighting in: >
- {{{class="brush: python"
- for i in range(1, 5):
-     print(i)
- }}}
-
- {{{class="brush: c++"
- #include "helloworld.h"
- int helloworld()
- {
-    printf("hello world");
- }
- }}}
-
-or in: >
- {{{c++
- #include "helloworld.h"
- int helloworld()
- {
-    printf("hello world");
- }
- }}}
-
- {{{python
- for i in range(1, 5):
-     print(i)
- }}}
-
-
-*vimwiki-option-automatic_nested_syntaxes*
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-Key                        Default value~
-automatic_nested_syntaxes  1
-
-Description~
-If set, the nested syntaxes (|vimwiki-option-nested_syntaxes|) are
-automatically derived when opening a buffer.
-Just write your preformatted text in your file like this >
- {{{xxx
- my preformatted text
- }}}
-
-where xxx is a filetype which is known to Vim. For example, for C++
-highlighting, use "cpp" (not "c++"). For a list of known filetypes, type
-":setf " and hit Ctrl+d.
-
-Note that you may have to reload the file (|:edit|) to see the highlight.
-
-Since every file is scanned for the markers of preformatted text when it is
-opened, it can be slow when you have huge files. In this case, set this option
-to 0.
-
-
-*vimwiki-option-diary_rel_path*
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-Key             Default value~
-diary_rel_path  diary/
-
-Description~
-The path to the diary wiki files, relative to |vimwiki-option-path|.
-
-
-*vimwiki-option-diary_index*
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-Key             Default value~
-diary_index     diary
-
-Description~
-Name of wiki-file that holds all links to dated wiki files.
-
-
-*vimwiki-option-diary_header*
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-Key             Default value~
-diary_header    Diary
-
-Description~
-Name of the header in |vimwiki-option-diary_index| where links to dated
-wiki-files are located.
-
-
-*vimwiki-option-diary_sort*
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-Key             Default value   Values~
-diary_sort      desc            desc, asc
-
-Description~
-Sort links in a diary index page.
-
-
-*vimwiki-option-diary_caption_level*
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-Key                   Default value~
-diary_caption_level   0
-
-Description~
-Controls the presence of captions in the diary index linking to headers within
-the diary pages.
-
-Possible values:
--1:  No headers are read from the diary page.
- 0:  The first header from the diary page is used as the caption.
-       There are no sub-captions.
- 1:  Captions are created for headers of level 1 in the diary page.
- 2:  Captions are created for headers up to level 2 in the diary page.
- etc.
-
-When the value is >= 1, the primary caption of each diary page is set to the
-first header read from that page if it is the unique lowest-level header.
-
-*vimwiki-option-custom_wiki2html*
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-Key               Default value~
-custom_wiki2html  ''
-
-Description~
-The full path to a user-provided script that converts a wiki page to HTML.
-Vimwiki calls the provided |vimwiki-option-custom_wiki2html| script from the
-command-line, using |:!| invocation.
-
-The following arguments, in this order, are passed to the script:
-
-1. force : [0/1] overwrite an existing file
-2. syntax : the syntax chosen for this wiki
-3. extension : the file extension for this wiki
-4. output_dir : the full path of the output directory
-5. input_file : the full path of the wiki page
-6. css_file : the full path of the css file for this wiki
-7. template_path : the full path to the wiki's templates
-8. template_default : the default template name
-9. template_ext : the extension of template files
-10. root_path : a count of ../ for pages buried in subdirs
-    For example, if you have wikilink [[dir1/dir2/dir3/my page in a subdir]]
-    then this argument is '../../../'.
-11. custom_args : custom arguments that will be passed to the conversion
-    (can be defined in g:vimwiki_list as 'custom_wiki2html_args' parameter,
-    see |vimwiki-option-custom_wiki2html_args|)
-    script.
-
-Options 7-11 are experimental and may change in the future.  If any of these
-parameters is empty, a hyphen "-" is passed to the script in its place.
-
-For an example and further instructions, refer to the following script:
-
-  $VIMHOME/autoload/vimwiki/customwiki2html.sh
-
-An alternative converter was developed by Jason6Anderson, and can
-be located at https://github.com/vimwiki-backup/vimwiki/issues/384
-
-To use the internal wiki2html converter, use an empty string (the default).
-
-
-*vimwiki-option-custom_wiki2html_args*
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-Key                     Default value~
-custom_wiki2html_args   ''
-
-Description~
-If a custom script is called with |vimwiki-option-custom_wiki2html|, additional
-parameters can be passed using this option: >
-  let g:vimwiki_list = [{'path': '~/path/', 'custom_wiki2html_args': 'stuff'}]
-
-
-*vimwiki-option-list_margin*
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-Key               Default value~
-list_margin       -1 (0 for markdown)
-
-Description~
-Width of left-hand margin for lists.  When negative, the current 'shiftwidth'
-is used.  This affects the appearance of the generated links (see
-|:VimwikiGenerateLinks|), the Table of contents (|vimwiki-toc|) and the
-behavior of the list manipulation commands |:VimwikiListChangeLevel| and the
-local mappings |vimwiki_glstar|, |vimwiki_gl#| |vimwiki_gl-|, |vimwiki_gl-|,
-|vimwiki_gl1|, |vimwiki_gla|, |vimwiki_glA|, |vimwiki_gli|, |vimwiki_glI| and
-|vimwiki_i__|.
-
-Note: if you use Markdown or MediaWiki syntax, you probably would like to set
-this option to 0, because every indented line is considered verbatim text.
-
-
-*vimwiki-option-auto_tags*
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-Key             Default value     Values~
-auto_tags       0                 0, 1
-
-Description~
-Set this option to 1 to automatically update the tags metadata when the
-current wiki page is saved: >
-  let g:vimwiki_list = [{'path': '~/my_site/', 'auto_tags': 1}]
-
-
-*vimwiki-option-auto_diary_index*
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-Key               Default value     Values~
-auto_diary_index  0                 0, 1
-
-Description~
-Set this option to 1 to automatically update the diary index when opened.
-See |:VimwikiDiaryGenerateLinks|:  >
-  let g:vimwiki_list = [{'path': '~/my_site/', 'auto_diary_index': 1}]
-
-
-*vimwiki-option-auto_generate_links*
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-Key                  Default value     Values~
-auto_generate_links  0                 0, 1
-
-Description~
-Set this option to 1 to automatically update generated links when the
-current wiki page is saved: >
-  let g:vimwiki_list = [{'path': '~/my_site/', 'auto_generate_links': 1}]
-
-
-*vimwiki-option-auto_generate_tags*
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-Key                 Default value     Values~
-auto_generate_tags  0                 0, 1
-
-Description~
-Set this option to 1 to automatically update generated tags when the
-current wiki page is saved: >
-  let g:vimwiki_list = [{'path': '~/my_site/', 'auto_generate_tags': 1}]
-
-
-*vimwiki-option-exclude_files*
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-Key             Default value     Values~
-exclude_files   []                list of file patterns to exclude
-
-Description~
-Set this option to a list of file patterns to exclude when checking or
-generating links: >
-  let g:vimwiki_list = [{'path': '~/my_site/', 'exclude_files': ['**/README.md']}]
-
-
-*vimwiki-option-html_filename_parameterization*
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-Key                             Default value     Values~
-html_filename_parameterization  0                 0, 1
-
-Description~
-This setting is for integration with the vimwiki_markdown gem. If this is set
-to 1 it alters the check for generated html filenames to match what
-vimwiki_markdown generates. This means that it prevents unnecessary
-regeneration of HTML files.
-
-This setting also turns off the automatic deletion of files
-in the site_html directory which don't match existing wiki files.
-
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-12.4 Global Options                                   *vimwiki-global-options*
-
-
-Global options are configured using the following pattern: >
-
-    let g:option_name = option_value
-
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-*g:vimwiki_hl_headers*
-
-Highlight headers with =Reddish=, ==Greenish==, ===Blueish=== colors.
-
-Value           Description~
-1               Use VimwikiHeader1 - VimwikiHeader6 group colors to highlight
-                different header levels.
-0               Use |hl-Title| color for headers.
-Default: 0
-
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-*g:vimwiki_hl_cb_checked*
-
-Highlight checked list items with a special color:
-
-  * [X] the whole line can be highlighted with the option set to 1.
-    * this line is highlighted as well with the option set to 2
-  * [ ] this line is never highlighted
-
-Value           Description~
-0               Don't highlight anything.
-1               Highlight only the first line of a checked [X] list item.
-2               Highlight a complete checked list item and all its child items.
-
-Default: 0
-
-The |group-name| "Comment" is used for highlighting.
-
-Note: Option 2 does not work perfectly.  Specifically, it might break if the
-list item contains preformatted text or if you mix tabs and spaces for
-indenting.  Also, indented headers can be highlighted erroneously.
-Furthermore, if your list is long, Vim's highlight can break. To solve this,
-consider putting >
- au BufEnter *.wiki :syntax sync fromstart
-in your .vimrc
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-*g:vimwiki_global_ext*
-
-Control the creation of |vimwiki-temporary-wiki|s.
-
-If a file with a registered extension (see |vimwiki-register-extension|) is
-opened in a directory that is: 1) not listed in |g:vimwiki_list|, and 2) not a
-subdirectory of any such directory, then:
-
-Value           Description~
-1               make temporary wiki and append it to |g:vimwiki_list|.
-0               don't make temporary wiki in that dir.
-
-If your preferred wiki extension is .txt then you can >
-    let g:vimwiki_global_ext = 0
-to restrict Vimwiki's operation to only those paths listed in g:vimwiki_list.
-Other text files wouldn't be treated as wiki pages.
-
-Default: 1
-
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-*g:vimwiki_ext2syntax* *vimwiki-register-extension*
-
-A many-to-one mapping between file extensions and syntaxes whose purpose is to
-register the extensions with Vimwiki.
-
-E.g.: >
-  let g:vimwiki_ext2syntax = {'.md': 'markdown',
-                  \ '.mkd': 'markdown',
-                  \ '.wiki': 'media'}
-
-An extension that is registered with Vimwiki can trigger creation of
-a |vimwiki-temporary-wiki|. File extensions used in |g:vimwiki_list| are
-automatically registered with Vimwiki using the default syntax. Extensions
-mapped with this option will instead use the mapped syntax.
-
-Default: >
-    {'.md': 'markdown', '.mkdn': 'markdown',
-    \  '.mdwn': 'markdown', '.mdown': 'markdown',
-    \  '.markdown': 'markdown', '.mw': 'media'}},
-
-Note: setting this option will overwrite the default values so include them if
-desired.
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-*g:vimwiki_menu*
-
-Create a menu in the menu bar of GVim, where you can open the available wikis.
-If the wiki has an assigned name (see |vimwiki-option-name|), the menu entry
-will match the name. Otherwise, the final folder of |vimwiki-option-path| will
-be used for the name. If there are duplicate entries the index number from
-|g:vimwiki_list| will be appended to the name.
-
-Value              Description~
-''                 No menu
-'Vimwiki'          Top level menu "Vimwiki"
-'Plugin.Vimwiki'   "Vimwiki" submenu of top level menu "Plugin"
-etc.
-
-Default: 'Vimwiki'
-
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-*g:vimwiki_listsyms*
-
-String of at least two symbols to show the progression of todo list items.
-Default value is ' .oOX'.
-
-The first char is for 0% done items.
-The last is for 100% done items.
-
-You can set it to some more fancy symbols like this:
->
-   let g:vimwiki_listsyms = '✗○◐●✓'
-
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-*g:vimwiki_listsym_rejected*
-
-Character that is used to show that an item of a todo list will not be done.
-Default value is '-'.
-
-The character used here must not be part of |g:vimwiki_listsyms|.
-
-You can set it to a more fancy symbol like this:
->
-   let g:vimwiki_listsym_rejected = '✗'
-
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-*g:vimwiki_folding*
-
-Enable/disable Vimwiki's folding (outline) functionality. Folding in Vimwiki
-can use either the 'expr' or the 'syntax' |foldmethod| of Vim.
-
-Value           Description~
-''              Disable folding
-'expr'          Folding based on expression (folds sections and code blocks)
-'syntax'        Folding based on syntax (folds sections; slower than 'expr')
-'list'          Folding based on expression (folds list subitems; much slower)
-'custom'        Allow folding options to be set by another plugin or a vim
-                configuration file
-
-Default: ''
-
-Limitations:
-  - Opening very large files may be slow when folding is enabled.
-  - 'list' folding is particularly slow with larger files.
-  - 'list' is intended to work with lists nicely indented with 'shiftwidth'.
-  - 'syntax' is only available for the default syntax so far.
-
-The options above can be suffixed with ':quick' (e.g.: 'expr:quick') in order
-to use some workarounds to make folds work faster.
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-*g:vimwiki_list_ignore_newline*
-
-This is HTML related.
-Convert newlines to 
    s in multiline list items.
-
-Value           Description~
-0               Newlines in a list item are converted to 
    s.
-1               Ignore newlines.
-
-Default: 1
-
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-*g:vimwiki_text_ignore_newline*
-
-This is HTML related.
-Convert newlines to 
    s in text.
-
-Value           Description~
-0               Newlines in text are converted to 
    s.
-1               Ignore newlines.
-
-Default: 1
-
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-*g:vimwiki_use_calendar*
-
-Create new or open existing diary wiki-file for the date selected in Calendar.
-See |vimwiki-calendar|.
-
-Value           Description~
-0               Do not use calendar.
-1               Use calendar.
-
-Default: 1
-
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-*g:vimwiki_create_link*
-
-Create target wiki page if it does not exist. See |:VimwikiFollowLink|.
-
-Value           Description~
-0               Do not create target wiki page.
-1               Create target wiki page.
-
-Default: 1
-
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-*g:vimwiki_markdown_link_ext*
-
-Append wiki file extension to links in Markdown. This is needed for
-compatibility with other Markdown tools.
-
-Value           Description~
-0               Do not append wiki file extension.
-1               Append wiki file extension.
-
-Default: 0
-
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-*VimwikiLinkHandler*
-
-A customizable link handler can be defined to override Vimwiki's behavior when
-opening links.  Each recognized link, whether it is a wikilink, wiki-include
-link or a weblink, is first passed to |VimwikiLinkHandler| to see if it can be
-handled. The return value 1 indicates success.
-
-If the link is not handled successfully, the behavior of Vimwiki depends on
-the scheme.  "wiki:", "diary:" or schemeless links are opened in Vim.  "file:"
-and "local:" links are opened with a system default handler.
-
-You can redefine the VimwikiLinkHandler function in your .vimrc to do
-something else: >
-
-  function! VimwikiLinkHandler(link)
-    try
-      let browser = 'C:\Program Files\Firefox\firefox.exe'
-      execute '!start "'.browser.'" ' . a:link
-      return 1
-    catch
-      echo "This can happen for a variety of reasons ..."
-    endtry
-    return 0
-  endfunction
-
-A second example handles a new scheme, "vfile:", which behaves similar to
-"file:", but the files are always opened with Vim in a new tab: >
-
-  function! VimwikiLinkHandler(link)
-    " Use Vim to open external files with the 'vfile:' scheme.  E.g.:
-    "   1) [[vfile:~/Code/PythonProject/abc123.py]]
-    "   2) [[vfile:./|Wiki Home]]
-    let link = a:link
-    if link =~# '^vfile:'
-      let link = link[1:]
-    else
-      return 0
-    endif
-    let link_infos = vimwiki#base#resolve_link(link)
-    if link_infos.filename == ''
-      echomsg 'Vimwiki Error: Unable to resolve link!'
-      return 0
-    else
-      exe 'tabnew ' . fnameescape(link_infos.filename)
-      return 1
-    endif
-  endfunction
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-*VimwikiLinkConverter*
-
-This function can be overridden in your .vimrc to specify what a link looks
-like when converted to HTML.  The parameters of the function are:
-        - the link as a string
-        - the full path to the wiki file where the link is in
-        - the full path to the output HTML file
-It should return the HTML link if successful or an empty string '' otherwise.
-
-This example changes how relative links to external files using the "local:"
-scheme look like in HTML.  Per default, they would become links relative to
-the HTML output directory.  This function converts them to links relative to
-the wiki file, i.e. a link [[local:../document.pdf]] becomes
-    . Also, this function will copy document.pdf to the
-right place. >
-
-  function! VimwikiLinkConverter(link, source_wiki_file, target_html_file)
-    if a:link =~# '^local:'
-      let link_infos = vimwiki#base#resolve_link(a:link)
-      let html_link = vimwiki#path#relpath(
-                \ fnamemodify(a:source_wiki_file, ':h'), link_infos.filename)
-      let relative_link =
-                \ fnamemodify(a:target_html_file, ':h') . '/' . html_link
-      call system('cp ' . fnameescape(link_infos.filename) .
-                \ ' ' . fnameescape(relative_link))
-      return html_link
-    endif
-    return ''
-  endfunction
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-*VimwikiWikiIncludeHandler*
-
-Vimwiki includes the content of a wiki-include URL as an image by default.
-
-A trial feature allows you to supply your own handler for wiki-include links.
-The handler should return the empty string when it does not recognize or
-cannot otherwise convert the link.  A customized handler might look like this: >
-
-  " Convert {{URL|#|ID}} -> URL#ID
-  function! VimwikiWikiIncludeHandler(value)
-    let str = a:value
-
-    " complete URL
-    let url_0 = matchstr(str, g:vimwiki_rxWikiInclMatchUrl)
-    " URL parts
-    let link_infos = vimwiki#base#resolve_link(url_0)
-    let arg1 = matchstr(str, VimwikiWikiInclMatchArg(1))
-    let arg2 = matchstr(str, VimwikiWikiInclMatchArg(2))
-
-    if arg1 =~ '#'
-      return link_infos.filename.'#'.arg2
-    endif
-
-    " Return the empty string when unable to process link
-    return ''
-  endfunction
-<
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-*g:vimwiki_table_auto_fmt*
-
-Enable/disable table auto formatting after leaving INSERT mode.
-
-Value           Description~
-0               Disable table auto formatting.
-1               Enable table auto formatting.
-
-Default: 1
-
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-*g:vimwiki_table_reduce_last_col*
-
-If set, the last column separator will not be expanded to fill the cell.  When
-`:set wrap` this option improves how a table is displayed, particularly on
-small screens.  If |g:vimwiki_table_auto_fmt| is set to 0, this option has no
-effect.
-
-Value           Description~
-0               Enable table auto formating for all columns.
-1               Disable table auto formating for the last column.
-
-Default: 0
-
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-*g:vimwiki_w32_dir_enc*
-
-Convert directory name from current 'encoding' into 'g:vimwiki_w32_dir_enc'
-before it is created.
-
-If you have 'enc=utf-8' and set up >
-    let g:vimwiki_w32_dir_enc = 'cp1251'
-<
-then following the next link with : >
-    [[привет/мир]]
->
-would convert utf-8 'привет' to cp1251 and create directory with that name.
-
-Default: ''
-
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-*g:vimwiki_CJK_length*
-
-Use a special method to calculate the correct length of the strings with
-double-wide characters (to align table cells properly).
-
-Value           Description~
-0               Do not use it.
-1               Use it.
-
-Default: 0
-
-Note: Vim 7.3 has a new function |strdisplaywidth()|, so for users of an up to
-date Vim, this option is obsolete.
-
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-*g:vimwiki_dir_link*
-
-This option is about what to do with links to directories, like
-[[directory/]], [[papers/]], etc.
-
-Value           Description~
-''              Open 'directory/' using the standard netrw plugin.
-'index'         Open 'directory/index.wiki', create if needed.
-'main'          Open 'directory/main.wiki', create if needed.
-etc.
-
-Default: '' (empty string)
-
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-*g:vimwiki_html_header_numbering*
-
-Set this option if you want headers to be auto-numbered in HTML.
-
-E.g.: >
-    1 Header1
-    1.1 Header2
-    1.2 Header2
-    1.2.1 Header3
-    1.2.2 Header3
-    1.3 Header2
-    2 Header1
-    3 Header1
-etc.
-
-Value           Description~
-0               Header numbering is off.
-1               Header numbering is on. Headers are numbered starting from
-                header level 1.
-2               Header numbering is on. Headers are numbered starting from
-                header level 2.
-etc.
-
-Example when g:vimwiki_html_header_numbering = 2: >
-    Header1
-    1 Header2
-    2 Header2
-    2.1 Header3
-    2.1.1 Header4
-    2.1.2 Header4
-    2.2 Header3
-    3 Header2
-    4 Header2
-etc.
-
-Default: 0
-
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-*g:vimwiki_html_header_numbering_sym*
-
-Ending symbol for |g:vimwiki_html_header_numbering|.
-
-Value           Description~
-'.'             Dot will be added after a header's number.
-')'             Closing bracket will be added after a header's number.
-etc.
-
-With
-    let g:vimwiki_html_header_numbering_sym = '.'
-headers would look like: >
-    1. Header1
-    1.1. Header2
-    1.2. Header2
-    1.2.1. Header3
-    1.2.2. Header3
-    1.3. Header2
-    2. Header1
-    3. Header1
-
-
-Default: '' (empty)
-
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-*g:vimwiki_valid_html_tags*
-
-Case-insensitive comma separated list of HTML tags that can be used in
-Vimwiki.  When converting to HTML, these tags are left as they are, while
-every other tag is escaped.
-
-Default: 'b,i,s,u,sub,sup,kbd,br,hr'
-
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-*g:vimwiki_user_htmls*
-
-Comma-separated list of HTML files that have no corresponding wiki files and
-should not be deleted after |:VimwikiAll2HTML|.
-
-Default: ''
-
-Example:
-Consider you have 404.html and search.html in your Vimwiki 'path_html'.
-With: >
-    let g:vimwiki_user_htmls = '404.html,search.html'
-they would not be deleted after |:VimwikiAll2HTML|.
-
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-*g:vimwiki_conceallevel*
-
-In Vim 7.3 'conceallevel' is local to the current window, thus if you open a
-Vimwiki buffer in a new tab or window, it would be set to the default value.
-
-Vimwiki sets 'conceallevel' to g:vimwiki_conceallevel every time a Vimwiki
-buffer is entered.
-
-With default settings, Vimwiki conceals one-character markers, shortens long
-URLs and hides markers and URL for links that have a description.
-
-Default: 2
-
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-*g:vimwiki_conceal_onechar_markers*
-
-Control the concealment of one-character markers.
-
-Setting 'conceal_onechar_markers' to 0 will show the markers, overriding
-whatever value is set in |g:vimwiki_conceallevel|
-
-Default: 1
-
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-*g:vimwiki_conceal_pre*
-
-Conceal preformatted text markers. For example,
->
-    {{{python
-    def say_hello():
-        print("Hello, world!")
-    }}}
->
-would appear as simply
->
-    def say_hello():
-        print("Hello, world!")
->
-in your wiki file.
-
-Default: 0
-
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-*g:vimwiki_autowriteall*
-
-Automatically save a modified wiki buffer when switching wiki pages. Has the
-same effect as setting the Vim option 'autowriteall', but it works for wiki
-files only, while the Vim option is global.
-Hint: if you're just annoyed that you have to save files manually to switch
-wiki pages, consider setting the Vim option 'hidden' which makes that modified
-files don't need to be saved.
-
-Value           Description~
-0               autowriteall is off
-1               autowriteall is on
-
-Default: 1
-
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-*g:vimwiki_url_maxsave*
-
-Setting the value of |g:vimwiki_url_maxsave| to 0 will prevent any link
-shortening: you will see the full URL in all types of links, with no parts
-being concealed. This option does not affect the concealing of wiki elements
-such as bold, italic, wikilinks, etc.
-
-When positive, the value determines the maximum number of characters that
-are retained at the end after concealing the middle part of a long URL.
-It could be less: in case one of the characters /,#,? is found near the end,
-the URL will be concealed up to the last occurrence of that character.
-
-Note:
-  * The conceal feature works only with Vim >= 7.3.
-  * When using the default |wrap| option of Vim, the effect of concealed links
-    is not always pleasing, because the visible text on longer lines with
-    a lot of concealed parts may appear to be strangely broken across several
-    lines. This is a limitation of Vim's |conceal| feature.
-  * Many color schemes do not define an unobtrusive color for the Conceal
-    highlight group - this might be quite noticeable on shortened URLs.
-
-
-Default: 15
-
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-*g:vimwiki_diary_months*
-
-It is a |Dictionary| with the numbers of months and corresponding names. Diary
-uses it.
-
-Redefine it in your .vimrc to get localized months in your diary:
-let g:vimwiki_diary_months = {
-      \ 1: 'Январь', 2: 'Февраль', 3: 'Март',
-      \ 4: 'Апрель', 5: 'Май', 6: 'Июнь',
-      \ 7: 'Июль', 8: 'Август', 9: 'Сентябрь',
-      \ 10: 'Октябрь', 11: 'Ноябрь', 12: 'Декабрь'
-      \ }
-
-Default:
-let g:vimwiki_diary_months = {
-      \ 1: 'January', 2: 'February', 3: 'March',
-      \ 4: 'April', 5: 'May', 6: 'June',
-      \ 7: 'July', 8: 'August', 9: 'September',
-      \ 10: 'October', 11: 'November', 12: 'December'
-      \ }
-
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-*g:vimwiki_toc_header*
-
-A string with the magic header that tells Vimwiki where the Table of Contents
-(see |vimwiki-toc|) is located in a file. You can change it to the
-appropriate word in your mother tongue like this: >
-  let g:vimwiki_toc_header = 'Inhalt'
-
-The default is 'Contents'.
-
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-*g:vimwiki_toc_header_level*
-
-The header level of the Table of Contents (see |vimwiki-toc|). Valid values
-are from 1 to 6.
-
-The default is 1.
-
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-*g:vimwiki_toc_link_format*
-
-The format of the links in the Table of Contents (see |vimwiki-toc|).
-
-
-Value           Description~
-0               Extended: The link contains the description and URL. URL
-                references all levels.
-1               Brief: The link contains only the URL. URL references only
-                the immediate level.
-
-Default: 0
-
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-*g:vimwiki_map_prefix*
-
-A string which specifies the prefix for all global mappings (and some local
-ones).  Use it to avoid conflicts with other plugins.  Note that it must be
-defined before the plugin loads.  >
-  let g:vimwiki_map_prefix = 'e'
-
-The default is 'w'.
-
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-*g:vimwiki_auto_chdir*
-
-When set to 1, enables auto-cd feature. Whenever Vimwiki page is opened,
-Vimwiki performs an |:lcd| to the root Vimwiki folder of the page's wiki.
-
-
-Value           Description~
-0               Do not change directory.
-1               Change directory to root Vimwiki folder on opening page.
-
-Default: 0
-
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-*g:vimwiki_links_header*
-
-A string with the magic header that tells Vimwiki where the generated links
-are located in a file. You can change it to the appropriate word in your
-mother tongue like this: >
-  let g:vimwiki_links_header = 'Generierte Links'
-
-The default is 'Generated Links'.
-
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-*g:vimwiki_links_header_level*
-
-The header level of generated links. Valid values are from 1 to 6.
-
-The default is 1.
-
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-*g:vimwiki_tags_header*
-
-A string with the magic header that tells Vimwiki where the generated tags
-are located in a file. You can change it to the appropriate word in your
-mother tongue like this: >
-  let g:vimwiki_tags_header = 'Generierte Stichworte'
-
-The default is 'Generated Tags'.
-
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-*g:vimwiki_tags_header_level*
-
-The header level of generated tags. Valid values are from 1 to 5.
-
-The default is 1.
-
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-*g:vimwiki_markdown_header_style*
-
-The number of newlines to be inserted after a header is generated. Valid
-values are from 0 to 2.
-
-The default is 1.
-
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-*g:vimwiki_auto_header*
-
-Set this option to 1 to automatically generate a level 1 header when creating
-a new wiki page. This option is disabled for the wiki index and the diary
-index. Spaces replaced with |vimwiki-option-links_space_char| are reverted
-back to spaces in the generated header, which will match the filename
-except for the characters that were reverted to spaces.
-
-For example, with `links_space_char` set to `'_'` creating a link from the text
-`foo bar link` would result in `[[foo_bar_link]]` and the file
-`foo_bar_link.wiki`. The generated header would be `= foo bar link =`
-
-The default is 0.
-
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-*g:vimwiki_key_mappings*
-
-A dictionary that is used to enable/disable various key mapping groups. To
-disable a specific group set the value for the associated key to 0.
-For example: >
-
-  let g:vimwiki_key_mappings =
-    \ {
-    \ 'headers': 0,
-    \ 'text_objs': 0,
-    \ }
-
-To disable ALL Vimwiki key mappings use: >
-
-    let g:vimwiki_key_mappings = { 'all_maps': 0, }
-
-The valid key groups and their associated mappings are shown below.
-
-`all_maps`:
-  Used to disable all Vimwiki key mappings.
-`global`:
-  |vimwiki-global-mappings| that are defined when Vim starts.
-`headers`:
-  Mappings for header navigation and manipulation:
-  |vimwiki_=|, |vimwiki_-|, |vimwiki_[[|, |vimwiki_]]|, |vimwiki_[=|
-  |vimwiki_]=|, |vimwiki_]u| , |vimwiki_[u|
-`text_objs`:
-  |vimwiki-text-objects| mappings.
-`table_format`:
-  Mappings used for table formatting.
-  |vimwiki_gqq|, |vimwiki_gww|, |vimwiki_gq1|, |vimwiki_gw1|
-  |vimwiki_|, |vimwiki_|
-`table_mappings`:
-    Table mappings for insert mode.
-    |vimwiki_|, |vimwiki_|
-`lists`:
-    Mappings for list manipulation.
-    |vimwiki_|, |vimwiki_gl|, |vimwiki_gL| |vimwiki_gln|, |vimwiki_glp|
-    |vimwiki_gll|, |vimwiki_gLl|, |vimwiki_glh|, |vimwiki_gLh|, |vimwiki_glr|, |vimwiki_gLr|
-    |vimwiki_glsar|, |vimwiki_gLstar|, |vimwiki_gl#|, |vimwiki_gL#|, |vimwiki_gl-|, |vimwiki_gL-|
-    |vimwiki_gl1|, |vimwiki_gL1|, |vimwiki_gla|, |vimwiki_gLa|, |vimwiki_glA|, |vimwiki_gLA|
-    |vimwiki_gli|, |vimwiki_gLi|, |vimwiki_glI|, |vimwiki_gLI|, |vimwiki_glx|
-`links`:
-    Mappings for link creation and navigation.
-    |vimwiki_wi|, |vimwiki_|, |vimwiki_|, |vimwiki_|
-    |vimwiki_|, |vimwiki_|, |vimwiki_|, |vimwiki_|
-    |vimwiki_|, |vimwiki_wd|, |vimwiki_wr|, |vimwiki_|
-    |vimwiki_|, |vimwiki_+|, |vimwiki_|
-`html`:
-    Mappings for HTML generation.
-    |vimwiki_wh|, |vimwiki_whh|
-`mouse`:
-    Mouse mappings, see |vimwiki_mouse|. This option is disabled by default.
-
-The default is to enable all key mappings except the mouse: >
-  let g:vimwiki_key_mappings =
-    \ {
-    \   'all_maps': 1,
-    \   'global': 1,
-    \   'headers': 1,
-    \   'text_objs': 1,
-    \   'table_format': 1,
-    \   'table_mappings': 1,
-    \   'lists': 1,
-    \   'links': 1,
-    \   'html': 1,
-    \   'mouse': 0,
-    \ }
-
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-*g:vimwiki_filetypes*
-
-A list of additional fileypes that should be registered to vimwiki files: >
-
-  let g:vimwiki_filetypes = ['markdown', 'pandoc']
-
-Would result in the filetype being set to `vimwiki.markdown.pandoc`. This can
-be used to enable third party plugins such as custom folding. WARNING: this
-option can allow other plugins to overwrite vimwiki settings and operation so
-take care when using it. Any plugin that uses a set filetype will be enabled.
-
-The default is `[ ]`
-
-==============================================================================
-13. Getting help                                                *vimwiki-help*
-
-For questions, discussions, praise or rants there is a mailing list:
-https://groups.google.com/forum/#!forum/vimwiki
-
-Also, there is the IRC channel #vimwiki on Freenode which can be accessed via
-webchat: https://webchat.freenode.net/?channels=#vimwiki
-
-==============================================================================
-14. Contributing & Bug reports                          *vimwiki-contributing*
-
-Your help in making Vimwiki better is really appreciated!
-Any help, whether it is a spelling correction or a code snippet to patch --
-everything is welcomed.
-
-See CONTRIBUTING.md for info about how to file bugs etc.
-
-==============================================================================
-15. Development                                          *vimwiki-development*
-
-Homepage: http://vimwiki.github.io/
-Github: https://github.com/vimwiki/vimwiki/
-Vim plugins: http://www.vim.org/scripts/script.php?script_id=2226
-Old homepage: http://code.google.com/p/vimwiki/
-
-Contributors and their Github usernames in roughly chronological order:
-
-    - Maxim Kim (@habamax)  as original author
-    - the people here: http://code.google.com/p/vimwiki/people/list
-    - Stuart Andrews (@tub78)
-    - Tomas Pospichal
-    - Daniel Schemala (@EinfachToll) as current maintainer
-    - Larry Hynes (@larryhynes)
-    - Hector Arciga (@harciga)
-    - Alexey Radkov (@lyokha)
-    - Aaron Franks (@af)
-    - Dan Bernier (@danbernier)
-    - Carl Helmertz (@chelmertz)
-    - Karl Yngve Lervåg (@lervag)
-    - Patrick Davey (@patrickdavey)
-    - Ivan Tishchenko (@t7ko)
-    - 修昊 (@Svtter)
-    - Marcelo D Montu (@mMontu)
-    - John Kaul
-    - Hongbo Liu (@hiberabyss)
-    - @Tomsod
-    - @wangzq
-    - Jinzhou Zhang (@lotabout)
-    - Michael Riley (@optik-aper)
-    - Irfan Sharif (@irfansharif)
-    - John Conroy (@jconroy77)
-    - Christian Rondeau (@christianrondeau)
-    - Alex Thorne (@thornecc)
-    - Shafqat Bhuiyan (@priomsrb)
-    - Bradley Cicenas (@bcicen)
-    - Michael Thessel (@MichaelThessel)
-    - Michael F. Schönitzer (@nudin)
-    - @sqlwwx
-    - Guilherme Salazar (@salazar)
-    - Daniel Trnka (@trnila)
-    - Yuchen Pei (@ycpei)
-    - @maqiv
-    - Dawid Ciężarkiewicz (@dpc)
-    - Drew Hays (@Dru89)
-    - Daniel Etrata (@danetrata)
-    - Keith Haber (@kjhaber)
-    - @beuerle
-    - Silvio Ricardo Cordeiro (@silvioricardoc)
-    - @blyoa
-    - Jonathan McElroy (@jonathanmcelroy)
-    - @PetrusZ
-    - Brian Gianforcaro (@bgianfo)
-    - Ben Burrill (@benburrill)
-    - Zhuang Ma (@mzlogin)
-    - Huy Le (@huynle)
-    - Nick Borden (@hcwndbyw)
-    - John Campbell (@johnmarcampbell)
-    - Petrus (@PetrusZ)
-    - Steven Stallion (@sstallion)
-    - Daniel Quomsieh (@DQuomsieh)
-    - Fredrik Arnerup (@farnerup)
-    - CUI Hao (@cuihaoleo)
-    - Benjamin Brandtner (@BenjaminBrandtner)
-    - @sreejith994
-    - Raphael Feng (@raphaelfeng)
-    - Kasper Socha (@fte10kso)
-    - Nicolas Brailovsky (@nicolasbrailo)
-    - @BenMcH
-    - Stefan Huber (@shuber2)
-    - Hugo Hörnquist (@HugoNikanor)
-    - Rane Brown (@ranebrown)
-    - Patrik Willard (@padowi)
-    - Steve Dondley (@sdondley)
-    - Alexander Gude (@agude)
-    - Jonny Bylsma (@jbylsma)
-    - Shaedil (@Shaedil)
-    - Robin Lowe (@defau1t)
-    - Abhinav Gupta (@abhinav)
-    - Dave Gauer (@ratfactor)
-    - Martin Tourneboeuf (@tinmarino)
-    - Mauro Morales (@mauromorales)
-    - Valtteri Vallius (@kaphula)
-    - Patrick Stockwell (@patstockwell)
-    - Henry Qin (@hq6)
-    - Hugo Hörnquist
-    - Greg Anders
-    - Steven Schmeiser
-    - Monkin (@monkinco)
-    - @AresMegaGlobal
-    - Cesar Tessarin (@tessarin)
-    - Clément Bœsch (@ubitux)
-    - Dave Gauer
-    - Eric Langlois (@edlanglois)
-    - James Moriarty
-    - Lionel Flandrin (@simias)
-    - Michael Brauweiler (@rattletat)
-    - Michal Cizmazia (@cizmazia)
-    - Samir Benmendil (@Ram-Z)
-    - Stefan Lehmann (@stevesteve)
-    - @graywolf
-    - flex (@bratekarate)
-
-==============================================================================
-16. Changelog                                              *vimwiki-changelog*
-
-
-Issue numbers starting with '#' are issues from
-https://github.com/vimwiki/vimwiki/issues/, all others from
-http://code.google.com/p/vimwiki/issues/list. They may be accessible from
-https://github.com/vimwiki-backup/vimwiki/issues.
-
-
-2.5 (2020-05-26)~
-
-New:~
-    * PR #787: |:VimwikiRenameFile| works for all directories: even
-      wiki_root/diary/2019-12-11.md if current file is wiki_root/dir1/file.md.
-    * Issue #764: fenced code blocks are properly supported for markdown
-      syntax i.e. more than 3 backticks, adds tilde support.
-    * PR #785: |:VimwikiGoto| completion works with part of filename and
-      nested directories
-    * Add test framework (vader, vint, vim-testbed)
-    * Issue #769: Set default values for |g:vimwiki_ext2syntax|.
-    * PR #735: Make list-toggling work properly even when code blocks are
-      embedded within the list in Markdown mode.
-    * PR #711: Allow forcing VimwikiAll2HTML with !
-    * PR #702: Make remapping documentation more accessible to newer vim users
-    * PR #673: Add :VimwikiGoto key mapping.
-    * PR #689: Allow |vimwiki-option-diary_rel_path| to be an empty string.
-    * PR #683: Improve layout and format of key binding documentation in
-      README and include note about key bindings that may not work.
-    * PR #681: Prevent sticky type checking errors for old vim versions.
-    * PR #686: New option |g:vimwiki_key_mappings| that allow key mappings to
-      be enabled/disabled by groups. Key mappings are also no longer
-      overwritten if they are already defined.
-    * PR #675: Add option |vimwiki-option-name| to assign a per wiki name.
-    * PR #661: Add option |g:vimwiki_auto_header| to automatically generate
-      a level 1 header for new wiki pages.
-    * PR #665: Integration with vimwiki_markdown gem
-      https://github.com/patrickdavey/vimwiki_markdown
-      This provides the |vimwiki-option-html_filename_parameterization|
-      which alters the filenames vimiwiki checks against when running the
-      html conversion. It also disables the deleting of html files which
-      no longer match against a wiki file.
-    * PR #663: New option |g:vimwiki_conceal_onechar_markers| to control
-      whether to show or hide single-character format markers.
-    * PR #636: Wiki local option |vimwiki-option-exclude_files| which is
-      a list of patterns to exclude when checking or generating links.
-    * PR #644: Key mapping gnt to jump to the next open task.
-    * PR #643: Option |g:vimwiki_toc_link_format| to change how links are
-      formatted in the TOC.
-    * PR #641: Option |g:vimwiki_conceal_code_blocks| to conceal preformatted
-      text markers.
-    * PR #634: New options |g:vimwiki_links_header| and
-      |g:vimwiki_tags_header| to customize the title string of generated
-      sections. New option |g:vimwiki_links_header_level| and
-      |g:vimwiki_tags_header_level| which allow the header level (1-6) of the
-      generated links to be set. New option |g:vimwiki_markdown_header_style|
-      which specifies the nuber of newlines after the created header for
-      generated sections.
-    * PR #635: Wiki local options |vimwiki-option-auto_generate_links| and
-      |vimwiki-option-auto_generate_tags|.
-    * Wiki local option |vimwiki-option-links_space_char| to replace spaces
-      with a different character when creating a link.
-    * Allow increase/decrease header level to take a count.
-    * PR #637: Option |g:vimwiki_table_reduce_last_col| to not autoformat last
-      column of a table.
-    * PR #629: New option |g:vimwiki_toc_header_level| to set the desired
-      header level for the TOC.
-    * PR #616: Hex color codes are colored in HTML output.
-    * PR #573: Add HTML template variable %wiki_path% which outputs the path
-      of the current file being converted to HTML.
-    * PR #529: Option |g:vimwiki_markdown_link_ext| to include the extension
-      .md in generated links.
-    * PR #528: Add option |g:vimwiki_create_link| to prevent link creation
-      with .
-    * PR #498: Option |vimwiki-option-diary_caption_level| which adds captions
-      to the diary index based on headers.
-    * PR #377: Add horizontal alignment to tables.
-    * PR #202: Don't override or display errors for existing keymappings.
-    * PR #47: Optimize table formatting for large tables.
-    * PR #857: Make default template responsive
-    * PR #879: Generate links when diary & wiki dir are the same
-
-Changed:~
-    * Issue #796: Rename |:VimwikiGenerateTags| to |:VimwikiGenerateTagLinks|
-    * Issue #638: Rename |:VimwikiDeleteLink| to |:VimwikiDeleteFile|
-    * Issue #638: Rename |:VimwikiRenameLink| to |:VimwikiRenameFile|
-    * For all three above the old commands still works but is deprecated and
-    * will be removed in later versions.
-    * Set default |vimwiki-option-list_margin| = 0 for markdown syntax.
-    * Modify horizontal rule (thematic-breaks) syntax for markdown.
-
-Removed:~
-    * PR #698: Remove awa check triggering silent file edits.
-    * Options g:vimwiki_use_mouse and g:vimwiki_table_mappings. These are
-      still present in the code for backwards compatibility but have been
-      removed from the documentation and will be fully removed at a later
-      point.
-
-Fixed:~
-    * Issue #90: |:VimwikiRenameFile| doesn't update links in diary.
-    * Issue #790: Allow tags before a header with markdown syntax.
-    * Issue #779: Vimwiki tags file meets ctags standard.
-    * Issue #781: Compatablity fixes for older versions of Vim.
-    * Issue #691: Allow |:VimwikiGoBackLink| to go back multiple times.
-    * Update MathJax CDN loading instructions.
-    * Issue #212: Don't treat comment characters within code blocks as
-      headers.
-    * Issue #420: Add error handling to |:VimwikiSearch|
-    * PR #744: Fix typo in vimwiki_list_manipulation
-    * Issue #715: s:clean_url is compatible with vim pre 7.4.1546 (sticky type
-      checking)
-    * Issue #729: Normalize links uses relative paths in diary pages for
-      Markdown syntax. This previously only worked for the default syntax.
-    * Disable spell check in code and math inline/blocks.
-    * Properly handle markdown image links `![]()`
-    * Issue #415: Expand iabbrev entries on .
-    * Issue #619: allow escaped characters in markdown links.
-    * Issue #240: Fix regex pattern for markdown '[]()' links
-    * Issue #685: Error message for invalid user options fixed.
-    * Issue #481: Allow surrounding URLs with '<' '>'
-    * Issue #237: |:VimwikiRenameFile| now works for Markdown syntax
-    * Issue #612: GVim menu displayed duplicate names.
-    * Issue #456: Omnicompletion of wikilinks under Windows. Note: this should
-      be considered a temporary fix until #478 is closed.
-    * Issue #654: Fix |:VimwikiShowVersion| command.
-    * PR #634: Removed extra newlines that were inserted before/after
-      generated links.
-    * Issue #543: Allow commands related to opening index files or diary pages
-      to take a count, modify keymapping behavior, and fix discrepancies in
-      the documentation.
-    * Issue #539: The option |g:vimwiki_url_maxsave| now only affects raw
-      URLs (wiki links are excluded).
-    * Issue #438: Fix creation of visually selected links on diary pages.
-    * Issue #404: Don't conceal strikethrough character in tables.
-    * Issue #318: Markdown syntax bold, italic, and italic/bold are now
-      rendered correctly.
-    * Issue #835: Pressing enter on the dash of a markdown list causes an error.
-    * Issue #876: E684: list index out of range: 0, when creating a link containing a `.`.
-    * Issue #803: |:VimwikiGenerateLinks| for subdirectory only
-    * Issue #776: Command [count]o can't repeat in vimwiki
-
-
-2.4.1 (2019-02-20)~
-Fixed:
-    * Fix VimwikiShowVersion function.
-    * strikethrough `~` characters were not hidden within tables
-    * Update and format README.md and update screen shots
-
-2.4 (2019-03-24)~
-
-New:~
-    * Add the option |g:vimwiki_text_ignore_newline|.
-    * |g:vimwiki_listsyms| can have fewer or more than 5 symbols.
-    * glx on a list item marks a checkbox as won't do, see |vimwiki_glx|.
-    * Add the option |g:vimwiki_listsym_rejected| to set the character used
-      for won't-do list items.
-    * gln and glp change the "done" status of a checkbox, see |vimwiki_gln|.
-    * |:VimwikiSplitLink| and |:VimwikiVSplitLink| can now reuse an existing
-      split window and not move the cursor.
-    * Add 'aH' and 'iH' text objects, see |vimwiki-text-objects|.
-    * Add the keys |vimwiki_[[|, |vimwiki_]]|, |vimwiki_[=|, |vimwiki_]=| and
-      |vimwiki_]u| for navigating between headers.
-    * Add the command |:VimwikiMakeTomorrowDiaryNote|.
-    * |g:vimwiki_folding| has a new option 'custom'.
-    * Add the ':quick' option for faster folding, see |g:vimwiki_folding|.
-    * Add the %date placeholder, see |vimwiki-date|.
-    * Add the option |vimwiki-option-custom_wiki2html_args|.
-    * Add support for HTML-style comments when using markdown syntax.
-    * Made headings link to themselves in HTML output.
-    * Add |:VimwikiShowVersion| to check the version
-
-Removed:~
-    * Remove the undocumented and buggy command :VimwikiReadLocalOptions
-      which allowed to store Vimwiki related settings in a local file.
-    * Remove the undocumented command :VimwikiPrintWikiState.
-    * For complicated reasons, Vimwiki doesn't clean up its settings anymore
-      if you change the filetype of a wiki buffer.
-
-Fixed:~
-    * Make |vimwiki-option-automatic_nested_syntaxes| work also for markdown.
-    * Issue #236: Highlight math blocks as TeX math, not TeX.
-    * Issue #264: Don't overwrite mappings to i_ from other plugins.
-    * Fix an error where  sometimes didn't work under Windows.
-    * Issue #302: |:VimwikiDiaryGenerateLinks| had issues with markdown.
-    * Issue #445: Better handling of |'autowriteall'| and |'hidden'|.
-    * Improve 'ah' and 'ih' text objects, see |vimwiki-text-objects|.
-    * Allow opening of links using Powershell.
-    * Allow any visual mode to be used with |vimwiki_+|.
-    * Markdown syntax for |vimwiki-toc| is used, when appropriate.
-    * Wikis can now be in subfolders of other wikis.
-    * Issue #482: |:VimwikiMakeDiaryNote| now uses the diary of the current wiki.
-    * Opening the diary and wikis from the menu works correctly now.
-    * Issue #497: Make |:VimwikiMakeDiaryNote| work outside a wiki buffer.
-    * Use markdown syntax in the diary when appropriate.
-    * Improve handling of errors on opening files.
-    * Update links when renaming a page with |:VimwikiRenameLink|.
-    * Fix losing the highlighting in various situations.
-    * Improved link normalisation.
-    * Various other minor fixes.
-
-
-2.3 (2016-03-31)~
-
-New:~
-    * Add |:VimwikiMakeYesterdayDiaryNote| command
-    * Issue #128: add option |vimwiki-option-automatic_nested_syntaxes|
-    * Issue #192: Sort links in the list generated by |:VimwikiGenerateTags|
-
-Fixed:~
-    * Issue #176: Fix issue when the wiki path contains spaces
-    * Also look for tags in wiki files in subdirectories
-    * Locate the .tags file correctly on Windows
-    * Issue #183: Fix HTML conversion of headers containing links
-    * Issue #64: create correct Markdown links when pressing CR on a word
-    * Issue #191: ignore headers inside preformatted text when creating the TOC
-    * Create the standard CSS file also if only one file is converted to HTML
-    * Fix #188: |vimwiki_+| on a raw url surrounds it with brackets
-    * various minor fixes
-
-
-2.2.1 (2015-12-10)~
-
-Removed:~
-    * Removed the option g:vimwiki_debug, which probably nobody used. If you
-      want it back, file an issue at Github.
-
-Fixed:~
-    * Issue #175: Don't do random things when the user has remapped the z key
-    * Don't ask for confirmation when following a URL in MacOS
-    * Always jump to the first occurrence of a tag in a file
-    * Don't move the cursor when updating the TOC
-    * Fix some issues with the TOC when folding is enabled
-
-
-2.2 (2015-11-25)~
-
-New:~
-    * Support for anchors, see |vimwiki-anchors|
-        * in this context, add support for TOC, see |vimwiki-toc|
-        * add omni completion of wiki links (files and anchors)
-        * new local option |vimwiki-option-auto_toc|
-        * new global option |g:vimwiki_toc_header|
-    * Support for tags, see |vimwiki-syntax-tags|
-    * List editing capabilities, see |vimwiki-lists|:
-        * support for auto incrementing numbered lists
-        * more key maps for list manipulation, see |vimwiki-list-manipulation|
-        * improved automatic adjustment of checkboxes
-        * text objects for list items, see |vimwiki-text-objects|
-    * New command |:VimwikiCheckLinks| to check for broken links
-    * New global option |g:vimwiki_auto_chdir|
-    * New global option |g:vimwiki_map_prefix|
-    * Support for wiki links absolute to the wiki root
-    * Added the |VimwikiLinkConverter| function
-    * Issue #24: Basic support for remote directories via netrw
-    * Issue #50: in HTML, tables can now be embedded in lists
-    * When converting to HTML, show a message with the output directory
-    * Add auto completion for |:VimwikiGoto|
-    * Add Chinese Readme file
-
-Changed:~
-    * Wiki files must not contain # anymore, because # is used to separate the
-      file from an anchor in a link.
-    * replace the function vimwiki#base#resolve_scheme() by
-      vimwiki#base#resolve_link() (relevant if you have a custom
-      |VimwikiLinkHandler| which used this function)
-    * The semantic of "file:" and "local:" links changed slightly, see
-      |vimwiki-syntax-links| for what they mean now
-    * The meaning of a link like [[/some/directory/]] changed. It used to be
-      a link to the actual directory /some/directory/, now it's relative to
-      the root of the current wiki. Use [[file:/some/directory/]] for the old
-      behavior.
-
-Removed:~
-    * the %toc placeholder is now useless, use |vimwiki-toc| instead
-    * the global option g:vimwiki_auto_checkbox is now useless and removed
-
-Fixed:~
-    * Issue 415: Disable folding if g:vimwiki_folding is set to ''
-    * Fix slowdown in Vim 7.4
-    * Issue #12: Separate diaries from different wikis
-    * Issue #13: Fix :VimwikiRenameLink on links containing a dot
-    * Always jump to previous link on , not to beginning of link
-    * Issue #27: Fix  on a visual selection sometimes not working
-    * |VimwikiBackLinks| now recognizes much more valid links
-    * Issue 424: make external links with #, % work under Linux
-    * Issue #39: don't htmlize stuff inside pre tags
-    * Issue #44: faster formatting of large tables
-    * Issue #52: Recognize markdown links when renaming wiki file
-    * Issue #54: Disable 'shellslash' on Windows to avoid problems
-    * Issue #81: Don't get stuck when converting a read-only file
-    * Issue #66: Better normalizing of links in diary
-    * Fix the menu in GVim, which was sometimes not shown correctly
-    * |VimwikiGenerateLinks| now also generates links for subdirectories
-    * Issue #93: Don't process placeholders inside preformatted text
-    * Issue #102: Add default values to some options like the doc says
-    * Issue #144: Fix bug with folds shortening on multibyte characters
-    * Issue #158: Detect the OS correctly
-    * |VimwikiGenerateLinks| now replaces a potentially existing old list
-    * Fix uneven indentation of list items with checkboxes in HTML
-    * Various small fixes
-    * Corrected website links in documentation. code.google is dead, long live
-      Github!
-
-2.1~
-
-    * Concealing of links can be turned off - set |g:vimwiki_url_maxsave| to 0.
-      The option g:vimwiki_url_mingain was removed
-    * |g:vimwiki_folding| also accepts value 'list'; with 'expr' both sections
-      and code blocks folded, g:vimwiki_fold_lists option was removed
-    * Issue 261: Syntax folding is back. |g:vimwiki_folding| values are
-      changed to '', 'expr', 'syntax'.
-    * Issue 372: Ignore case in g:vimwiki_valid_html_tags
-    * Issue 374: Make autowriteall local to vimwiki. It is not 100% local
-      though.
-    * Issue 384: Custom_wiki2html script now receives templating arguments
-    * Issue 393: Custom_wiki2html script path can contain tilde character
-    * Issue 392: Custom_wiki2html arguments are quoted, e.g names with spaces
-    * Various small bug fixes.
-
-2.0.1 'stu'~
-
-    * Follow (i.e. open target of) markdown reference-style links.
-    * Bug fixes.
-
-
-2.0 'stu'~
-
-This release is partly incompatible with previous.
-
-Summary ~
-
-    * Quick page-link creation.
-    * Redesign of link syntaxes (!)
-        * No more CamelCase links. Check the ways to convert them
-          https://groups.google.com/forum/?fromgroups#!topic/vimwiki/NdS9OBG2dys
-        * No more [[link][desc]] links.
-        * No more [http://link description] links.
-        * No more plain image links. Use transclusions.
-        * No more image links identified by extension. Use transclusions.
-    * Interwiki links
-    * More link schemes
-    * Transclusions
-    * Normalize link command. See |vimwiki_+|.
-    * Improved diary organization and generation. See |vimwiki-diary|.
-    * List manipulation. See |vimwiki-list-manipulation|.
-    * Markdown support.
-    * Mathjax support. See |vimwiki-syntax-math|.
-    * Improved handling of special characters and punctuation in filenames and
-      urls.
-    * Back links command: list links referring to the current page.
-    * Highlighting nonexisted links are off by default.
-    * Table syntax change. Row separator uses | instead of +.
-    * Fold multilined list items.
-    * Custom wiki to HTML converters. See |vimwiki-option-custom_wiki2html|.
-    * Conceal long weblinks. See g:vimwiki_url_mingain.
-    * Option to disable table mappings. See |g:vimwiki_table_mappings|.
-
-For detailed information see issues list on
-http://code.google.com/p/vimwiki/issues/list
-
-
-1.2~
-    * Issue 70: Table spanning cell support.
-    * Issue 72: Do not convert again for unchanged file. |:VimwikiAll2HTML|
-      converts only changed wiki files.
-    * Issue 117: |:VimwikiDiaryIndex| command that opens diary index wiki page.
-    * Issue 120: Links in headers are not highlighted in vimwiki but are
-      highlighted in HTML.
-    * Issue 138: Added possibility to remap table-column move bindings. See
-      |:VimwikiTableMoveColumnLeft| and |:VimwikiTableMoveColumnRight|
-      commands. For remap instructions see |vimwiki_|
-      and |vimwiki_|.
-    * Issue 125: Problem with 'o' command given while at the of the file.
-    * Issue 131: FileType is not set up when GUIEnter autocommand is used in
-      vimrc. Use 'nested' in 'au GUIEnter * nested VimwikiIndex'
-    * Issue 132: Link to perl (or any non-wiki) file in vimwiki subdirectory
-      doesn't work as intended.
-    * Issue 135: %title and %toc used together cause TOC to appear in an
-      unexpected place in HTML.
-    * Issue 139: |:VimwikiTabnewLink| command is added.
-    * Fix of g:vimwiki_stripsym = '' (i.e. an empty string) -- it removes bad
-      symbols from filenames.
-    * Issue 145: With modeline 'set ft=vimwiki' links are not correctly
-      highlighted when open wiki files.
-    * Issue 146: Filetype difficulty with ".txt" as a vimwiki extension.
-    * Issue 148: There are no mailto links.
-    * Issue 151: Use location list instead of quickfix list for |:VimwikiSearch|
-      command result. Use :lopen instead of :copen, :lnext instead of :cnext
-      etc.
-    * Issue 152: Add the list of HTML files that would not be deleted after
-      |:VimwikiAll2HTML|.
-    * Issue 153: Delete HTML files that has no corresponding wiki ones with
-      |:VimwikiAll2HTML|.
-    * Issue 156: Add multiple HTML templates. See
-      |vimwiki-option-template_path|. Options html_header and html_footer are
-      no longer exist.
-    * Issue 173: When virtualedit=all option is enabled the 'o' command behave
-      strange.
-    * Issue 178: Problem with alike wikie's paths.
-    * Issue 182: Browser command does not quote url.
-    * Issue 183: Spelling error highlighting is not possible with nested
-      syntaxes.
-    * Issue 184: Wrong foldlevel in some cases.
-    * Issue 195: Page renaming issue.
-    * Issue 196: vim: modeline bug -- syn=vim doesn't work.
-    * Issue 199: Generated HTML for sublists is invalid.
-    * Issue 200: Generated HTML for todo lists does not show completion status
-      the fix relies on CSS, thus your old stylesheets need to be updated!;
-      may not work in obsolete browsers or font-deficient systems.
-    * Issue 205: Block code: highlighting differs from processing. Inline code
-      block {{{ ... }}} is removed. Use `...` instead.
-    * Issue 208: Default highlight colors are problematic in many
-      colorschemes. Headers are highlighted as |hl-Title| by default, use
-      |g:vimwiki_hl_headers| to restore previous default Red, Green, Blue or
-      custom header colors. Some other changes in highlighting.
-    * Issue 209: Wild comments slow down html generation. Comments are
-      changed, use %% to comment out entire line.
-    * Issue 210: HTML: para enclose header.
-    * Issue 214: External links containing Chinese characters get trimmed.
-    * Issue 218: Command to generate HTML file and open it in webbrowser. See
-      |:Vimwiki2HTMLBrowse|(bind to whh)
-    * NEW: Added wh mapping to call |:Vimwiki2HTML|
-
-
-...
-
-39 releases
-
-...
-
-0.1~
-    * First public version.
-
-==============================================================================
-17. License                                                  *vimwiki-license*
-
-The MIT License
-http://www.opensource.org/licenses/mit-license.php
-
-Copyright (c) 2008-2010 Maxim Kim
-              2013-2017 Daniel Schemala
-
-Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
-of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
-in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
-to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
-copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
-furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
-
-The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
-all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
-
-THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
-IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
-FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
-AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
-LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
-OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN
-THE SOFTWARE.
-
-
-
- vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help
diff --git a/pack/acp/start/vimwiki/doc/wiki.png b/pack/acp/start/vimwiki/doc/wiki.png
deleted file mode 100644
index a8bac8d..0000000
Binary files a/pack/acp/start/vimwiki/doc/wiki.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/pack/acp/start/vimwiki/ftplugin/vimwiki.vim b/pack/acp/start/vimwiki/ftplugin/vimwiki.vim
deleted file mode 100644
index d14201c..0000000
--- a/pack/acp/start/vimwiki/ftplugin/vimwiki.vim
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,701 +0,0 @@
-" vim:tabstop=2:shiftwidth=2:expandtab:textwidth=99
-" Vimwiki filetype plugin file
-" Home: https://github.com/vimwiki/vimwiki/
-
-if exists('b:did_ftplugin')
-  finish
-endif
-let b:did_ftplugin = 1  " Don't load another plugin for this buffer
-
-
-
-setlocal commentstring=%%%s
-
-if vimwiki#vars#get_global('conceallevel') && exists('+conceallevel')
-  let &l:conceallevel = vimwiki#vars#get_global('conceallevel')
-endif
-
-" This is for GOTO FILE: gf
-execute 'setlocal suffixesadd='.vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('ext')
-setlocal isfname-=[,]
-
-exe 'setlocal tags+=' . escape(vimwiki#tags#metadata_file_path(), ' \|"')
-
-
-
-function! Complete_wikifiles(findstart, base) abort
-  if a:findstart == 1
-    let column = col('.')-2
-    let line = getline('.')[:column]
-    let startoflink = match(line, '\[\[\zs[^\\[\]]*$')
-    if startoflink != -1
-      let s:line_context = '['
-      return startoflink
-    endif
-    if vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('syntax') ==? 'markdown'
-      let startofinlinelink = match(line, '\[.*\](\zs[^)]*$')
-      if startofinlinelink != -1
-        let s:line_context = '['
-        return startofinlinelink
-      endif
-    endif
-    let startoftag = match(line, ':\zs[^:[:space:]]*$')
-    if startoftag != -1
-      let s:line_context = ':'
-      return startoftag
-    endif
-    let s:line_context = ''
-    return -1
-  else
-    " Completion works for wikilinks/anchors, and for tags. s:line_content
-    " tells us which string came before a:base. There seems to be no easier
-    " solution, because calling col('.') here returns garbage.
-    if s:line_context ==? ''
-      return []
-    elseif s:line_context ==# ':'
-      " Tags completion
-      let tags = vimwiki#tags#get_tags()
-      if a:base !=? ''
-        call filter(tags,
-            \ 'v:val[:' . (len(a:base)-1) . "] == '" . substitute(a:base, "'", "''", '') . "'" )
-      endif
-      return tags
-    elseif a:base !~# '#'
-      " we look for wiki files
-
-      if a:base =~# '\m^wiki\d\+:'
-        let wikinumber = eval(matchstr(a:base, '\m^wiki\zs\d\+'))
-        if wikinumber >= vimwiki#vars#number_of_wikis()
-          return []
-        endif
-        let prefix = matchstr(a:base, '\m^wiki\d\+:\zs.*')
-        let scheme = matchstr(a:base, '\m^wiki\d\+:\ze')
-      elseif a:base =~# '^diary:'
-        let wikinumber = -1
-        let prefix = matchstr(a:base, '^diary:\zs.*')
-        let scheme = matchstr(a:base, '^diary:\ze')
-      else " current wiki
-        let wikinumber = vimwiki#vars#get_bufferlocal('wiki_nr')
-        let prefix = a:base
-        let scheme = ''
-      endif
-
-      let links = vimwiki#base#get_wikilinks(wikinumber, 1, '')
-      let result = []
-      for wikifile in links
-        if wikifile =~ '^'.vimwiki#u#escape(prefix)
-          call add(result, scheme . wikifile)
-        endif
-      endfor
-      return result
-
-    else
-      " we look for anchors in the given wikifile
-
-      let segments = split(a:base, '#', 1)
-      let given_wikifile = segments[0] ==? '' ? expand('%:t:r') : segments[0]
-      let link_infos = vimwiki#base#resolve_link(given_wikifile.'#')
-      let wikifile = link_infos.filename
-      let syntax = vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('syntax', link_infos.index)
-      let anchors = vimwiki#base#get_anchors(wikifile, syntax)
-
-      let filtered_anchors = []
-      let given_anchor = join(segments[1:], '#')
-      for anchor in anchors
-        if anchor =~# '^'.vimwiki#u#escape(given_anchor)
-          call add(filtered_anchors, segments[0].'#'.anchor)
-        endif
-      endfor
-      return filtered_anchors
-
-    endif
-  endif
-endfunction
-
-setlocal omnifunc=Complete_wikifiles
-
-
-
-" settings necessary for the automatic formatting of lists
-setlocal autoindent
-setlocal nosmartindent
-setlocal nocindent
-setlocal comments=""
-setlocal formatoptions-=c
-setlocal formatoptions-=r
-setlocal formatoptions-=o
-setlocal formatoptions-=2
-setlocal formatoptions+=n
-
-let &formatlistpat = vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxListItem')
-
-
-" ------------------------------------------------
-" Folding stuff
-" ------------------------------------------------
-
-function! VimwikiFoldListLevel(lnum) abort
-  return vimwiki#lst#fold_level(a:lnum)
-endfunction
-
-
-function! VimwikiFoldLevel(lnum) abort
-  let line = getline(a:lnum)
-
-  " Header/section folding...
-  if line =~# vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxHeader') && !vimwiki#u#is_codeblock(a:lnum)
-    return '>'.vimwiki#u#count_first_sym(line)
-  " Code block folding...
-  elseif line =~# vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxPreStart')
-    return 'a1'
-  elseif line =~# vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxPreEnd')
-    return 's1'
-  else
-    return '='
-  endif
-endfunction
-
-
-" Constants used by VimwikiFoldText
-" use \u2026 and \u21b2 (or \u2424) if enc=utf-8 to save screen space
-let s:ellipsis = (&encoding ==? 'utf-8') ? "\u2026" : '...'
-let s:ell_len = strlen(s:ellipsis)
-let s:newline = (&encoding ==? 'utf-8') ? "\u21b2 " : '  '
-let s:tolerance = 5
-
-
-" unused
-function! s:shorten_text_simple(text, len) abort
-  let spare_len = a:len - len(a:text)
-  return (spare_len>=0) ? [a:text,spare_len] : [a:text[0:a:len].s:ellipsis, -1]
-endfunction
-
-
-" s:shorten_text(text, len) = [string, spare] with "spare" = len-strlen(string)
-" for long enough "text", the string's length is within s:tolerance of "len"
-" (so that -s:tolerance <= spare <= s:tolerance, "string" ends with s:ellipsis)
-function! s:shorten_text(text, len) abort
-  " returns [string, spare]
-  " strlen() returns lenght in bytes, not in characters, so we'll have to do a
-  " trick here -- replace all non-spaces with dot, calculate lengths and
-  " indexes on it, then use original string to break at selected index.
-  let text_pattern = substitute(a:text, '\m\S', '.', 'g')
-  let spare_len = a:len - strlen(text_pattern)
-  if (spare_len + s:tolerance >= 0)
-    return [a:text, spare_len]
-  endif
-  " try to break on a space; assumes a:len-s:ell_len >= s:tolerance
-  let newlen = a:len - s:ell_len
-  let idx = strridx(text_pattern, ' ', newlen + s:tolerance)
-  let break_idx = (idx + s:tolerance >= newlen) ? idx : newlen
-  return [matchstr(a:text, '\m^.\{'.break_idx.'\}').s:ellipsis, newlen - break_idx]
-endfunction
-
-
-function! VimwikiFoldText() abort
-  let line = getline(v:foldstart)
-  let main_text = substitute(line, '^\s*', repeat(' ',indent(v:foldstart)), '')
-  let fold_len = v:foldend - v:foldstart + 1
-  let len_text = ' ['.fold_len.'] '
-  if line !~# vimwiki#vars#get_syntaxlocal('rxPreStart')
-    let [main_text, spare_len] = s:shorten_text(main_text, 50)
-    return main_text.len_text
-  else
-    " fold-text for code blocks: use one or two of the starting lines
-    let [main_text, spare_len] = s:shorten_text(main_text, 24)
-    let line1 = substitute(getline(v:foldstart+1), '^\s*', ' ', '')
-    let [content_text, spare_len] = s:shorten_text(line1, spare_len+20)
-    if spare_len > s:tolerance && fold_len > 3
-      let line2 = substitute(getline(v:foldstart+2), '^\s*', s:newline, '')
-      let [more_text, spare_len] = s:shorten_text(line2, spare_len+12)
-      let content_text .= more_text
-    endif
-    return main_text.len_text.content_text
-  endif
-endfunction
-
-
-
-" ------------------------------------------------
-" Commands
-" ------------------------------------------------
-
-command! -buffer Vimwiki2HTML
-      \ if filewritable(expand('%')) | silent noautocmd w | endif
-      \ 
-      \ let res = vimwiki#html#Wiki2HTML(expand(vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('path_html')),
-      \                             expand('%'))
-      \ 
-      \ if res != '' | echo 'Vimwiki: HTML conversion is done, output: '
-      \      . expand(vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('path_html')) | endif
-command! -buffer Vimwiki2HTMLBrowse
-      \ if filewritable(expand('%')) | silent noautocmd w | endif
-      \ 
-      \ call vimwiki#base#system_open_link(vimwiki#html#Wiki2HTML(
-      \         expand(vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('path_html')),
-      \         expand('%')))
-command! -buffer -bang VimwikiAll2HTML
-      \ call vimwiki#html#WikiAll2HTML(expand(vimwiki#vars#get_wikilocal('path_html')), 0)
-
-command! -buffer VimwikiTOC call vimwiki#base#table_of_contents(1)
-
-command! -buffer VimwikiNextTask call vimwiki#base#find_next_task()
-command! -buffer VimwikiNextLink call vimwiki#base#find_next_link()
-command! -buffer VimwikiPrevLink call vimwiki#base#find_prev_link()
-command! -buffer VimwikiDeleteFile call vimwiki#base#delete_link()
-command! -buffer VimwikiDeleteLink
-      \ call vimwiki#base#deprecate("VimwikiDeleteLink", "VimwikiDeleteFile") |
-      \ call vimwiki#base#delete_link()
-command! -buffer VimwikiRenameFile call vimwiki#base#rename_link()
-command! -buffer VimwikiRenameLink
-      \ call vimwiki#base#deprecate("VimwikiRenameLink", "VimwikiRenameFile") |
-      \ call vimwiki#base#rename_link()
-command! -buffer VimwikiFollowLink call vimwiki#base#follow_link('nosplit', 0, 1)
-command! -buffer VimwikiGoBackLink call vimwiki#base#go_back_link()
-command! -buffer -nargs=* VimwikiSplitLink call vimwiki#base#follow_link('hsplit', )
-command! -buffer -nargs=* VimwikiVSplitLink call vimwiki#base#follow_link('vsplit', )
-
-command! -buffer -nargs=? VimwikiNormalizeLink call vimwiki#base#normalize_link()
-
-command! -buffer VimwikiTabnewLink call vimwiki#base#follow_link('tab', 0, 1)
-
-command! -buffer -nargs=? VimwikiGenerateLinks call vimwiki#base#generate_links(1, )
-
-command! -buffer -nargs=0 VimwikiBacklinks call vimwiki#base#backlinks()
-command! -buffer -nargs=0 VWB call vimwiki#base#backlinks()
-
-command! -buffer -nargs=* VimwikiSearch call vimwiki#base#search()
-command! -buffer -nargs=* VWS call vimwiki#base#search()
-
-command! -buffer -nargs=* -complete=customlist,vimwiki#base#complete_links_escaped
-      \ VimwikiGoto call vimwiki#base#goto()
-
-command! -buffer VimwikiCheckLinks call vimwiki#base#check_links()
-
-" list commands
-command! -buffer -nargs=+ VimwikiReturn call CR()
-command! -buffer -range -nargs=1 VimwikiChangeSymbolTo
-      \ call vimwiki#lst#change_marker(, , , 'n')
-command! -buffer -range -nargs=1 VimwikiListChangeSymbolI
-      \ call vimwiki#lst#change_marker(, , , 'i')
-command! -buffer -nargs=1 VimwikiChangeSymbolInListTo
-      \ call vimwiki#lst#change_marker_in_list()
-command! -buffer -range VimwikiToggleListItem call vimwiki#lst#toggle_cb(, )
-command! -buffer -range VimwikiToggleRejectedListItem
-      \ call vimwiki#lst#toggle_rejected_cb(, )
-command! -buffer -range VimwikiIncrementListItem call vimwiki#lst#increment_cb(, )
-command! -buffer -range VimwikiDecrementListItem call vimwiki#lst#decrement_cb(, )
-command! -buffer -range -nargs=+ VimwikiListChangeLvl
-      \ call vimwiki#lst#change_level(, , )
-command! -buffer -range VimwikiRemoveSingleCB call vimwiki#lst#remove_cb(, )
-command! -buffer VimwikiRemoveCBInList call vimwiki#lst#remove_cb_in_list()
-command! -buffer VimwikiRenumberList call vimwiki#lst#adjust_numbered_list()
-command! -buffer VimwikiRenumberAllLists call vimwiki#lst#adjust_whole_buffer()
-command! -buffer VimwikiListToggle call vimwiki#lst#toggle_list_item()
-
-" table commands
-command! -buffer -nargs=* VimwikiTable call vimwiki#tbl#create()
-command! -buffer -nargs=? VimwikiTableAlignQ call vimwiki#tbl#align_or_cmd('gqq', )
-command! -buffer -nargs=? VimwikiTableAlignW call vimwiki#tbl#align_or_cmd('gww', )
-command! -buffer VimwikiTableMoveColumnLeft call vimwiki#tbl#move_column_left()
-command! -buffer VimwikiTableMoveColumnRight call vimwiki#tbl#move_column_right()
-
-" diary commands
-command! -buffer VimwikiDiaryNextDay call vimwiki#diary#goto_next_day()
-command! -buffer VimwikiDiaryPrevDay call vimwiki#diary#goto_prev_day()
-
-" tags commands
-command! -buffer -bang VimwikiRebuildTags call vimwiki#tags#update_tags(1, '')
-command! -buffer -nargs=* -complete=custom,vimwiki#tags#complete_tags
-      \ VimwikiSearchTags VimwikiSearch /::/
-command! -buffer -nargs=* -complete=custom,vimwiki#tags#complete_tags
-      \ VimwikiGenerateTagLinks call vimwiki#tags#generate_tags(1, )
-command! -buffer -nargs=* -complete=custom,vimwiki#tags#complete_tags
-      \ VimwikiGenerateTags
-      \ call vimwiki#base#deprecate("VimwikiGenerateTags", "VimwikiGenerateTagLinks") |
-      \ call vimwiki#tags#generate_tags(1, )
-
-command! -buffer VimwikiPasteUrl call vimwiki#html#PasteUrl(expand('%:p'))
-command! -buffer VimwikiCatUrl call vimwiki#html#CatUrl(expand('%:p'))
-
-
-" ------------------------------------------------
-" Keybindings
-" ------------------------------------------------
-
-" mouse mappings
-if str2nr(vimwiki#vars#get_global('key_mappings').mouse)
-  nmap   
-  nmap   
-  nnoremap  <2-LeftMouse>
-        \ :call vimwiki#base#follow_link('nosplit', 0, 1, "\2-LeftMouse>")
-  nnoremap   :VimwikiSplitLink
-  nnoremap   :VimwikiVSplitLink
-  nnoremap   :VimwikiGoBackLink
-endif
-
-"  HTML definitions
-nnoremap